Downer EDI Limited/Announcement
Downer EDI Limited logo

Annual Report to shareholders

Full Year Results9 August 2023DOWIndustrials

Page 1 of 1

10 August 2023



Company Announcements Office

ASX Limited

Exchange Centre

Level 4, 20 Bridge Street

SYDNEY NSW 2000




Dear Sir/Madam


Please find attached the following documents:

1. Appendix 4E – results for announcement to the market for the year ended 30 June 2023;

2. 2023 Annual Report;

3. Market release dated 10 August 2023;

4. Investor Presentation; and

5. Appendix 4G – Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Principles and

Recommendations.


Yours sincerely,

Downer EDI Limited


Robert Regan

Company Secretary


Downer EDI Limited

ABN 97 003 872 848

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

1800 DOWNER

www.downergroup.com

Results for announcement to the market
for the year ended 30 June 2023

Appendix 4E

Restated

(i)

2023

2022

%

$'m

$'m

change

11,640.4 10,972.3

88.6

165.5

11,729.0 11,137.8

5.3%

12,619.7 11,970.4

5.4%

(253.5)

306.5 >100.0%

(227.3)341.3 >100.0%

(385.7)140.0 >100.0%

(367.3)

164.8 >100.0%

2023

2022

%

cents

cents change

Basic earnings per share

(59.0)

19.6 >100.0%

Diluted earnings per share

(ii)

(59.0)

19.5

>100.0%

Net tangible asset backing per ordinary share26.4 21.7 21.7%

(i) Balances have been restated (Refer to Note A for further details).

(ii) At 30 June 2023, the ROADS were deemed anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at a loss of 59.0 cents per share.

Dividend

2023

2022

Final Final

Dividend per share (cents)8.0 12.0

Franked amount per share (cents) - -

Conduit foreign income (CFI) (%)17% 14%

Dividend record date24/08/2023

31/08/2022

Dividend payable date21/09/202328/09/2022

Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)5.38 2.97

New Zealand imputation credit percentage per ROADS 100% 100%

ROADS payment date

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3Quarter 4

Instalment date FY202315/09/2022 15/12/2022 15/03/2023 15/06/2023

Instalment date FY202215/09/2021 15/12/2021 15/03/2022

15/06/2022

(Loss)/Profit from ordinary activities after tax and before amortisation of acquired

intangible assets (NPATA)

Downer EDI's Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) has been suspended.

For commentary on the results for the year and review of operations, please refer to the Directors' Report and separate media release.

Revenue from ordinary activities

Other income

Total revenue and other income from ordinary activities

(Loss)/Profit from ordinary activities after tax attributable to members of the parent entity

Earnings before interest and tax and amortisation of acquired intangible assets (EBITA)

Total revenue including joint ventures and other income

Earnings before interest and tax

Downer Annual Report 2023
Annual Report

2023

For a better tomorrow

Whakataukī
Ko te whānau, ko te manaaki,

ko te kairangatira,

ko te ngākau pono ngā tikanga

tuku iho hei

korowai mo tatou.

Ko te Kauri i whakawhiwhi

haumaru, ko te Rimu i

whakawhiwhi taonga,

ko te Tōtara i whakawhiwhi

whanaungatanga,

ko te Kahikatea i whakawhiwhi

whakaaro matakite.

Ngā pou e wha i aumangea

ai te whakatauki

‘Mā te whanaungatanga ka angitū’.

Hui e! Taiki e!

We are held together

by our closely held values

of family and relationships,

care and respect,

excellence and integrity.

The Kauri connects

us to Safety, the Rimu

connects us to Delivery,

the Tōtara connects us

to Relationships and the

Kahikatea connects us

to Thought Leadership.

These are our four Pillars

upon which we build

‘Relationships creating success’.

United and ready to move forward!

Acknowledgement of Country

Downer acknowledges Aboriginal and Torres Strait

Islander peoples as the First Australians and the

Traditional Custodians across Australia.

We would like to acknowledge and pay our

respects to the Elders of the past, present

and future in maintaining the culture, country

and their spiritual connection to the land.

In this report
A

About this

report

7 5 -7 7

B

Business

performance

78-90

C

Operating

assets and

liabilities

91-105

D

Employee

benefits

106-107

E

Capital

structure

and financing

108-115

F

Group

structure

116-125

G

Other

126-134

B1

Segment

information

C1

Reconciliation

of cash and cash

equivalents

D1

Employee benefits

E1

Borrowings

F1

Joint arrangements

and associate

entities

G1

New accounting

standards

B2

Revenue

C2

Trade receivables

and contract assets

D2

Defined

benefit plan

E2

Financing facilities

F2

Controlled entities

G2

Capital and financial

risk management

B3

Individually

significant items

C3

Inventories

D3

Key management

personnel

compensation

E3

Lease liabilities

F3

Related party

information

G3

Other financial

assets and

liabilities

B4

Earnings per share

C4

Trade payables and

contract liabilities

D4

Employee discount

share plan

E4

Commitments

F4

Parent entity

disclosures

B5

Taxation

C5

Property, plant and

equipment

E5

Issued capital

F5

Acquisition

of businesses

B6

Remuneration

of auditor

C6

Right-of-use assets

E6

Reserves

F6

Disposal of

businesses

B7

Subsequent events

C7

Intangible assets

E7

Dividends

F7

Disposal group

held for sale

C8

Other provisions

C9

Contingent liabilities

Chairman’s letter 2

CEO’s letter 4

Highlights 6

Directors’ Report 8

Auditor’s Signed Reports

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 60

Independent Auditor’s Report 61

Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss 71

and Other Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 72

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 73

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 74

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Directors’ Declaration 135

Corporate Governance 136

Information for Investors 146

2 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
A message from the Chairman, Mark Menhinnitt

Steven’s diverse experience and expertise in both the

Australia and New Zealand markets will add significant value

to the Board.

Board renewal remains an important priority for the company,

and we will continue to be diligent in assessing the capability

of our Board. To this end, we are actively recruiting for a

New Zealand based Director.

Along with changes to the Board’s composition, we have also

reviewed the remit of two Board Committees with a focus on

strengthening our oversight of governance and performance.

From 1 July 2023, the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee

has evolved into the Project Governance Committee. This

committee’s responsibilities have expanded from approving

tender submissions to a broader project governance

remit. Opportunities of a certain size and/or risk profile are

considered at defined stage gates – pursue, prepare, submit

tender and execute contract – with portfolio performance to

be monitored throughout the project lifecycle.

The Board also determined it appropriate for the

Remuneration Committee’s remit to broaden and to dedicate

greater attention to leadership capability and depth, talent

management, employee attraction and retention and

workplace culture. Accordingly, it has been renamed the

People and Culture Committee.

We often hear from our shareholders that Directors need to

be more aligned and to have ‘skin in the game’. In response,

the Board has sought to reinforce Director alignment with

shareholder interests by introducing a minimum security

holding policy for Non-executive Directors, effective from

1 July 2023. Under the policy, each Director is required to

establish and maintain a minimum security holding equal to

or greater than 100 percent of their annual base fee.

We are united on the imperative for cultural change,

simplification of the business and a focus on operational

excellence and risk management, and we have taken decisive

action to improve Downer’s resilience and position the

company for long-term success.

Board evolution and focus

Over the past 12 months, Downer’s Board of Directors has

evolved significantly.

Following the retirement of Mark Chellew as Independent

Non-executive Chairman, I was honoured to be elected

Acting Chairman before being appointed Chairman on 9

March 2023. Since taking the Chair, my principal focus has

been to ensure the appropriate governance structures are

in place and to drive risk management accountability and

performance across the business.

In December 2022, Downer announced that Grant Fenn

would retire from his role of Chief Executive Officer after

12-and-a-half years in the role, handing the reins to

Chief Operating Officer, Peter Tompkins, who was appointed

an Executive Director on 1 February 2023.

Non-executive Director, Mark Binns, retired from the

Board in January 2023 due to conflicts of interest that

became increasingly complex to manage given Downer’s

broad customer base in New Zealand. Independent Non-

executive Director, Peter Watson, will retire from his role

effective 30 September 2023.

Steven MacDonald has been appointed Non-executive

Director, effective 1 September 2023. Steven is an experienced

public company director and senior executive with extensive

expertise in the water, power and transport sectors. He

has overseen engineering maintenance, services and

major infrastructure projects covering power generation,

transmission, transport and rail.

I would like to begin by acknowledging the

significant challenges Downer faced in FY23

and reiterating the commitment of the Board

and management team to transform the

company and to deliver sustainable value

for shareholders.

3
ICAC inquiry

Downer’s reputation is one of our most important assets and

the integrity of our people is critical to our ongoing business

success. For Downer, it is imperative that all of our employees

uphold the values and behaviours set out in our Standards

of Business Conduct and demonstrate the highest level of

integrity. On 20 March 2023, the Independent Commission

Against Corruption (ICAC) commenced a public inquiry into

the conduct of employees of Inner West Council, Transport for

NSW (TfNSW), and others including some Downer employees.

Downer has a zero-tolerance policy in respect of any

dishonest or corrupt conduct. Those individuals who Counsel

Assisting referred to in his opening statement as facing

specific allegations are no longer employed by Downer.

Downer is taking the ICAC enquiry very seriously and has

commissioned a review, with the assistance of advice from

external independent procurement and probity experts,

into the relevant control environment with an emphasis on

corruption and fraud prevention. The first phase of the review

is already complete. Downer is presently considering areas

for continuous improvement and the implementation of

appropriate measures to strengthen the control environment.

Downer will also consider any recommendations from the

ICAC findings, when made available.

A bright future

Downer’s FY23 full year results were below our expectations,

but we are encouraged by our improvement in the second

half and the good momentum we are carrying into FY24.

As a Board, we are committed to working collaboratively

with our CEO Peter Tompkins and the Executive Leadership

Team to improve contract performance, enhance Downer’s

risk management framework, and improve margins to our

target of at least 4.5% EBITA margin in FY25. The Board

strongly supports Peter’s vision and strategy to transform

the company.

Downer’s foundations are strong. We are leaders in attractive

markets leveraged to structural growth opportunities. We

have a talented team, an enviable pipeline with $36.3 billion

work-in-hand and a strategy we believe will deliver significant

long-term value for our people, customers and shareholders.

I believe in Downer, our management team and our people.

This is an iconic trans-Tasman organisation with a great

history and a bright future, and I look forward to reporting

back on our progress to shareholders over the next

12 months.


Mark Menhinnitt

Downer Chairman

4 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
A message from the CEO, Peter Tompkins

We have already made considerable progress. In July

we implemented our new operating model, creating five

trans-Tasman Business Units of scale, focused on the

Transport, Facilities and Utilities sectors. This new structure

will improve efficiency and accountability, reduce complexity

and duplication, and enable further portfolio simplification.

Our transformation program is a multi-year journey to drive

higher performance and unlock our potential. We know that

we must convert our pipeline of opportunities and enviable

market positions to become an organisation that is more

resilient to external factors, more disciplined in our delivery,

and ultimately more profitable.

Updating our Purpose

As we embark on this phase of transformational change,

our Purpose, Promise and Pillars will be crucial in guiding

our people and setting a vision for our organisation that they

connect with.

With that in mind, our original Purpose, which was ‘to create

and sustain the modern environment’, has been updated to

articulate a higher ambition and emphasise the vital role that

Downer plays in society.

We influence our communities in a profound way, delivering

essential services and infrastructure that will leave a

lasting legacy for our communities and future generations.

We enable communities to thrive – this is our new and

enduring Purpose.

FY23 performance

Downer’s financial performance in FY23 was mixed. After

a disappointing first half result with significant parts of the

organisation impacted by weather and labour productivity,

there were encouraging signs of recovery in H2.

I have enormous faith in Downer, our strategy and our

people. Downer has a portfolio of outstanding businesses

with market leading positions and exposure to economic

and social trends including decarbonisation, urbanisation,

national security, the reinvigoration of Australia and

New Zealand’s local industrial base, population growth

and government outsourcing.

However, our FY23 performance did not reflect the potential

of our organisation, nor did it meet our expectations.

Since taking over as Chief Executive Officer, I have worked

closely with our Board and Executive Leadership Team to

understand the factors that led to these results and develop

solutions to improve our performance.

We are united in our commitment to make the operational

and cultural change necessary to drive value for our people,

customers and shareholders.

Transforming Downer

On 27 February 2023, I announced a new Executive

Leadership Team and a Group-wide transformation program.

The transformation is driven by three key focus areas,

which I believe will position the company for long-term

sustainable success.

These areas of focus are to:

§Reset Downer’s operating model by integrating

our Australian and New Zealand businesses to be

sector-led, to enable better customer solutions and

reduce our cost base

§Simplify Downer’s portfolio to create a business

with a narrower focus on core markets

§Improve margins and enhance our focus on risk

management.

Financial Year 2023 has involved significant

change for the Downer Group.

On Monday, 27 February 2023, I had the proud

honour of taking over as Chief Executive Officer

and Managing Director from Grant Fenn, who

had served in that role for more than 12 years.

5
For the year, revenue was up 5.4% to $12.6 billion. Underlying

NPATA was $174.2 million, and our Underlying EBITA was

$323.4 million. Our cashflow performance recovered well after

a challenging H1, with underlying cash conversion of 110% in

H2 and full year conversion of 64.9%. The Group is in a strong

financial position with net debt to EBITDA of 2.0x. The Board

declared a final unfranked dividend of 8.0 cents per share.

Our focus is on selecting the right jobs, improving the

underperforming contracts and driving a culture of

accountability that permeates throughout the entire organisation.

In FY23, Downer continued to focus on the divestment of

non-core businesses to shape a portfolio that is less capital

intensive and with a reduced risk profile. On 20 June 2023,

Downer announced we had completed the sale of the

Australian Transport Projects business to DT Infrastructure

Pty Ltd, a Gamuda Berhad company. The sale price represents

an enterprise value of $212 million, and is an important milestone

in our portfolio simplification strategy. Downer’s focus in the

transport sector will now be to concentrate on enhancing its

market leading positions in rollingstock, road maintenance

and New Zealand infrastructure delivery.

Protecting our people

While there have been significant changes at Downer over the

past 12 months, one thing that has not changed is our steadfast

commitment to Zero Harm. Protecting our people, communities

and environments will always be Downer’s number one priority.

Downer’s Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate for FY23 was

below target at 2.66, however, our Lost Time Injury Frequency

Rate (LTIFR) was at target at 0.90. Downer’s performance

remains superior to industry benchmarks published by Safe

Work Australia for all industries in which Downer operates.

Sadly, Downer recorded two workplace fatalities in FY23.

An employee in our Utilities business died in December 2022

while undertaking meter reading duties on a property south

of Brisbane, and a long-term Downer employee in New Zealand

died in August 2022 following a motor vehicle event. Downer

has extended our sincerest condolences to the employees’

families and colleagues and continues to support them following

these tragic incidents.

Progress on climate

In FY23 we continued to focus on our decarbonisation pathway.

While our absolute carbon emissions increased by 2%, our

Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions intensity reduced from 31.11

tCO

2

-e/AUD$m in FY22 to 30.0 tCO

2

-e/AUD$m in FY23. We

are committed to our operational emissions as per Downer’s

transition pathway to being Net Zero by 2050. An important

step to reaffirm Downer’s commitment to being industry leaders

in environmental sustainability was the production of our first

Climate Change Report, which was released in November 2022

and is available on our website. The report outlines Downer’s

response to the risks that climate change poses and the

opportunities that addressing climate change presents, and

covers our decarbonisation journey to date, our pathway to net

zero and the pivotal role Downer has the opportunity to play in

the energy transition.

I want to thank our people, customers and shareholders for

your support over the past 12 months. I am very confident

that the changes we have implemented in FY23 will start

delivering positive results for all of Downer’s stakeholders in

FY24 and beyond.

Peter Tompkins

Chief Executive Officer

6 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Highlights

The Group’s portfolio simplification is progressing well, with

the sale of the Australian Transport Projects business a key

milestone achieved during the period.

Downer reported a statutory net loss after tax of $385.7 million

and an underlying NPATA of $174.2 million.

The statutory loss was impacted by $541.5 million (after-tax)

of impairment charges primarily relating to impairment of

goodwill in the Utilities and Facilities businesses. Downer’s

revenue grew by 5.4% to $12.6 billion, and the cash conversion

after a difficult first half improved to 64.9%.

FY23 was a challenging year for Downer. After a disappointing

first half result impacted by weather, difficult market conditions

and contract losses in Utilities and New Zealand, there were

encouraging signs of stabilisation and recovery in the second

half with an improvement in margins and cash conversion.

The stabilisation of performance and underlying strength of

the balance sheet enabled the Board to declare a final dividend

of 8 cents per share, taking total dividends for the year to

13 cents per share unfranked.

The Downer Portfolio

Telecommunications

Water

Power and Gas

Government

Health and Education

Defence

Industrial and Energy

Road Services

Rail and Transit Systems

Projects

Transport UtilitiesFacilities

7
1. Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures, other alliances and other income.

2. Underlying EBITA and NPATA are non-IFRS measures that are used by management to assess the performance of the business. They have been calculated

from the statutory measures and underlying EBITA is reconciled to statutory NPAT in the Directors’ Report Group Financial Performance section on pages 13 and 14.

Statutory net loss after tax

($385.7m)

Underlying cash conversion

64.9%

Total Revenue

1

$12.6bn

$174.2m

Underlying

2

NPATA

Statutory EBITA (loss)

($2 2 7. 3m)$323.4m

Underlying

2

EBITA

2023 in numbers

Downer’s Board has endorsed commitments and targets.

Our performance for FY23 against these is as follows:

Operating cash flow

$318.2m

8 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Board of Directors

Mark John Menhinnitt (58)

Chairman since March 2023

Independent Non-executive Director since March 2022

Mr Menhinnitt is an experienced Non-executive Director and

senior executive with extensive domestic and international

experience in large infrastructure development and urban

regeneration, investment management, construction, asset

services, operations and maintenance.

Mr Menhinnitt held several senior roles over a 30-year

career with Lendlease, including as Chief Executive Officer

of Lendlease Australia.

Mr Menhinnitt is currently a Non-executive Director of

The GPT Group, a Non-executive Director of Sunshine Coast

Airport Pty Ltd (retiring 18 August 2023) and Chairman of

Fluent Property Pty Ltd.

Mr Menhinnitt holds a Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical)

and Master of Business (Applied Finance), both from the

Queensland University of Technology. He is a member of

the Australian Institute of Company Directors and a Fellow

of the Governance Institute of Australia.

Mr Menhinnitt lives on the Sunshine Coast.

Peter John Tompkins (44)

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

since February 2023

Mr Tompkins was formerly Chief Operating Officer of Downer

and prior to that was CEO and Managing Director of Spotless

Group Holdings Limited.

Mr Tompkins joined Downer in 2008 and was appointed

General Counsel in 2010.

Mr Tompkins has represented Downer on numerous Boards

including Keolis Downer, Evolution Rail and Reliance Rail.

Mr Tompkins has qualifications in law and commerce from

Deakin University.

Mr Tompkins lives in Sydney.

Directors’ Report

for the year ended 30 June 2023

The Directors of Downer EDI Limited submit the

Annual Financial Report of the Company for the

financial year ended 30 June 2023. In compliance

with the provisions of the Corporations Act 2001

(Cth), the Directors’ Report is set out below.

Directors’ ReportAuditor’s ReportsFinancial StatementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementsCorporate GovernanceInvestor Information
9

Teresa Gayle Handicott (60)

Independent Non-executive Director since September 2016

Ms Handicott is a former corporate lawyer with over 30 years’

experience in mergers and acquisitions, capital markets and

corporate governance. She was a partner of national law firm

Corrs Chambers Westgarth for 22 years, serving as a member

of its National Board for seven years including four years

as National Chairman. She also has extensive experience in

governance of local and state government organisations.

Ms Handicott is the Chairman of listed company PWR

Holdings and the State President of the Queensland Division

of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Ms Handicott is a former Director of CS Energy Limited, a

former member of the Queensland University of Technology

(QUT) Council, the Takeovers Panel and Corporations and

Markets Advisory Committee and a former Associate Member

of the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission.

A Senior Fellow of FINSIA, Fellow of the Australian Institute of

Company Directors and Member of Chief Executive Women,

Ms Handicott holds a Bachelor of Laws (Hons) degree from

the Queensland University of Technology.

Ms Handicott lives in Brisbane.

Nicole Maree Hollows (52)

Independent Non-executive Director since June 2018

Ms Hollows has 25 years’ experience in the resources

sector in a number of senior managerial roles across both

the public and private sectors, including in mining, utilities

and rail. Her experience spans operational management,

mine development, people and culture, accounting and

finance, mergers and acquisitions, capital management and

corporate governance.

Ms Hollows is the Non-executive Chairman of Jameson

Resources Limited, a Non-executive Director of Qube

Holdings Limited, and Director, Chairman of the Membership

Committee and Chairman of the Finance Audit Risk

Committee of Chief Executive Women.

Ms Hollows was formerly the Chief Executive Officer of

SunWater Limited, a Queensland Government owned

corporation, the Chief Financial Officer and subsequently

Chief Executive Officer of Macarthur Coal Limited and

Managing Director of AMCI Australia and South East Asia.

A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors

and a Member of Chief Executive Women and the Institute

of Chartered Accountants, Ms Hollows holds a Bachelor of

Business – Accounting and a Graduate Diploma in Advanced

Accounting (Distinction) from the Queensland University of

Technology and is a Graduate of Harvard Business School’s

Program for Management Development.

Ms Hollows lives in Brisbane.

Directors’ Report
10 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Dr Adelle Maree Howse (53)

Independent Non-executive Director since April 2022

Dr Howse has extensive senior executive and non-executive

experience in the infrastructure, energy and resources,

construction, data centres, telecommunication and

property sectors.

Dr Howse held several senior roles with CIMIC, including

Chief Strategy Officer.

Dr Howse is currently a Non-executive Director of Macquarie

Telecom Group, Sydney Desalination Plant Pty Limited and

Frequency Infrastructure Australia Holdings Pty Limited.

Dr Howse has previously served on the boards of Devine

Group, Design Studio Group, Ventia, Nextgen Holdings and

Manila North Tollroads Corporation.

Dr Howse holds a Bachelor of Science and Doctor of

Philosophy (Mathematics) from the University of Queensland,

an executive MBA from IMD, Switzerland and a Graduate

Diploma of Applied Finance and Investment. She is a member

of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Dr Howse lives in Sydney.

Peter Lawrence Watson (66)

Independent Non-executive Director since May 2019

Mr Watson has extensive experience in the construction and

engineering sectors in senior executive and governance roles,

including in the industrial, transport, defence, health, justice

and utilities sectors. He was Chief Executive Officer and

Managing Director of Transfield Services Limited (now known

as Broadspectrum which is owned by Ventia) for 10 years.

During this period, he led the business through a successful

transition, cultivating a sustainable and successful public

company. He also has considerable experience in various

Non-executive Director roles.

Mr Watson is currently the Non-executive Chairman of

BG&E Group Limited.

Mr Watson is a former Chairman of LogiCamms Limited

(now known as Verbrec), Watpac Limited, Regional Rail

Link Authority in Victoria and AssetCo Management

which managed PPP assets, a former Director of the Major

Transport Infrastructure Board in Victoria, Yarra Trams and

Save the Children Australia and was a Board member of

Infrastructure Australia and independent Chair of Ross River

Solar Farm.

A Fellow of the Australian Academy of Technological Sciences

and Engineering and member of the Institute of Engineers

Australia and Australian Institute of Company Directors,

Mr Watson holds a Diploma of Civil Engineering from the

Caulfield Institute of Technology and is a Graduate of the

Wharton Advanced Management Program of the University

of Pennsylvania.

Mr Watson lives on the Sunshine Coast.

Retired Directors

Mark Peter Chellew

Independent Non-executive Director from 1 September 2021,

Chairman from 1 October 2021. Retired 3 March 2023.

Mark James Binns

Independent Non-executive Director

from 1 March 2022 to 31 January 2023.

Grant Anthony Fenn

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

from 1 July 2010 to 27 February 2023.

Directors’ Report
11

Directors’ shareholdings

The following table sets out each Director’s relevant interest (direct and indirect) in shares, debentures, and rights or options in

shares or debentures (if any) of the Company at the date of this report. No Director has any relevant interest in shares, debentures

and rights or options in shares or debentures, of a related body corporate, as at the date of this report.

Director

Number of Fully Paid

Ordinary Shares

Number of Fully Paid

Performance Rights

Number of Fully Paid

Performance Options

M J Menhinnitt71,748––

P J Tompkins

1

286,004239,758

T G Handicott31,000––

N M Hollows40,538––

A M Howse5,000––

P L Watson17,93 3––

1. Performance rights granted to Mr Tompkins are subject to performance and/or service period conditions over the period 2020 to 2025. Further details regarding the

conditions relating to these restricted shares and performance rights are outlined in sections 6.4 and 9.2 of the Remuneration Report.

Company Secretary

The Company Secretarial function is responsible for ensuring

that the Company complies with its statutory duties and

maintains proper documentation, registers and records. It

also provides advice to Directors and officers about corporate

governance and gives practical effect to any decisions made by

the Board.

Mr Robert Regan was appointed Group General Counsel and

Company Secretary in January 2019. He has qualifications in

law from the University of Sydney and is an admitted solicitor

in New South Wales. Mr Regan was formerly a partner of a

major Australian law firm and has over 30 years of experience in

legal practice.

Mr Peter Lyons was appointed joint Company Secretary in

July 2011. A member of CPA Australia and the Governance

Institute of Australia, he has qualifications in commerce from the

University of Western Sydney and corporate governance from

the Governance Institute of Australia. Mr Lyons was previously

Deputy Company Secretary and has been in financial and

secretarial roles at Downer for over 20 years.

Review of Operations

Principal Activities

Downer EDI Limited (Downer) is a leading provider of

integrated services in Australia and New Zealand. Downer

employs approximately 32,000 people, mostly in Australia

and New Zealand.

Downer operates in sectors that are closely connected to

the investment that is being driven by population growth and

urbanisation. These sectors include roads, rail, light rail, other

public transport, power, gas, water, telecommunications, health,

education, defence and other government sectors.

These sectors are served by Transport, Utilities and Facilities.

Divestments during the reporting period

In the year ended 30 June 2023, Downer completed the

divestment of the Australian Transport Projects business to a

wholly owned subsidiary of Gamuda Berhad, a large engineering

and construction company listed in Malaysia. There remains

a number of customer consents outstanding at the date of

completion, some of which remain outstanding as at the date

of this report. These contracts will remain with Downer until the

consents are received, which is expected by the end of calendar

year 2023.

The Australian Transport Projects business financials are

reported under the Transport segment for the period.

Refer to note F6 for further detail on divestments.

Directors’ Report
12 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Sustainability

At Downer, sustainability means being environmentally

sustainable as well as prioritising the safety of our

people, achieving sustainable growth, building trusted

relationships and ensuring we have a diverse and inclusive

workforce. Downer’s commitments to sustainability are

outlined in its policies, which are accessible from the

Downer website (www.downergroup.com). The Group’s

2023 Sustainability Report details Downer’s sustainability

related performance for the financial year ended

30 June 2023 and can be found on the Company website

(www.downergroup.com/2023sustainabilityreport).

As Downer embarks on a phase of change through the

transformation program, Downer’s Purpose, Promise and Pillars

will be pivotal in setting a vision for the organisation and its

people. With that in mind, we have evolved our Purpose and

Promise and updated our Pillars. In FY23, Downer changed its

Purpose to articulate a higher ambition. With sustainability at

the forefront of how organisations build strategy, allocate capital

and contribute to activities that support energy transition, it was

important for Downer to articulate our ambition in a way that

resonates more meaningfully with all stakeholders.

Downer embeds sustainability in the way we deliver our services

and operate our business across the Tasman. Downer’s new

Purpose is: ‘Enabling communities to thrive’. With Downer’s

services impacting millions of lives every day, the sustainability

of the Group’s operations is paramount – for its people, partners,

shareholders, customers and their customers. Downer delivers

these services while managing the impacts of its activities on

people, the environment and the communities in which the

Group operates whilst working collaboratively with its supply

chain. Downer’s capability is well placed for the energy transition

and decarbonisation effort that is required to meet Australia and

New Zealand’s net zero emissions target. For further information

please refer to Downer’s 2022 Climate Change Report.

The Climate Change Report has been prepared to provide

shareholders and potential shareholders with information

on Downer’s net zero targets, approach to climate risks and

opportunities as well as our climate-related plans, activities, and

disclosures in accordance with the Taskforce for Climate related

Financial Disclosures (TCFD).

Group Financial Performance

The main features of the result for the 12 months ended

30 June 2023 were:

§Total revenue

1

of $12.6 billion, up 5.4%

§Statutory EBITA

2

loss of $227.3 million, down from earnings

of $341.3 million at 30 June 2022

3

§Underlying

4

EBITA earnings of $323.4 million, down 15.5%

from $382.5 million

§Underlying EBITA margin of 2.6%, down from 3.2% at

30 June 2022

§Statutory loss before interest and tax (EBIT) of $253.5 million,

down from earnings of $306.5 million at 30 June 2022

§Statutory net loss after tax and before amortisation of

acquired intangible assets (NPATA) of $367.3 million,

down from $164.8 million profit,

§Statutory net loss after tax (NPAT) of $385.7 million,

down from profit of $140.4 million.

Total revenue, excluding contribution from divested Mining

and Hospitality businesses in FY22, increased by 9.0%. This

was led by Rail and Transit Systems in the Transport segment,

Telecommunications in the Utilities segment and Government

and Health & Education in the Facilities segment.

Despite the strong revenue growth, underlying EBITA has been

negatively impacted by losses in the Utilities business.

Underlying Cash conversion for the period was 64.9%,

attributable to weak cash conversion in the first half, driven

primarily by timing of supplier payments on the completion

of the Sydney Growth Trains (SGT) project and settlement

of prior period project claims. Cash conversion in the second

half improved meaningfully to 110%. Weak operating cash flow

performance and the statutory loss were the primary drivers for

the increase in gearing, up 5.3% to 23.1% since June 2022.

Net finance costs increased by $2.6 million or, 3.0%, to

$88.0 million driven by an increase in average debt drawn as a

result of lower operating cash flows.

The underlying effective tax rate of 25.5% is lower than the

statutory corporate tax rate of 30.0% primarily due to the impact

of non-taxable distributions from joint ventures and lower tax

rates in overseas jurisdictions (e.g. New Zealand).

Individually Significant Items (ISIs) totalled a $550.7 million loss

before interest and tax for the year, ($541.5 million loss after-

tax). Additional information is provided on the following pages of

the Review of Operations and in Note B3 to the Financial Report.

Power maintenance contract

On 8 December 2022, Downer announced that it had

identified the historical misreporting of revenues and work in

progress in one of its maintenance contracts in its Australian

Utilities business.

The contract is for the supply and maintenance, new

connections, faults and capital works services.

As a result of the historical misreporting, post-tax earnings were

overstated by a total of $22.2 million between April 2020 and

30 June 2022, of which $1.7 million relates to FY20, $8.9 million

relates to FY21 and $11.6 million relates to FY22. Downer is

working on a number of initiatives to return the contract to an

overall profitable position by the end of the contractual term.

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not

proportionately consolidated.

2 Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of acquired intangibles (EBITA).

3 FY22 have been restated following certain accounting adjustments identified as described in Note A to the Financial Report.

4 The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to

audit or review.

Directors’ Report
13

Changes to segment reporting

Following the restructure of the Group and the creation of a Trans-Tasman operating model, the Hawkins building business in

New Zealand has transitioned from the Facilities segment to the Transport segment to align with how the businesses are managed

and reported internally to the Group CEO.

Power Systems transitioned from the Transport segment to the Utilities segment as reported at 31 December 2022 following

a change in internal management structure.

Underlying EBITA and reconciliation to Statutory NPAT

The table below provides a comparison of the underlying

1

earnings for FY23 versus the results for FY22 and a reconciliation to

statutory NPAT.

Underlying

1

E B I TA ( A$ m )Reporting SegmentFY23FY22

6

Variance

(%)

Transport

2,3

Transport288.9269.47. 2%

Utilities

2

Utilities(10.3)59.9>(100%)

Facilities

2

Facilities162.1162.1–

Urban Services Businesses440.7491.4(10.3%)

Business disposed

4

Facilities/All other segments–(8 .4)100.0%

CorporateUnallocated(117. 3)(100.5)(16.7%)

Group Underlying EBITA

5

323.4382.5(15.5%)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles (pre-tax)(26.2)(34.8)24.7%

Underlying EBIT297. 2347.7(14.5%)

Net interest expense(88.0)(8 5 .4)(3.0%)

Tax expense(5 3 .4)(73.0)26.8%

Underlying NPAT155.8189.3(17.7%)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles (post tax)18.424.4(24.6%)

U n d e r l y i n g N PATA

5

174. 2213.7(18.5%)

Items outside of underlying NPATA(550.7)(41 . 2)>(100)%

Tax effect on items outside underlying NPATA9.2( 7.7 )>100%

Statutory NPATA(367. 3)164.8>(100%)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles (post tax)(18 .4)(24.4)24.6%

Statutory NPAT(385.7)140.4>(100%)

1. The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to

audit or review.

2. FY22 Transport, Utilities and Facilities contribution have been restated as a result of the change in operating segments (refer to Note B1).

3. The Australian Transport Projects business disposed during the period is included in the Transport segment.

4. Represents the contribution of Mining ($8.1 million) and Hospitality (loss $16.5 million) businesses disposed in prior period.

5. Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense.

6. FY22 results have been restated (refer to Note A for further details).

Directors’ Report
14 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Statutory Earnings

Statutory loss before interest and tax (EBIT) of $253.5 million, down from a profit of $306.5 million.

Statutory EBITA loss of $227.3 million, down from a profit of $341.3 million.

Underlying EBITA of $323.4 million, down 15.5% from $382.5 million

A reconciliation of the FY23 underlying result to the statutory result is provided in the table below:

A$mE B I TA

Net Interest

expense

Ta x

expenseN PATA

Amortisation

of acquired

intangibles

(post-tax)N PAT

Underlying result323.4(88.0)(61.2)174. 2(18.4)155.8

Fair value on Downer Contingent Share

Options (DCSO)

1

10.0 ––10.0 –10.0

Divestments and exit costs20.8 –(18.6)2.2 –2.2

Portfolio restructure costs(25 .4)– 7.6(17. 8)– (17. 8)

Regulatory reviews and shareholder class

action related costs(6.5)– 1.9(4 . 6)– (4 . 6)

Impairment and other asset write-downs(549.6)–18.3(531.3)–(531.3)

Total items outside underlying results(550.7)–9.2(541.5)–(541.5)

Statutory result – loss(227. 3)(88.0)(52.0)(367. 3)(18.4)(385.7)

1 The Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) issued as part of the acquisition of the minority interest in Spotless in August 2020 are required to be recorded at

fair value with changes in fair value recorded through profit or loss. Since 30 June 2022, the fair value of the DCSO has decreased by $10.0 million, which has been

recognised in ‘Other income’ in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income during the year. This income is driven by the decrease

in Downer’s share price from $5.05 at 30 June 2022 to $4.11 at 30 June 2023.

Refer to Note B3 to the Financial Report for further details.

Expenses

Total expenses increased by 10.6%, or $1.2 billion, compared

to the prior corresponding period (pcp). Included in total

expenses is $605.1 million of ISIs ($153.7 million in pcp).

Excluding the impact of ISIs, total expenses increased by 6.5%,

or $699.9 million.

Downer’s cost base (including ISIs) by type of expense

compared to the pcp is as follows:

FY23 (%)FY22 (%)

 Employee benefits expense

 Subcontractor

 Raw materials and

consumables used

 Plant and equipment,

depreciation and amortisation,

impairment of assets

 Other expenses

5.4

30.3

41.0

12.1

11.2

5.7

33.0

40.8

12.7

7.8

Employee benefits expenses increased by 1.6%, or $58.8 million,

to $3.6 billion and represents 30.3% of Downer’s cost base.

Subcontractor costs increased by 11.0%, or $487.3 million,

to $4.9 billion and represents 41.0% of Downer’s cost base.

Labour market conditions have resulted in increased reliance

on subcontractor labour, increasing the mix in total personnel

costs. Compounding this, was the exit of Mining and Hospitality

in the comparative period which had a relatively low reliance on

subcontractor labour.

Raw materials and consumables costs increased by 5.6%, or

$76.9 million, to $1.5 billion and represents 12.1% of Downer’s

cost base. The increase is mainly due to mix of raw materials

used in line with increased activities in Projects (Transport

segment), and in Water (Utilities segment) together with

increase in Bitumen prices impacting the Road Services

(Transport segment).

Plant and equipment costs remained stable at $0.5 billion and

represents 3.9% of Downer’s cost base. Total depreciation and

amortisation decreased by 1.8%, or $6.0 million, to $0.3 billion

and represents 2.8% of Downer’s cost base.

Impairment of non-current assets of $539.5 million represents

$483.0 million impairment of goodwill and $56.5 million of other

non-current assets. Refer to Note B3 for additional information.

Directors’ Report
15

Other expenses from ordinary activities, which includes

communication, travel, professional fees and occupancy costs,

increased by 6.0% or $36.7 million and represents 5.4% of

Downer’s cost base. This was primarily due to $40.5 million of

individually significant items (pre-tax) as described in Note B3

of the Financial Report.

Cash Flow

Operating Cash Flow

Operating cash flow of $318.2 million represents an

underlying cash conversion of 64.9% of adjusted earnings

before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA).

Weak cash conversion in the first half offset strong second

half performance.

The softer cash conversion and decrease in operating cash flow

was predominantly driven by timing of supplier payments on the

completion of the SGT project and settlement of prior period

project claims.

Investing Cash Flow

Total investing cash outflow of $86.7 million includes

$160.5 million proceeds from the disposal of Australian

Transport Projects during the year net of cash disposed.

Excluding proceeds from the disposal of businesses, investing

cash outflow would have increased by 19.4% or $40.2 million

to $247.2 million largely due to lower proceeds from disposals

of PP&E in the period ended 30 June 2023 compared to the

prior period.

Debt and bonding

The Group’s performance bonding facilities totalled

$2,244.5 million at 30 June 2023 with $727.3 million undrawn.

There is sufficient available capacity to support the ongoing

operations of the Group.

As at 30 June 2023, the Group had liquidity of $1.9 billion

comprising cash balances of $889.1 million and undrawn

committed debt facilities of $1.0 billion.

During the period, a total of 3.8 million shares were purchased as

part of the share buyback programme, for a total consideration

of $17.8 million. The purchase of these shares occurred in the

period between September and November 2022.

The outlook on the Group’s BBB credit rating was revised from

Stable to Negative by Fitch in December 2022.

Balance sheet

Since 30 June 2022, the net assets of the Group decreased by

$522.0 million.

IncreaseDecreaseTotal

2,811.8

(84.1)

(561.1)

111.3

11.9

2,289.8

Increase

in net

debt

IntangiblesNet total

receivables

and payables

OtherClosing

Net Assets

$’m

Movement in Net Assets

Opening

Net Assets

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

Net debt is calculated as borrowings (excluding lease liabilities)

less cash and cash equivalents. Net debt has increased by

$84.1 million mainly driven by $234.7 million higher borrowings

since 30 June 2022 as a result of lower operating cash flows in

the period.

Intangibles have declined by $561.1 million to $2.2 billion,

primarily due to the $483.0 million impairment of goodwill,

$41.3 million of goodwill associated with business disposals,

together with the net movement associated with amortisation

and additions during the period.

Net total receivables and payables, which includes current trade

receivables and contract assets, in addition to current trade

payables and contract liabilities, increased by $111.3 million

mainly driven by increase in contract assets from new projects

including QTMP.

Total Equity decreased by $522.0 million as a result of the

statutory loss after tax of $385.7 million, $17.8 million in shares

bought back and $125.4 million dividends paid during the period.

Directors’ Report
16 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Segment financial performance

Transport

Transport comprises Downer’s Road Services, Rail and Transit

Systems and Projects businesses.

Total revenue

1

(FY23)

Transport

EBITA

2

(FY23)

54.7%65.5%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other

income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not

proportionately consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Transport revenue increased by 10.3%, or $641.5 million,

to $6.9 billion, while EBITA increased by 7.2% or $19.5 million

to $288.9 million. The Roads Services business continued to

be adversely impacted by wet weather (primarily in the first

half), labour market challenges and increased transport and

logistics costs. This was offset by strong revenue and margin

performance on long-term Rail maintenance contracts and an

uplift in Transport Projects margin in Australia.

Road Services

Downer manages and maintains road networks across Australia

and New Zealand and manufactures and supplies products

and services to create safe, efficient and reliable journeys.

Downer offers one of the largest non-government owned road

infrastructure services businesses in Australia and New Zealand,

maintaining more than 50,000 kilometres of roads in Australia

and in New Zealand.

Downer creates and delivers solutions to its customers’

challenges through strategic asset management and a

leading portfolio of products and services. Downer is a leading

manufacturer and supplier of bitumen-based products and

an innovator in the sustainable asphalt industry and circular

economy, using recycled products and environmentally

sustainable methods to produce asphalt.

Rail and Transit Systems

Downer has over 100 years’ rail experience providing end-

to-end, innovative transport solutions. Downer is a leading

provider of rollingstock asset management services in Australia,

with expertise in delivering whole-of-life asset management

support to its customers. Downer’s capability spans all sectors,

from rollingstock to infrastructure, and every project phase,

from design and manufacture to through-life-support, fleet

maintenance, operations and comprehensive overhaul of assets.

The Keolis Downer joint venture is Australia’s largest private

provider of multi-modal public transport solutions, with

contracts to operate and maintain Yarra Trams in Melbourne,

the Gold Coast light rail system in Queensland, Adelaide

Metro and an integrated public transport system for the city

of Newcastle in New South Wales. Keolis Downer is also one of

Australia’s most significant bus operators.

Projects

Downer delivers multi-disciplined infrastructure solutions

through services such as, the design and construction of light

rail, heavy rail, signalling, track and station works, rail safety

technology, bridges, roads and vertical construction (through

Downer’s Hawkins business in New Zealand). Downer has a

long history of delivering infrastructure projects under a variety

of contracting models. Downer’s integrated capabilities enable

intelligent transport solutions, road network management

and maintenance.

In the year ended 30 June 2023, Downer completed the

divestment of the Australian Transport Projects business to a

wholly owned subsidiary of Gamuda Berhad, a large engineering

and construction company listed in Malaysia. Downer retains

a strong presence in New Zealand in infrastructure project

services, in both transport and vertical construction.

Utilities

Downer offers a range of services to customers across

the power and gas, water, telecommunications and

renewables sectors.

Total revenue

1

(FY23)

Utilities

EBITA

2

(FY23)

18.0%(2.3)%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other

income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not

proportionately consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Utilities revenue increased by 11.2%, or $227.9 million, to

$2.3 billion, while EBITA decreased $70.2 million to a loss of

$10.3 million. Despite the Telecommunications business in both

Australia and New Zealand performing well (both revenue and

EBITA), the Utilities segment EBITA was heavily impacted by

losses in a Power Maintenance contract, underperformance

across the portfolio of Water construction projects and in a

renewable windfarm project in New Zealand together with

losses in the meter reading business associated with labour

availability, productivity and weather-related challenges.

Directors’ Report
17

Power and Gas

Downer’s services include planning, designing, constructing,

operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning

transmission and distribution power assets as well as gas

network assets. A collaborative approach has made Downer

a benchmark end-to-end service provider to owners of

utility assets.

Downer constructs and maintains electricity and gas networks,

provides asset inspection and monitoring services, connects

tens of thousands of new power and gas customers each year

and provides meter, energy and water efficiency services for

governments, utilities and corporations.

Water

Downer is dedicated to delivering complete water lifecycle

solutions for municipal and industrial water users.

Downer’s expertise includes water treatment, wastewater

treatment, water and wastewater network design

construction, maintenance and rehabilitation, desalination and

biosolids treatment.

As a provider of asset management services, Downer supports

its customers across the full asset lifecycle from conceptual

development through to design, construction, commissioning

and into operations and maintenance.

Telecommunications

Downer is a leading provider of end-to-end technology and

communications service solutions, offering integrated civil

construction, electrical, fibre, copper and radio network

deployment capability throughout Australia and New Zealand.

Key capabilities include designing, engineering, consulting,

maintenance, operations and smart metering.

Facilities

The Facilities segment operates in Australia and New Zealand

across a range of industry sectors including education, health,

government, defence and industrial and energy.

Total revenue

1

(FY23)

Facilities

EBITA

2

(FY23)

27.3%36.8%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other

income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not

proportionately consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Facilities revenue increased by 0.5%, or $18.4 million, to

$3.4 billion, with an increase in EBITA of 11.3% to $162.1 million.

The increase in EBITA was primarily driven by the non-recurring

impact of Hospitality losses in the prior period, with this

business exited during FY22. Excluding the impact of losses

from businesses disposed, EBITA was flat year on year. Solid

growth in Government and Health & Education (including the

reset of the reviewable services at Royal Adelaide Hospital and

Bendigo Hospital on 1 July 2022) was offset by softer earnings

in the Defence business as a result of a slowdown in Defence

spending on minor capital works and from a contract loss in

Industrial & Energy due to a subcontractor default.

Government and Health & Education

Downer is the largest integrated facilities management services

provider in Australia and New Zealand, delivering property and

facilities management services to government departments,

agencies and authorities at the Federal, State and municipal

level. With 21 Public Private Partnership projects across the

defence, education, health and leisure sectors, Downer provides

innovative management of its customers’ assets across

their lifecycle.

Downer has a 40-year history of supporting the daily operations

of hospitals across Australia and New Zealand, delivering a

range of services that create a safe environment for hospital

staff, patients and their guests. At leading schools and tertiary

institutions, Downer helps to create world-class learning

environments through integrated services such as catering,

building and grounds maintenance, conserving energy

with air-conditioning and lighting solutions and ensuring a

secure environment.

Defence

Downer provides a broad range of professional services, base

and estate management and estate development and base

upgrade services to the Australian Defence Force, the New

Zealand Defence Force and other government agencies.

We have a whole of Defence Capability Life Cycle offering and

mindset. Our Sovereign Industry Capability delivers to the needs

of Defence, National Security organisations, the major primes

and other government agencies.

Industrial & Energy

Downer is a leading provider of asset maintenance and

specialist services to Australia’s critical economic infrastructure

including the oil and gas, power generation and industrial

sectors. As a trusted partner with a leading safety record,

Downer optimises the reliability, efficiency and whole-of-life

costs of its customers’ assets through long-term relationship-

based contracts. Through its Mineral Technologies business,

Downer is the world leader in fine physical mineral separation

solutions, including spiral gravity concentrators and magnetic

and electrostatic separation technology.

Directors’ Report
18 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

All other segments

All other segments reflect the contribution of divested business

units of Mining and Hospitality in the prior corresponding

period. As these divestments were completed in FY22, there was

no contribution to the Group results during the period ended

30 June 2023.

Dividends

The Downer Board resolved to pay a final dividend of 8.0 cents

per share, unfranked, payable on 21 September 2023 to

shareholders on the register at 24 August 2023. The portion of

the unfranked dividend amount that will be paid out of Conduit

Foreign Income (CFI) is 17%.

1

The Board also determined to continue to pay a fully imputed

dividend on the ROADS security, which having been reset on

15 June 2023 has a yield of 9.81% per annum payable quarterly

in arrears, with the next payment due on 15 September 2023.

As this dividend is fully imputed (the New Zealand equivalent of

being fully franked), the actual cash yield paid by Downer will be

7.06% per annum until the next reset date.

Consistent with the prior year, the Company’s Dividend

Reinvestment Plan remains suspended.

Zero harm

Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) increased to

0.90 from 0.82 and its Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate

(TRIFR) increased to 2.68 from 2.35 per million hours worked.

2


The decline in the performance of these lagging indicators in

FY23 is due to an overall increase in injuries that required time

off work of one or more shifts, primarily in our Facilities and

Asset Services business and in the Australian Road Services

business, relative to the hours worked compared to FY22. In

addition, our New Zealand Transport, Australian Road Services

and Utilities businesses had increases in injuries requiring

medical treatment which impacted the TRIFR performance.

Incidents are investigated with actions to prevent recurrence

identified and tracked to closure. Relevant lessons are shared

across Business Units. Trends are reviewed and addressed

at Business Unit level and are considered by Communities of

Practice, as relevant.

Tragically, there were two workplace fatalities this year.

A long-term Downer employee in New Zealand died in August

2022 when he was struck by a motor vehicle while assisting a

member of the public on a arterial road. Downer is treating this

as a workplace fatality, although the employee was assisting a

member of the public at the time. This event is an unfortunate

reminder of the need to remain strongly focused on risk

management during any activities that may lead to harm.

In December 2022, an employee from Downer’s Utilities

business was undertaking meter reading duties on a property in

Greenbank, south of Brisbane, when fatally attacked by dogs on

the property.

Downer extends its sincere condolences to both workers’

families and colleagues, and continues to support them

following these tragic incidents.

In FY22, Downer disclosed a reportable fatality in its New

Zealand business following an unfortunate fall from height

incident. At the time, the cause of death was unconfirmed,

and Downer treated this event as a workplace fatality. With

the fullness of time, we understand the cause to relate to an

unexpected medical event. Therefore, Downer has restated its

FY22 safety performance to record zero fatalities.

TRIFRLTIFR

TRIFR

LTIFR

Downer Group Safety Performance (12-month rolling frequency rates)

Jun-22

Jul-22

Aug-22

Sep-22

Oct-22

Nov-22

Dec-22

Mar-23

Apr-23

May-23

Feb-23

Jan-23

Jun-23

1.50

2.00

2.50

3.00

0.50

1.00

1.50

2.35

2.68

0.82

0.90

2.00

1 This is relevant only for non-resident shareholders. The effect is that the portion of the unfranked dividend paid out of CFI is not subject to Australian dividend

withholding tax.

2 Lost time injuries (LTIs) are defined as injuries that cause the injured person (employee or contractor) to be unfit to perform any work duties for one whole day or shift,

or more, after the shift on which the injury occurred, and any injury that results, directly or indirectly, in the death of the person. The Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate

(LTIFR) is the number of LTIs per million hours worked. Total Recordable Injuries (TRIs) are the number of LTIs plus medically treated injuries (MTIs) for employees and

contractors. Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) is the number of TRIs per million hours worked.

Directors’ Report
19

Group Business Strategic objectives and prospects for future Financial Years

Downer’s core Transport, Utilities and Facilities businesses are

diversified across capabilities, markets and geography, and

are underpinned by Downer’s strong market position across

all categories.

Strategies to realise value for shareholders

As part of the half-year 2023 financial results, Downer

announced its strategies to realise value for shareholders.

These strategies and current focus of the business are enablers

in achieving Downer’s target EBITA margin of at least 4.5% in

FY25. These strategies fell under three focus areas:

§Reset operating model and cost base;

§Continue to simplify current portfolio; and

§Operational excellence and risk management.

Key components of the above include:

§Targeting benefits of at least $100 million per annum in

FY25, through the merging of Australian and New Zealand

operating units to establish sector led, stand-alone, Trans-

Tasman businesses, operating model optimisation, and

through systems, fleet and property rationalisation and other

cost-out initiatives;

§Simplification of the Downer portfolio to focus on businesses

which align with the Group’s strategic objectives;

§Disciplined approach to risk management through adherence

to The Downer Standard and Downer’s Delivery Management

Methodology, defining risk appetite via the 5 C’s (Capacity,

Capability, Counterparty, Contract & Compensation) and

establishing effective organisational accountability and

monitoring through the three lines of defence; and

§Structural and cultural reset on performance accountability,

enhanced by the new organisational design to drive a focus

on operational excellence.

Downer’s Purpose, Promise and Pillars Our Purpose,

Promise and Pillars reflect our commitment to do the right thing

for our customers, our people and our shareholders.

Downer’s Purpose is Enabling Communities to Thrive.

Our Promise is that our customers’ success is our success.

Alongside our Purpose and Promise, our Pillars represent the

way we do things and underpin everything we do:

§Sustainability: Safety is our first priority. Zero Harm to our

people, communities and environment is embedded in our

culture. We will leave a positive legacy for future generations.

§Delivery: We build trust by delivering on our promises

with excellence while focusing on safety, value for money

and efficiency.

§Relationships: We collaborate to build and sustain enduring

relationships with our customers, our people and our

communities, based on trust and integrity.

§Thought leadership: We remain at the forefront of our

industry by employing the best people and having the

courage to challenge the status quo.

Downer’s strategic objectives and prospects, underpinned by

our Purpose, Promise and Pillars, are set out in the table below.

Refer to the Principal Business Risks and Risk Management

Strategies section for further details on risks associated with the

pursuit of Downer’s strategic objectives and prospects.

Strategic ObjectiveProspects

Sustainability pillar

Maintain focus on Zero Harm

Downer believes that a sustainable and embedded Zero Harm culture is fundamental to the

Company’s ongoing success, and to building trusted relationships with customers and business

partners. Downer’s approach to Zero Harm enables it to work safely and environmentally responsibly

in industry sectors with inherently hazardous environments. Zero Harm at Downer means a work

environment that supports the health, including mental health and wellbeing, and safety of its people

and allows it to deliver its business activities in an environmentally sustainable manner and advance

the communities in which it operates.

There is a strong commitment to Downer’s Zero Harm objectives across all levels of the business.

A core objective of The Downer Standard program is to unify the way Downer manages Zero Harm

and performs its work. In an important step, Downer achieved centralised third-party accreditation

to the International Standards ISO 45001 (Safety), ISO 9001 (Quality) and ISO 14001 (Environment).

This gives Downer a single system of work for safety, quality and environment, and a framework to

develop, implement and monitor The Downer Standard. Establishing this consistent single platform

means Downer can deliver consistent best practice information and work processes to its frontline

employees, helping them to better manage risk and change in their dynamic workplaces.

Directors’ Report
20 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Strategic ObjectiveProspects

Sustainability Pillar

Strengthen Downer’s

position as an employer

of choice by fostering

a diverse and inclusive

workplace culture

For Downer to deliver the best possible outcomes for its customers, it needs a workforce that is

diverse, inclusive, capable and engaged. Downer’s actions are guided by its Inclusion and Belonging

(I&B) Strategy, which promotes a culture where employees feel a sense of belonging.

Downer’s talent attraction and retention strategy focuses on providing opportunities for employees

to grow their careers, offering benefits that are competitive with the market, and creating channels

for engagement and feedback.

Downer is focused on maintaining the work-life balance of its people and supports flexible working

arrangements, where possible, to meet the growing expectations of its current and future workforce.

Downer also understands that mental health is a growing societal issue and has developed and

implemented its accredited Mental Health First Aid program to arm its people with the knowledge

and skills to support their own mental health as well as the mental health of their friends and family.

Sustainability Pillar

Mitigate climate-related

risks and capture growth

opportunities presented

by decarbonisation

As society shifts towards a net zero emissions future, Downer is seeing increasing interest in

decarbonisation across its customer base. Downer is uniquely positioned with its skills, experience

and technical capabilities to play a pivotal role in the energy transition.

Downer believes its own pathway to net zero is essential in adding credibility to the services it

delivers to help customers decarbonise their own operations. Downer has committed to an absolute

near-term target of 50% reduction of its Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by 2032 and an absolute near-

term target of 30% reduction of its Scope 3 emissions by 2032. Downer has set a long-term target

to be net zero in Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions by 2050, subject to future available technologies.

Both the near-term and the long-term targets have a base year of 2020.

In FY22, Downer completed a detailed review of its most material climate-related risks and

opportunities in line with the Taskforce for Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), utilising

Scenario Analysis. This work built on Downer’s previous TCFD analysis in 2019 and reaffirmed that

climate change presents considerable opportunities for Downer, if appropriately acted upon. The

analysis determined that Downer’s material exposures to transition risk are its asphalt plants as well as

its light and heavy vehicle fleet. Downer has decarbonisation strategies and plans to minimise exposure

to transition risks. For further information refer to Downer’s 2022 Climate Change Report and 2023

Sustainability Report.

In addition, Downer has undertaken a review of its capital allocation process to integrate climate

thinking and considerations. This led to the creation of a centralised decarbonisation fund to support

initiatives that will help achieve Downer’s net zero commitments.

Delivery Pillar

Embed asset management

and standardisation

The expectations of Downer’s customers, and their customers, continue to grow with regards to

reliable, intuitive, and cost-effective assets and services. Downer has invested in capability and

talent to improve asset management through standardised processes, data analytics and lifecycle

performance analytics. A number of these investments have Group-wide application in addition to

their bespoke customer benefits.

Downer has developed extensive asset management knowledge and expertise and also adopts

and implements world-leading insights and solutions. Downer strives for standardisation in its risk

management and project delivery to ensure consistent quality outcomes for its customers.

Relationships Pillar

Focus on engagement with

customers and suppliers

Relationships creating success continues to underpin Downer’s approach to customer relationships

and philosophy that drives delivery of projects and services. It helps to ensure investment as

initiatives and activities are focused on helping Downer’s customers to succeed.

Providing valuable and reliable products and services to customers, and their customers, is at the

heart of Downer’s culture. It enables Downer’s customers to focus more on their core expertise while

Downer delivers non-core operational services. Through ongoing analysis of markets, customers

and competitors, Downer is well positioned to improve value and service for its customers and

their customers.

Thought Leadership Pillar

Utilise technology in core

service offerings

Technology is an inherent feature of today’s world and there is therefore greater demand for

provision of cyber secure technology in the services Downer provides. Customer operations are

growing in complexity in an ever-changing threat landscape, and this creates opportunities for

Downer to connect securely, manage, monitor and report on core services and infrastructure.

Downer invests in a range of technology platforms and partnerships to meet customer needs.

Downer focuses on selecting the right investments, for example those that can be leveraged across

a number of service lines to maximise value for the greatest number of customers. Downer remains

firmly focused on continuously protecting against evolving cyber risks and threats, demonstrating

credibility and trust through secure cyber stewardship and custody.

Directors’ Report
21

The following table provides an overview of the key prospects relevant to each of Downer’s service lines and summarises Downer’s

intended strategic response across each sector to maximise the Company’s performance and realise future opportunities.

Service lineProspectsDowner’s response

TransportThe multi-billion dollar

market for transport services

continues to grow in both

Australia and New Zealand.

Governments in both

countries continue to invest in

a range of projects to reduce

congestion, improve mobility

and provide better linkages

between communities.

Downer is a market leader in road services in both Australia and

New Zealand. The Group is well positioned through its integrated national

asset footprints to be a trusted service provider to local, state and national

customers in maintaining and providing pavement products for road

networks. With increasing customer focus on sustainability objectives,

Downer is seeing increased demand for its circular economy products

like Reconophalt

TM

, a sustainable asphalt product made from up to 100%

recycled materials.

Downer also maintains strong strategic partnerships with leading global

transport solutions providers and, through this model, is pursuing

opportunities in rollingstock manufacture and maintenance, and transport

network operations and maintenance. Downer has a breadth of capabilities

covering rollingstock design, manufacturing and through-life-support

allowing Downer to provide trusted support to critical passenger train assets

across Australia.

More extreme weather events and their damaging impacts on infrastructure

assets present opportunities for Downer to assist in recovery and rebuilding

efforts. This includes road and pavement repairs across both Australia and

New Zealand. Downer has also formed an Alliance to support the rebuilding

of critical infrastructure across the east coast of New Zealand’s North Island,

following extensive damage caused by Cyclone Gabrielle.

UtilitiesGrowth across utility markets

is multi-faceted with a good

pipeline of prospects in both

Australia and New Zealand.

Downer’s customers

are actively investing in

decarbonisation projects.

Downer has market leading positions in the power, gas, water and

telecommunications sectors in both Australia and New Zealand. We are

strongly positioned to take advantage of the growth opportunities available

in these sectors.

Downer is also one of the largest and most experienced providers in the

renewable energy market and power systems sectors. Downer has strong

technical capabilities in installation of commercial scale solar panels and

transmission line construction, meaning the Group is well placed to assist

our customers with their decarbonisation journey.

In all these areas, Downer is focusing its effort on customers and project

types where we can add value through its whole of life approach to asset

development and sustainment with a balanced approach to risk sharing.

FacilitiesThe facilities management

market is characterised by

long-term contracts which

are tendered infrequently.

However, as property and

facilities owners look to

decarbonise their assets, this

is expected to form a growth

market in coming years.

In the Industrial & Energy

market portfolio there

is a strong pipeline of

opportunities on the short-

to-medium-term horizon as

Downer’s customers actively

invest in decommissioning and

decarbonisation projects.

Downer is a major player in facilities management across both Australia

and New Zealand with leading positions in key sectors including defence,

health, education and government. The Group’s scale enables us to invest in

class leading asset management capability, build new positions in front line

services and leverage upside in procurement and asset optimisation.

Downer also has strong market positions across the industrial, energy and

future energy areas and is a trusted partner to some of Australia’s most

important and largest industrial customers. Our technical capability and

delivery reliability enables us to differentiate our offering through focus

on value delivered. Downer is investing in its expertise and capability in

anticipation of clean hydrogen becoming a key energy source for our

customers and has also supported customers in delivering carbon capture

underground storage systems.

Directors’ Report
22 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Material risks and risk management strategy

Downer actively manages a range of principal risks which have the potential to materially impact on the Group and its ability to

achieve its strategic objectives and opportunities. We apply a robust risk management framework to identify, assess and manage

risks which could adversely impact the future performance of the Group. Downer’s material risks, which include both risks specific

to the Group as well as general business and macroeconomic risks, are outlined below in no particular order.

Overview of risk and potential impactRisk mitigation and management strategies

Key contracts, competition and customer retention

There is a risk that material contracts that Downer enters

may not be renewed, renewed on less favourable terms

or cancelled.

Furthermore, some of the markets in which Downer

operates are highly competitive. Increased competition

and/or market changes can impact on Downer’s ability to

renew and/or win new contracts. If such events take place

this may lead to a decrease in work-in-hand, profitability

and earnings.

In addition, some of the contracts that Downer enters

have pricing that is ‘fixed’ or ‘not to exceed’. To the extent

that the cost of delivering on its contractual obligations

exceeds the estimated price, Downer could incur losses

that are not recoverable from its customers.

§Downer maintains its focus on forming strong relationships with

customers across a range of different markets and delivering

successful outcomes for its customers, strategic partnerships and

joint ventures with leading technology and knowledge providers

and a strong focus on its Customer Relationship Management

(CRM) system.

§To address competition risk, Downer collaborates with customers to

understand and meet their evolving needs. Downer focuses on the

delivery of high-quality services and thought leadership to support

recontracting of existing key customers.

§Downer undertakes thorough bid governance processes to ensure

that projects within risk appetite parameters are appropriately

estimated and there is a strong focus on costs, supply chain

management and project management controls.

§Downer’s focus on risk management and operational excellence is

looking to address performance issues which have occurred in FY23.

The strategies to improve this focus will look to improve delivery of

tendered margin and tighten the bell curve of project outcomes and

reduce variability.

Brand and reputation

Downer relies on its reputation to win and retain work,

attract and retain employees, secure ongoing access to

capital markets and maintain our social license to operate.

Building trust among stakeholders and maintaining our

reputation is critical for our business operations. Failing to

maintain this trust could lead to negative media attention,

which might damage our reputation and adversely impact

the support of our stakeholders.

The negative media attention associated with the ICAC

inquiry into conduct of employees of Downer during

the period highlights the risk of brand and reputation

damage. This could impact on Downer’s perception

among customers and require additional disclosure and

comfort to be provided in tenders and rebid processes.

There is a risk that reputational impacts could lead to

loss of contract renewals and participation in new tenders

for Downer.

§Significant engagement, correspondence and outreach to key

customers to update them on issues and provide assurance on

Downer’s commitment to the highest standards of conduct.

§Recurring/coordinated internal communication and employee

webcasts to bring Downer team members together and unify them

under our common Purpose and Promise.

§In response to public and regulatory scrutiny during the period,

Downer deemed it important to strengthen our mechanisms to

measure, monitor and protect its corporate image. Downer engaged

an external corporate reputation research expert to conduct

a diagnostic review of Downer’s brand and reputation among

customers. This research, and subsequent strategic interpretation

and advice, will seek to protect Downer’s reputation and strengthen

its position in the marketplace.

Project management and bid governance

The nature of the industries in which Downer operates

and the size of some of Downer’s contracts mean there

is the possibility that material losses could be incurred if

project management and bid governance processes are

not followed correctly.

Project losses incurred in FY23, particularly in the Utilities

business, highlight the potential impact of poorly applied

project management and bid governance process.

§Downer has sought to implement robust project risk management

processes and systems across its business, as well as additional bid

governance relating to tenders for large projects.

§Downer’s integrated management system, known as The Downer

Standard, provides policy framework, governance and consistency in

our approach to risk and opportunity management.

§Downer’s Tenders and Contracts Committee and Tender Risk

Evaluation Committee provide bid governance oversight.

§Downer’s Delivery Management Methodology guides all stages of the

delivery lifecycle.

Directors’ Report
23

Overview of risk and potential impactRisk mitigation and management strategies

Key suppliers, subcontractors and partners

Where Downer is reliant on one or a small set of

specialist suppliers or subcontractors to provide goods

and services, the performance of these suppliers or

subcontractors may impact Downer’s ability to achieve

budgeted project outcomes.

Where suppliers or subcontractors do not fulfil

contractual obligations or do not renew existing

contracts, the ability of Downer to complete projects and

win new work may be adversely affected.

There are particular suppliers with whom Downer

has a long-term relationship which support Downer’s

business activities. A change in relationship with these

suppliers and partners could negatively impact Downer’s

financial performance.

In addition, instances of conflicts of interest, fraud

or corruption may be present within the operations

of suppliers, subcontractors or partners which may

adversely impact Downer.

§Downer works closely with key suppliers to assess and manage

supply chain resilience.

§Downer’s standardised Procurement Framework is closely aligned

to the principles of ISO 20400 – Sustainable Procurement and

is supported by a range of tools and platforms. The framework is

designed to ensure we are engaging with the right suppliers and

subcontractors to achieve our business, ethical, environmental, safety

and social objectives.

§In FY23, Downer commissioned a review, with the assistance

of advice from external independent procurement and probity

experts, into the relevant control environment with an emphasis

on corruption and fraud prevention. The first phase of the review

is already complete and, while it identifies several areas for

improvement, the independent advice that Downer has received

to date is that the relevant procurement control environment is

generally comprehensive and supported by well-considered policies

and procedures promoting business integrity and supported by

training. Downer is currently considering the areas for continuous

improvement which have been identified, and their implementation.

Macroeconomic conditions including level of government spending

Downer is susceptible to major changes in

macroeconomic conditions through sudden and/or

prolonged deterioration in the economy, which may

impact the industries on which Downer is dependent and

could have a material negative impact on operational and

financial performance.

Public authorities and Government departments

in Australia and New Zealand are major customers

of Downer. Changes in prioritisation of government

spending, or restrictions on the level of spending

undertaken by governments, could impact the level of

earnings generated by Downer. For example, in relation

to the most recent Defence Strategic Review, it is

anticipated that Government spending will be focused

on expansion of capability and a reduction in spend

on sustainment.

§Downer has a large and diversified book of secured work with long-

term contracts. The long-term nature of these contracts underpins

earnings from these projects.

§Downer delivers essential maintenance services to critical

infrastructure assets. The essential nature of these services helps

mitigate both the impact of changing government spending priorities

and the duration of any decline in spending.

§Downer’s operations are diversified across end-markets and

government department customers. This diversification assists in

mitigating the impact of a reduction in budget or spend from changes

in spending profile from individual customers.

Cost escalation

Downer is exposed to cost escalation and inflationary

pressures which may be above budgeted levels across

all elements of our cost base. If Downer is not able

to offset these cost pressures through contractual

inflation recovery mechanisms or planned cost out,

this could adversely impact Downer’s profitability and

financial performance.

§Escalation clauses in customer contracts provide a degree of

protection against increasing costs of service delivery through

indexation for example, CPI and WPI) or other cost escalation

mechanisms. Pain/gain share clauses are another form of contractual

term, which Downer includes where possible in customer contracts to

offset the risk of cost escalation above what has been budgeted.

§Commercial management reviews our contracts for appropriateness

given prevailing market conditions, including inflation pressures,

supply shortages and other potentially disruptive events which may

increase cost to serve.

§Downer employs disciplined cost management of both project and

overhead costs.

Directors’ Report
24 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Overview of risk and potential impactRisk mitigation and management strategies

Talent, labour availability/productivity and employee relations

Attracting and retaining talent and engaging our

workforce underpins successful delivery of Downer’s

strategic objectives.

Downer’s growth and profitability may be limited by

the loss of key management, the inability to attract

new suitably qualified personnel, a decline in labour

productivity or by increases in remuneration costs

associated with attracting and retaining personnel.

Downer is dependent on the availability of suitably skilled

personnel to provide its services and, therefore, access to

labour can sometimes represent a risk in some parts of

the business.

§Downer is committed to fostering a workplace environment that

prioritises inclusion and belonging, supports the health and wellbeing

of our people, and provides opportunities for their professional

growth and development.

§Initiatives that Downer has in place to foster a positive workplace

include our Own Different (Inclusion & Belonging), Own Respect

(Standard of Business Conduct and Workplace Behaviours),

THRIVE (Diversity and equity) and Indigenous inclusion and

awareness programs.

§Downer has in place talent attraction and retention strategies

which include career progression pathways, remuneration and

other incentives, and through investment in learning and internal

development opportunities.

§Further details relating to Downer’s management of Talent, labour

availability and employee relation risks, and its performance are

outlined in Downer’s 2023 Sustainability Report.

Environment, climate and weather

Downer is committed to developing solutions to reduce

its energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions

and is supporting the transition to a low carbon economy.

There is a risk that these strategies cause increases to

Downer’s cost structure or that Downer will be unable

to satisfy future regulatory requirements relating to

these matters.

There is a risk that Downer’s business operations may

incur liability under applicable environmental laws and

regulations that could result in fines, penalties and/or

compensation to those affected being payable. There is

also a risk that any such event may have adverse impacts

on project completions and result in reputational damage

to Downer.

Periods of extreme weather have the potential to

adversely impact Downer’s performance through

interruption to operations, disruption to the workforce

with associated declines in productivity, increase in costs

to serve and lower fixed cost recovery.

§Downer has undertaken climate scenario analysis in accordance with

the TCFD incorporating transition and physical risks to inform and

stress test the resilience of Downer’s strategy.

§To mitigate the potential impact of identified transition risks, Downer

has set a science based aligned GHG emissions reduction target

across Scopes 1, 2 and 3, with the aim of Net Zero by 2050. This

target is supported by a detailed decarbonisation plan across

Downer’s key emissions sources.

§Downer’s risk mitigation and management strategies relating to

physical risk include:

–Integrating physical risk factors into business decisions.

–Ensuring appropriate commercial terms and pricing mechanisms,

taking into consideration insurance policy limitations. This

includes, where possible, implementing pain/gain share

arrangements in contracts to help mitigate Downer’s cost to serve

and fixed cost recovery in the event of extreme weather adversely

impacting operations.

–Adhering to environmental and land use planning approvals to

mitigate location specific risks and hazards (for example, bushfire

buffer zones).

–Monitoring weather forecasts and conditions for potential extreme

weather events and, where necessary, implementing appropriate

resilience measures to limit risks to employees’ health and safety,

delivery disruption and asset or site damage.

–Implementing Zero Harm policies, standards and procedures

including the modification or suspension of work regimes where

there is risk of harm from extreme weather events or natural

disaster.

§Further details relating to Downer’s assessment of environment,

climate and weather risks are outlined in Downer’s 2022 Climate

Change Report and 2023 Sustainability Report.

Directors’ Report
25

Overview of risk and potential impactRisk mitigation and management strategies

Workplace health and safety

Downer recognises that its activities can result in harm

to its people with the risk of serious injury or death. A

workplace fatality has significant negative impacts on

Downer’s operations, employees and the communities

in which we operate. In addition, in the event Downer is

found to have failed to comply with applicable health or

safety legislative requirements, fines, penalties and/or

compensation to those affected may be payable.

§Downer’s commitment to the safety, health and wellbeing of our

people and our communities is expressed in strong leadership,

engagement with our workforce and stakeholders, and a continual

focus on identifying and managing risks.

§Downer maintains a rigorous focus on Zero Harm to its people,

communities and environment. We focus on understanding,

controlling and verifying to effectively manage risks that have the

potential to cause serious harm to our people, the environment

or the communities in which we operate. We are committed to

rethinking and improving our processes, continuously improving our

management systems, applying lessons learnt, and adopting and

adapting practices that aim to achieve zero work-related injuries and

unintentional harm to the environment.

§To drive consistency and efficiency, Downer has integrated our ISO

45001 certified health and safety management system into The

Downer Standard, which also meets Office of the Federal Safety

Commissioner requirements, and maintenance audits.

§Downer maintains a rigorous focus on Zero Harm to its people,

communities and environment. As part of this focus, Downer seeks to

assess, understand and mitigate the critical risks facing Downer and

implementing ‘Cardinal Rules’ which provide direction and guidance

on these critical risks and high potential incidents.

§Downer promotes consistency of approach to Zero Harm across

its lines of business through our integrated management system,

‘The Downer Standard’.

§Downer upholds third-party certifications to internationally

recognised standards such as ISO 45001 (Safety), as well

as other accreditations including the Office of the Federal

Safety Commissioner.

§Further details relating to Downer’s management of Health and

Safety risks, and its performance are outlined in Downer’s 2023

Sustainability Report.

Cyber security and reliance on information technology

Downer relies on IT infrastructure and systems, and

the efficient and uninterrupted operation of core

technologies. Downer’s core technologies and other

systems and operations could be exposed to damage

or interruption from system failures, computer viruses,

cyberattacks, power or telecommunication provider’s

failure, or human error.

Any interruptions to these operations would impact

Downer’s ability to operate and could result in business

interruption, loss of customers and revenue, reputational

damage and weakening of competitive position.

In the event of a cyberattack, there is a risk that any

data security breaches or Downer’s inadvertent failure to

protect confidential information could result in a loss of

information integrity, breaches of Downer’s obligations

under applicable laws or customer arrangements, system

outages and the hacking of Downer systems. Each of

these has the potential to have a materially adverse

impact on Downer’s reputation and financial performance.

§Downer has established Technology and Cyber Risk management

practices and has a framework in place to mitigate and reduce the

negative impact of information security and technology risks.

§Downer maintains an ISO 27001:2013 certified Information Security

Management System describing the standards, controls and

procedures in place to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and

availability of critical information assets.

§Key controls include: Threat and vulnerability management

identification and remediation; Security Operations Centre with a

focus on security incident response and planning; User awareness

and simulation; management and mitigation of third-party risk

brought on by vendors and business partners; continuous

improvement and ongoing control maturity and uplift with priority

on Essential 8 controls; back-ups and resilience for key systems; and

internal and external audit and assurance regimes.

§Further details relating to Downer’s management of Cyber

security risks, and its performance are outlined in Downer’s 2023

Sustainability Report.

Directors’ Report
26 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Overview of risk and potential impactRisk mitigation and management strategies

Guarantees, indemnity and liability

Downer and certain of its controlled entities are called

upon to give guarantees and indemnities in respect of

the performance by counterparties, including controlled

entities and related parties, of their contractual and

financial obligations.

There is a risk that Downer may fail to fulfil its statutory

and contractual obligations in relation to the quality of its

products or services, which could give rise to contractual

damages claims or statutory penalties.

Some entities in the Downer Group are subject to

normal design liability in relation to completed design

and construction projects. The liability may include

claims, disputes and/or litigation against Downer Group

companies and/or joint venture arrangements in which

the Downer Group has an interest. The liabilities may also

include an obligation on Downer to rectify the design

defects at its own cost.

§Downer has in place diversified bonding facilities for when

guarantees are required to be provided in respect of performance to

address underlying customer credit risk.

§The Group has in place insurance policies to cover potential liabilities.

However, the availability of insurance at an appropriate term and

price is not guaranteed and it is possible that the occurrence of an

event may not be fully covered, or covered at all, by insurance.

§Downer takes legal advice in respect of claims and where relevant

makes provisions for such claims in its financial statements.

§Processes are in place to ensure Downer is fulfilling its statutory

and contractual obligations. The Group has in place standards,

management reviews and verification processes to address this risk.

Regulation and compliance

Downer’s business is affected by a range of industry

specific and general legal and regulatory controls.

Changes in these types of controls can have an adverse

effect on Downer’s financial performance. Further,

any major shift in regulatory policy may impact on the

profitability of Downer and its customers.

§Downer has compliance frameworks, operational compliance plans

and assurance programs in place which support and monitor

conformity with relevant regulatory requirements.

§Dedicated Legal and Compliance teams partner with the business to

advise on and monitor legal, regulatory and public policy changes, in

addition to legal issues and claims.

§Standards of Business Conduct and associated policies.

§Downer also has a formal ‘whistleblower’ policy in place to report

breaches of the Standards of Business Conduct including any

inappropriate, unethical, corrupt or illegal behaviour, misconduct, or

any other improper state of affairs or circumstances. Downer has

both internal and external processes that allow for the reporting of

breaches, including ‘Our Voice’, which is an external and independent

service that allows employees to anonymously report such potential

breaches. Downer encourages its employees, subcontractors and

partners to voice their concerns if they identify potentially unethical

practices. Downer will not tolerate victimisation of a whistleblower

and is committed to providing support and protection against any

reprisal for reporting a breach or potential breach. Any employee

found to have victimised another will be subject to disciplinary action.

§New starter and regular employee compliance training programs.

Directors’ Report
27

Overview of risk and potential impactRisk mitigation and management strategies

Financial markets and treasury

Downer is subject to various forms of financial market

risk including liquidity risk, interest rate risk and foreign

exchange risk.

To the extent that additional equity or debt funding is not

available from time to time on acceptable terms, Downer

may not be able to operate its business in the ordinary

course, take advantage of acquisition and other growth

opportunities, develop new business or respond to

competitive pressures.

Rising interest rates may adversely impact Downer’s

interest payments on its floating rate borrowings.

Disruptions in financial markets may affect the availability

and cost of hedging, which may have a material adverse

impact on the financial performance and position

of Downer.

Downer operates internationally and faces foreign

exchange rate risks associated with foreign currency

denominated debt, input costs and offshore earnings.

§Financial markets risk is governed by a Board-approved Treasury

Policy, which sets strict parameters governing all such risks including

liquidity risk, interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.

§Funding risk is managed by maintaining and ensuring continued

access to a diverse array of funding sources including the domestic

and international debt capital and bank loan markets.

§Funding risk is further mitigated by establishing committed term

funding from investment grade rated banks that is spread over a

variety of tenors to minimise refinancing risk.

§The Treasury Policy stipulates minimum and maximum hedging

requirements for floating rate borrowings that reduce the Group’s

exposure to interest rate volatility. Interest rate hedge counterparties

are selected based on their credit strength and markets capability to

ensure continued availability of efficient hedging sources.

§The Treasury Policy stipulates minimum and maximum hedging

requirements for foreign exchange exposures that reduce the Group’s

exposure to foreign exchange rate risks.

Transformation

Downer is currently undergoing an enterprise-wide

transformation program, driven by three areas of focus, to

position the company for long-term sustainable success.

These areas of focus are to:

§Reset Downer’s operating model by integrating our

Australian and New Zealand operations

§Simplify Downer’s portfolio to create a business with a

narrower focus on core markets

§Improve margins and enhance our focus on

risk management.

Failure to successfully manage, execute and deliver on

the initiatives identified as a part of this transformation

program could adversely impact Downer’s business

operations, strategic objectives, profitability, returns to

shareholders, credit rating and market confidence.

§Downer worked with external business transformation experts to help

design, implement and embed the transformation model.

§Downer has established a Transformation Office, to orchestrate,

coordinate and support delivery of the transformation ambition

and targets, as outlined, and ensure these capabilities are built and

embedded within Downer.

§Ownership and accountability for the execution of transformation

initiatives sits with the relevant individual functions and

business units. Each function and business unit has allocated

dedicated Transformation Leads to oversee the delivery of

improvement initiatives.

§Downer is enabling effective change delivery by building

transformation capabilities across the business, fostering Group-wide

learning and shared accountability.

§Further details relating to Downer’s Transformation are outlined in

Downer’s 2023 Sustainability Report.

Directors’ Report
28 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Outlook

FY24 is an important transition year in our turn-around

program as we address areas of underperformance, stabilise

and reposition the business for future profitable growth. The

external market conditions remain challenging for Downer

in areas including ongoing cost escalation, labour availability

and productivity issues, however we are observing signs of

stabilisation.

In relation to our FY24 performance we note the following:

§We start the year with a high percentage of secure revenue

and are targeting continued improvement in EBITA margin

for FY24

§Downer’s 1H24 will be affected by the run-off of existing low

margin contracts and the timing of our Utilities recovery,

with stronger earnings targeted in the 2H24

§Confidence in achieving $100 million of cost out, with full run

rate into FY25.

We will give a further update at the AGM in November 2023.

Subsequent events

As communicated at Downer’s Investor Day in April, a review

of Downer’s Australian Mechanical and Electrical Commercial

Projects business (Business) and other businesses that do not

match Downer’s preferred sector and customer characteristics

has been completed. Downer announced on 10 August 2023

it has entered into an agreement to sell the remaining part of

the Business.

The Business (which was part of the Facilities CGU) has

been wound down progressively since Downer announced

its exit from the Australian commercial construction and

projects market in 2020. The Business generated revenue

of approximately $200 million and a small EBIT loss in FY23.

The transaction, purchased by existing managers of the

business, is at an agreed purchase price of $10.5 million and

approximately cash neutral after net debt and working capital

adjustments, and will result in a pre-tax loss of approximately

$14 million in FY24. This transaction now completes

Downer’s exit from the Australian commercial Projects

(construction) market.

Outside the above, at the date of this report, there is no other

matter or circumstance that has arisen since the end of the

financial year, that has significantly affected, or may significantly

affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those

operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent

financial years.

Changes in state of affairs

During the financial year there was no significant change in the

state of affairs of the Group other than that referred to in the

financial statements or notes thereto.

Environmental management

Environmental management is an important component of

Downer’s Zero Harm philosophy. Downer’s environmental

commitments are outlined in its Environmental

Sustainability Policy which can be found on the Downer

website at www.downergroup.com/board-policies.

Effectively managing its environmental aspects and impacts is

fundamental to Downer’s approach to delivering its services in

an environmentally responsible manner. Downer puts significant

emphasis on its critical risk program ensuring effective controls

are implemented and continuous improvement through lessons

learned. Downer’s 10 Environmental Principles are critical

to ensuring its employees and broader stakeholder groups

are engaged and aware of its environmental commitments,

including meeting and exceeding its environmental obligations.

Downer’s environmental management system is accredited

to AS/NZ ISO14001:2015 and is integrated into its Group-wide

management system, known as The Downer Standard. The

Downer Standard ensures a consistent approach to identifying

and controlling environmental aspects and impacts, and

managing the Company’s environmental performance across

the organisation. The environment management system

is audited, both internally and externally by independent

third parties.

Downer’s ability to manage the impacts of its activities

on the natural and built environment is fundamental to its

long-term success.

Downer is conscious of its social licence to operate – and

responds to this by improving the sustainability of its operations,

aiming to achieve Zero Harm to its people, minimising harm

to the environment, and always striving to enhance Downer’s

reputation, business value and ultimately shareholder wealth.

Suitably qualified environment and sustainability professionals

support each of the Business Units. Each Business Unit has

Sustainability Improvement Plans aligned to specific United

Nations Sustainable Development Goals with year-on-year

actions and deliverables. In addition, each Business Unit has a

customised Climate Change and Decarbonisation Plan. These

plans detail the actions and deliverables required to contribute

towards Downer’s net zero commitments. Progress is monitored

and reported throughout the year and assessed as part of the

Business Units annual performance, which is linked to the short-

term incentive program.

Employee Discount Share Plan (ESP)

An ESP was instituted in June 2005. In accordance with the

provisions of the plan, as approved by shareholders at the 1998

Annual General Meeting, permanent full-time and part-time

employees of Downer EDI Limited and its subsidiary companies

who have completed six months service may be invited

to participate.

No shares were issued under the ESP during the years ended

30 June 2023 or 30 June 2022.

There are no performance rights or performance options, in

relation to unissued shares, that are outstanding.

Directors’ Report
29

Directors’ meetings

The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of Board Committees) held during the 2023

financial year and the number of meetings attended by each Director (while they were a Director or Board Committee member).

During the year, nine scheduled Board meetings, 18 unscheduled Board meetings, seven Audit and Risk Committee meetings,

seven People and Culture Committee meetings, four Zero Harm Committee meetings and two Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee meetings were held in addition to 17 ad hoc meetings attended by various Directors in relation to tender

reviews and major projects.

Director

Board – ScheduledBoard – Unscheduled

Audit and Risk

Committee

Held

1

AttendedHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

Attended

M J Menhinnitt991818––

P J Tompkins

2

551110––

M P Chellew

3

551211––

G A Fenn

4

55127––

M J Binns

5

4476––

T G Handicott99181677

N M Hollows99181877

A M Howse99181877

P L Watson99181877

Director

People and Culture

CommitteeZero Harm Committee

Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee

Held

1

AttendedHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

Attended

M J Menhinnitt76

6

1122

P J Tompkins

2

––11––

M P Chellew

3

33––––

G A Fenn

4

––33––

M J Binns

5

––33––

T G Handicott77––22

N M Hollows77––22

A M Howse

7

77––––

P L Watson––44––

1. These columns indicate the number of meetings held during the period each person listed was a Director or member of the relevant Board Committee.

2. Mr Tompkins joined the Board on 1 February 2023.

3. Mr Chellew retired on 3 March 2023.

4. Mr Fenn retired on 27 February 2023. Mr Fenn did not attend unscheduled Board meetings relating to CEO succession matters.

5. Mr Binns retired on 31 January 2023.

6. Mr Menhinnitt was an apology for one unscheduled People and Culture Committee meeting.

7. Ms Howse joined the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee on 19 April 2023.

Indemnification of officers and auditors

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in respect of a contract insuring the Directors of the Company, the Company

Secretary, all officers of the Company and of any related body corporate against a liability incurred as a Director, secretary or

executive officer to the extent permitted by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability and the amount of the premium.

Downer’s Constitution includes indemnities, to the extent permitted by law, for each Director and Company Secretary of Downer

and its subsidiaries against liability incurred in the performance of their roles as officers. The Directors and the Company

Secretaries listed on pages 8 to 11, individuals who act as a Director or Company Secretary of Downer’s subsidiaries and certain

individuals who formerly held any of these roles also have the benefit of the indemnity in the Constitution.

The Company has not otherwise, during or since the financial year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of the

Company or of any related body corporate against a liability incurred as such an officer or auditor.

Directors’ Report
30 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Corporate Governance

In recognising the need for the highest standards of corporate

behaviour and accountability, the Board endorses the ASX

Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance

Principles and Recommendations (ASX Principles). The Group’s

corporate governance statement is set out at pages 136 to 145

of this Annual Report.

Non-audit services

Downer is committed to audit independence. The Audit and

Risk Committee reviews the independence of the external

auditors on an annual basis. This process includes confirmation

from the auditors that, in their professional judgement, they are

independent of the Group. To ensure that there is no potential

conflict of interest in work undertaken by Downer’s external

auditors, KPMG, they may only provide services that are

consistent with the role of the Company’s auditor.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with

the advice from the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that

the provision of non-audit services during the year is compatible

with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed

by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed

below do not compromise the external auditor’s independence,

based on advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee,

for the following reasons:

§All non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to

ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity of

the auditor

§None of the services undermine the general principles

relating to auditor independence as set out in the Institute

of Chartered Accountants in Australia and CPA Australia’s

Code of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional

Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional and

Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing

the auditor’s own work, acting in a management or decision-

making capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for the

Company or jointly sharing economic risks and rewards.

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is set out on

page 60 of this Annual Report.

During the year, details of the fees paid or payable for non-audit

services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related

practices and related audit firms were as follows:

Non-audit services

2023

$

2022

$

Tax services24,150248,596

Advisory services16,69496,679

40,844345,275

Rounding of amounts

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations

(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports) Instrument 2016/191,

relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the Directors’ Report

and consolidated financial statements. Unless otherwise stated,

amounts have been rounded off to the nearest whole number

of millions of dollars and one place of decimals representing

hundreds of thousands of dollars.

Directors’ Report
31

Dear Shareholders,

Downer’s 2023 Remuneration Report provides information

about the remuneration of its most senior executives

and explains how performance has been linked to reward

outcomes at Downer for the 2023 financial year.

At the last Annual General Meeting on 3 November 2022,

55.8% of all votes cast by shareholders were against the

2022 Remuneration Report, resulting in a first strike against

the report. As such, we have taken steps to review the

effectiveness of the remuneration framework and we outline

the Board’s response to the strike in section 1.1 of this report.

A year of disappointing Company performance and

shareholder returns is reflected in no STI award being made

for FY23 and the EPS, relative TSR and Earnings measures

being missed in the FY21 LTI plan tested in August 2023,

resulting in 83.3% of performance rights being forfeited.

The Board determined during the year that given the

criticality of staff retention, engagement and development

to the success of the organisation, it was important to

broaden the remit of the Remuneration Committee to also

oversee people and culture. Adelle Howse was appointed as

Chair of the newly formed People & Culture Committee in

January 2023.

Overview of the year

The 2023 financial year was challenging for Downer, with

significant parts of our business impacted by underperformance

of certain contracts in the Australian and New Zealand Utilities

businesses, weather, supply chain disruptions and the labour

productivity hangover from COVID-19. Downer’s Board of

Directors and Executive Leadership Team are responding to the

current challenges with energy and are committed to improving

the company’s resilience against external factors.

Against this challenging backdrop, our Executives and broader

team have continued to execute our strategy and simplify our

portfolio. Our key financial and non-financial highlights for

FY23 were:

§Commenced Downer’s transformation program, which is a

significant Group-wide change designed to position Downer

for long-term sustainable success. Key focus areas of the

transformation are to: reset Downer’s operating model by

integrating our Australian and New Zealand businesses;

simplify Downer’s portfolio to narrow our focus on core

markets; and improve margins and enhance our focus on risk

management. We have already made considerable progress,

with the new trans-Tasman operating model coming into

effect on 1 July 2023

§Achieved contractual close on the multi-billion dollar

Queensland Train Manufacturing Program (QTMP).

Under the contract, Downer will design, manufacture and

commission 65 passenger trains and simulators with our key

subcontractor, Hyundai Rotem. We will design, construct

and commission a train manufacturing facility on the Fraser

Coast and a maintenance facility on the Gold Coast. We will

also deliver through-life-support and maintenance of the new

fleet for an initial term of 15 years up to a potential term of

35 years. This is a significant contract for Downer, which will

cement our position as the largest passenger rollingstock

maintainer in Australia for the next 30 years

§Continued to simplify our portfolio with the sale of the

Australian Transport Projects business to Gamuda Berhad on

20 June 2023. The sale price represents an enterprise value

of $212 million, and is an important milestone in our portfolio

simplification strategy. Downer’s focus in the transport sector

will now be to concentrate on enhancing its market leading

positions in rollingstock, road maintenance and New Zealand

infrastructure delivery.

Remuneration Report

Chairman’s Letter

Directors’ Report
32 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Executive KMP changes

After an extensive succession process, Peter Tompkins was

appointed as Executive Director effective 1 February and

Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Managing Director (MD)

effective 27 February 2023, following the retirement of Grant

Fenn, who held the position of CEO since 2010. Mr Tompkins

joined Downer in 2008, having served as Downer’s Chief

Operating Officer (COO) since 2021.

On 1 December 2022, the Board announced Mr Tompkins’

service agreement with the following key terms:

§Ongoing agreement with no fixed term

§Fixed remuneration of $1.55 million

§Maximum annual STI opportunity of 100% of

fixed remuneration

§Maximum annual LTI opportunity of 130% of fixed

remuneration, with his first LTI grant being put to

shareholders at the 2023 AGM.

Remuneration was benchmarked against ASX 51-150

companies with comparable scale and complexity.

Mr Tompkins was benchmarked at the 60th percentile.

Malcolm Ashcroft commenced with Downer on 1 June 2023

as Chief Financial Officer Elect and effective 1 July 2023

was appointed as Chief Financial Officer (CFO), following

the resignation of Michael Ferguson. Mr Ashcroft is an

accomplished leader with significant financial and senior

executive experience in publicly listed entities covering

the infrastructure services, construction, health, and

education sectors.

Summary of FY23 remuneration outcomes

Short-term incentive (STI) outcomes

Downer’s STI plan requires that a minimum level of earnings

performance is required in order for Executives to receive an

award assessed against the balanced scorecard.

In FY23, this minimum performance level was not met and

accordingly there were no STI awards for KMP.

Under the terms of the plan, each year the Board considers

whether deferred awards made in prior periods should be paid.

Prior to the Board considering the Deferred STI, the current

CEO requested that the Board not consider his entitlement

to payment of deferred components under the FY22 plan and

has voluntarily forgone these components as demonstration

of alignment between shareholders and management on

performance outcomes.

In assessing deferred awards from FY21 and FY22 that were

eligible to vest this year, the Board considered:

§The performance of the Company across FY21, FY22

and FY23

§The events that have come to light subsequent to the

exercise of its discretion for the FY22 STI award

§That part of the FY21 and FY22 STI awards have already

been paid to the former CEO and former CFO.

The Board has determined that for the former CEO and

former CFO:

§The second tranche of the FY21 Deferred STI be reduced by

12% being the reduction under the plan based on the restated

FY21 accounts

§No payment of deferred components be made for the first

deferred component of the FY22 plan.

In accordance with the terms of the plan, the Board will consider

the second deferred component of the FY22 Deferred STI when

it becomes eligible for consideration.

Long-term incentive (LTI) outcomes

During the year testing of the 2020 LTI Plan was performed.

Downer’s performance against the relative Total Shareholder

Return (TSR), Earnings per Share (EPS), Earnings and Free

Cash Flow (FFO) did not meet the targets. Accordingly, no

vesting occurred.

The 2021 Plan has now been tested. The TSR, EPS and Earnings

measures were not met however the FFO performance was

strong at 118.2% of target, meaning 16.7% of rights granted under

the plan are eligible for vesting subject to satisfaction of the

remaining additional service period and Board approval.

Further detail can be found at section 7.3.4.

Non-executive Director (NED) shareholding

requirement and remuneration

As detailed in section 11.2 the Board has introduced, from

1 July 2023, a minimum security holding policy for non-

executive directors of equal to or greater than 100 percent

of their annual base fee. This requirement is to be met within

four years of their appointment or the commencement of

the policy.

In 2021 Downer embarked on a Board renewal program. Under

the leadership of former Chairman Mark Chellew several new

Directors were appointed during 2022 and the program will

continue throughout 2023.

To ensure that Downer remains competitive to attract and

retain suitably qualified NEDs to oversee the Company’s

strategic objectives and transformation, and to support the

board renewal process, an external benchmarking review of

fees paid to NEDs was undertaken. As a result of the review,

increases to base fees and committee fees for the Chair and

NEDs applied from 1 July 2022 (refer to section 11.1 for detail).

Directors’ Report
33

Response to first strike against the 2022

Remuneration Report

Following the strike against our 2022 Remuneration Report,

the Board engaged extensively with major shareholders

and proxy advisors to understand key concerns with our

remuneration framework and its application.

The primary areas of concern identified by external

stakeholders included the following:

§The Board’s exercise of discretion to make FY22 STI awards

was misaligned with shareholder outcomes

§Inadequate disclosure of STI targets for individual KMP

§The former MD/CEO’s deferred STI award was made

in cash

§The former MD/CEO’s fixed remuneration was high.

With support from external advisors, the Board conducted

a robust review of Downer’s remuneration frameworks and

disclosures with a view to addressing the key concerns

holistically within the context of our broader strategy and

operating context. Section 1.1 details the primary concerns

raised by stakeholders and how we have responded to

them, including the exercise of discretion in relation to the

remuneration scheme for the Executive KMP, deferred

payments for FY21 and FY22 STI plans where relevant.

Looking ahead to FY24

Since the 2022 AGM, the Board has undertaken a

comprehensive review of the existing remuneration

framework to ensure that it:

§Considers feedback and expectations of key stakeholders

§Continues to align with our strategy, including our

multi-year Transformation program

§Remains aligned to the long-term interests of shareholders.

As a result of the review, the Board has introduced the

following remuneration changes for FY24:

§Introduction of an additional Portfolio & Performance

measure in the STI focused on net financial benefits

derived from measurable transformation initiatives, to

complement existing NPATA and FFO metrics.

§Increasing the weighting of the Employee Engagement

measure from 5% to 10% in the STI with the 5% Learning

and Development measure removed.

§The NPATA and FFO scorecard measure of the LTI

(Balanced Scorecard) to be enhanced with a requirement

to achieve a minimum EBITA Margin.

§A positive TSR gateway to apply to Relative TSR metric in

t h e LT I .

The Board remains committed to a remuneration framework

that supports Downer’s long-term strategic objectives,

effectively aligns pay with performance, reflects good

governance and risk management, and fairly rewards and

retains key executive talent to execute our transformation.

We highly value the feedback of our shareholders and other

key stakeholders, and we look forward to ongoing dialogue

with you. We thank you for your support and welcome your

feedback at the AGM.


M J Menhinnitt A M Howse

Chairman People and Culture

Committee Chairman

Directors’ Report
34 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Remuneration Report – AUDITED

1. Year in Review

2. Details of Key Management Personnel

3. Remuneration Policy, Principles and Practices

4. Relationship between Remuneration Policy

and Company Performance

5. The Board’s Role in Remuneration

6. Description of Executive Remuneration

7. Details of Executive Remuneration

8. Executive Equity Ownership

9. Key Terms of Employment Contracts

10. Related Party Information

11. Description of Non-executive

Director Remuneration

The Remuneration Report provides information about

the remuneration arrangements for key management

personnel (KMP), which means Non-executive Directors

and the Group’s most senior executives, for the year to

30 June 2023. The term ‘executive’ in this Report means

KMPs who are not Non-executive Directors.

The Report covers the following matters:

Directors’ Report
35

1. Year in Review

1.1 Key issues raised regarding the 2022 Remuneration Report

The Board has considered feedback from shareholders. Set out below is a summary of the Board’s responses to the key issues

raised by some shareholders in relation to the 2022 Remuneration Report.

FeedbackResponse

Discretionary Short-

term incentive (STI)

plan awards

The Board’s exercise of

upwards discretion to

make FY22 STI awards

was misaligned with

shareholder outcomes.

Whilst stakeholders generally acknowledged that the 2022 financial year was challenging with severe

weather events, the coronavirus pandemic and ongoing supply chain disruption, the exercise of upwards

discretion to make STI awards was misaligned with shareholder outcomes.

Several stakeholders were supportive of making STI awards however considered that there was

inadequate disclosure of STI targets to provide better understanding of the level of discretion exercised

or preferred that they be targeted at retention with a focus on deferred equity-based reward.

No discretionary awards have been made in 2023, however the feedback of stakeholders will inform any

consideration of future decisions and disclosure of the exercise of discretion.

The Board has exercised discretion in relation to the remuneration scheme for the Executive KMP.

Further detail on deferred STI outcomes is at section 7.3.3.

Incentive plan

targets plan

There could be more

detail disclosed

in relation to the

STI targets for

individual KMP.

While acknowledging that disclosure in relation to the STI plan is comprehensive, it was noted by some

stakeholders that specific financial and commercial targets at Divisional and Corporate levels were not

disclosed due to commercial sensitivity.

Additional disclosure of Group level targets for FY23 has been included in this year’s report.

Form of deferred

STI awards

The former Managing

Director’s deferred STI

award was made in cash.

Under Downer’s Deferred STI plan, the Board determines whether deferred awards are paid in equity or

cash, in its sole and absolute discretion.

In making its determination on the form of payment the Board:

§Considered the level of the former Managing Director’s shareholding, which at the time was 5 times

the value of his minimum shareholding requirement of 12 months’ fixed remuneration

§Recognised that the former Managing Director was generally in possession of price sensitive

information and therefore generally unable to sell shares to cover tax liabilities

§Recognised that in the event the former Managing Director was able to sell an award made in shares,

there could be an unwarranted negative market perception should he do so.

Due to the value of the Managing Director’s shareholding in Downer significantly exceeding the

minimum shareholding requirement of 12 months’ fixed remuneration, the Board determined it was

appropriate to pay the award in cash.

While the Board determines whether deferred awards are paid in equity or cash, in its sole and absolute

discretion, the default position absent special circumstances will continue to be that deferred STI awards

for the Managing Director and Executive KMP will be delivered in equity.

Payment of deferred awards if achieved at the end of FY24 will be made in equity.

Long-term incentive

( LT I ) p l a n

The relative TSR

measure can be

achieved with a

negative TSR result.

For the 2024 LTI Plan onwards, a positive TSR requirement has been added to the relative TSR measure.

This means that irrespective of the relative TSR result, the tranche will only vest where Downer’s

TSR over the period is positive and the relative performance level is achieved. This aims to increase

alignment between long-term executive reward and the experience of our shareholders, whom we

acknowledge have seen an erosion in shareholder value in FY23.

Directors’ Report
36 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

FeedbackResponse

Managing Director’s

remuneration

The Managing

Director’s fixed

remuneration is high.

Grant Fenn was appointed as Managing Director in June 2010. The total remuneration package at

the time of appointment was 23% lower than the remuneration paid to his predecessor and remained

unchanged from 2012 up to his retirement as Managing Director in February 2023.

Peter Tompkins was appointed as Managing Director in February 2023.

Mr Tompkins fixed remuneration was benchmarked against ASX 51-150 companies with comparable

scale and complexity. Mr Tompkins was benchmarked at the 60th percentile.

The fixed remuneration for Mr Tompkins is 22.5% lower than the remuneration paid to Mr Fenn and

maximum total remuneration is 14.8% lower.

1.2 Summary of changes to remuneration policy

Downer has continued to refine its remuneration policy during the period. The Board considered Company strategy and reward

plans based on performance measurement, competitive position and stakeholder feedback. Changes to policy are noted in the

relevant sections of this Report and are summarised in the table below.

PolicyEnhancements for 2023

Short-term incentive

(STI) plan

Zero Harm measures

The environmental sustainability and critical risk measures for the Zero Harm element have been

further refined, building upon previous improvements to move with and support growth in organisational

maturity and ensure continual stretch and ongoing Zero Harm improvement, in addition to existing

requirements through:

§Introducing a requirement to undertake a minimum number of critical risk observations, improve three

critical controls and maintain an active audit and inspection program

§Including Scope 3 targets and initiatives into decarbonisation plans

§Achieving greenhouse gas emission intensity targets.

People measure

FY23 introduced a Learning and Development measure that required the achievement of minimum

completion rates of training in Downer’s project delivery and governance methodology. The measure

reflected the significant focus of the Company on delivery management and project governance as a driver

of improved project performance and contract margins. The Learning and Development measure has been

removed in FY24 and the Employee Engagement measure has been increased from 5% to 10%.

Further detail on the measures for the STI plan are set out at section 6.4.1.

PolicyEnhancements for 2024

Short-term incentive

(STI) plan

The overall structure of the STI plan will continue with some changes to relative weightings and the

introduction of an additional Financial measure.

§Allocation to Portfolio and Performance (financial) measures will be increased from 60% to 70% for the

FY24 year. This will allow the inclusion of an additional Portfolio and Performance measure focused on net

financial benefits derived from measurable transformation initiatives. This measure will form 20% of the

scorecard alongside the profitability measure (NPATA) of 25% and a Cash measure of 25%.

§The transformation incentive will be calculated as the financial benefit in FY24 less costs incurred. The

purpose of driving in year benefits is to incentivise savings to be taken as early as possible to maximise the

benefit in the year, and to support the cost out target. For the measure to be achieved, the expected FY25

impact will be considered to ensure transformation net benefits are sustainable beyond FY24.

§The Zero Harm measure will be reduced in weighting to 20% from 30% of the STI Scorecard and will cover

both safety and sustainability.

§The Learning and Development measure will be replaced with an increased focus on Employee

Engagement with the people measure of 10% based on the Employee Engagement survey to drive a focus

that seeks to achieve a high performance culture.

§Financial and Zero Harm gateways will remain unchanged.

Directors’ Report
37

PolicyEnhancements for 2024

Long-term incentive

(LTI) plan

The overall structure of the LTI plan will continue with some changes to the performance hurdles.

§The relative TSR measure will require the absolute TSR to be positive.

§The EPS growth baseline will be adjusted to take account of elements of underperformance in FY23.

§The balanced scorecard measure will be enhanced with the inclusion of a minimum EBITA margin

measure from FY25 onwards in order to be eligible for any vesting under the Scorecard condition.

2. Details of Key Management Personnel

The following persons acted as Directors of the Company during or since the end of the most recent financial year:

DirectorRole

M J MenhinnittChairman, Independent Non-executive Director (commenced as Acting Chairman 3 March 2023,

Chairman from 9 March 2023)

M P ChellewChairman, Independent Non-executive Director (retired 3 March 2023)

P J TompkinsManaging Director and Chief Executive Officer (commenced role on 27 February 2023)

G A FennManaging Director and Chief Executive Officer (retired 27 February 2023)

M J BinnsIndependent Non-executive Director (retired 31 January 2023)

T G HandicottIndependent Non-executive Director

N M HollowsIndependent Non-executive Director

A M HowseIndependent Non-executive Director

P L WatsonIndependent Non-executive Director (retiring 30 September 2023)

Executive KMP

The named persons held their current executive position for the whole of the most recent financial year, except as noted.

ExecutiveRole

P J TompkinsChief Operating Officer to 26 February 2023, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

(from 27 February 2023)

M R AshcroftChief Financial Officer Elect (commenced 1 June 2023)

M J FergusonChief Financial Officer (ceased 30 June 2023)

Directors’ Report
38 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

3. Remuneration Policy, Principles and Practices

3.1 Executive remuneration policy

Downer’s executive remuneration policy and practices are summarised in the table below.

PolicyPractices aligned with policy

Retain experienced, proven

performers, and those

considered to have high

potential for succession

§Provide remuneration that is internally fair

§Ensure remuneration is competitive with the external market

§Defer a substantial part of pay contingent on continuing service and sustained performance.

Focus performance §Provide a substantial component of pay contingent on performance against targets

§Focus attention on the most important drivers of value by linking pay to their achievement

§Require profitability to reach a challenging level before any bonus payments can be made

§Provide a LTI plan component that rewards consistent Scorecard performance over multiple years

and over which executives have a clear line of sight.

Provide a Zero

Harm environment

§Incorporate measures that embody Zero Harm for Downer’s employees, contractors, communities

and the environment as a significant component of reward.

Manage risk §Encourage sustainability by balancing incentives for achieving both short-term and longer-term

results, and deferring equity-based reward vesting after performance has been initially tested

§Set stretch targets that finely balance returns with reasonable but not excessive risk taking and

cap maximum incentive payments

§Do not provide excessive ‘cliff’ reward vesting that may encourage excessive risk taking as a

performance threshold is approached

§Diversify risk and limit the prospects of unintended consequences from focusing on just one

measure in both short-term and long-term incentive plans

§Stagger vesting of deferred short-term incentive payments to encourage retention and allow

forfeiture of rewards that are the result of misconduct or material adjustments

§Retain full Board discretion to vary incentive payments, including in the event of excessive

risk taking

§Restrict trading of vested equity rewards to ensure compliance with the Company’s Securities

Trading Policy.

Align executive interests

with those of shareholders

§Provide that a significant proportion of pay is delivered as equity so part of executive reward is

linked to shareholder value performance

§Provide a long-term incentive that is based on consistent Scorecard performance against

challenging targets set each year that reflect sector volatility and prevailing economic conditions

as well as relative TSR and earnings per share measures directly related to shareholder value

§Maintain a guideline minimum shareholding requirement for the Managing Director equal to

12 months fixed remuneration

§Exclude the short-term impact of unbudgeted and opportunistic acquisitions and divestments

from performance assessment to encourage agility and responsiveness

§Encourage holding of shares after vesting via a trading restriction for all executives and payment

of LTI components in shares

§Prohibit hedging of unvested equity and equity subject to a trading lock to ensure alignment with

shareholder outcomes.

Attract experienced,

proven performers

§Provide a total remuneration opportunity sufficient to attract proven and experienced executives

from secure positions in other companies and retain existing executives.

Directors’ Report
39

4. Relationship between Remuneration Policy

and Company Performance

4.1 Company strategy and remuneration

Downer’s business strategy includes:

§Maintaining focus on Zero Harm by continually improving

health, safety and environmental performance to achieve

Downer’s goal of zero work-related injuries and significant

environmental incidents

§Driving growth in core markets through focusing on serving

existing customers better across multiple products and

service offerings, growing capabilities and investing in

innovation, research and development and community and

Indigenous partnerships

§Managing risk within an approved ‘risk appetite’ framework

and enhancing the Company’s capability to withstand threats,

take advantage of opportunities and reduce cyclical volatility

§Obtaining better utilisation of assets and improved margins

through simplifying and driving efficiency

§Identifying opportunities to manage the Downer portfolio

through partnering, acquisition and divestment that deliver

long-term shareholder value

§Maintaining flexibility to be able to adapt to the changing

economic and competitive environment to ensure Downer

delivers shareholder value.

The Company’s remuneration policy complements this

strategy by:

§Emphasis on Zero Harm measures across safety

performance, critical risk and environmental and social

sustainability and setting safety and environmental gateways

in the STI to maintain the Company’s position as a Zero Harm

leader, and employer and service provider of choice, thereby

delivering a competitive advantage

§Incorporating Company-wide performance requirements for

both STI and LTI reward vesting for earnings (NPATA), Free

Cash Flow (FFO) and People measures to encourage cross-

divisional collaboration

§Incorporating performance metrics that focus on cash flow to

reduce working capital and debt exposure

§Incorporating performance metrics that focus on reducing

overhead costs and drive efficiencies in the business model

§Setting NPATA, EBITA and FFO STI performance and

gateway requirements based on effective application of funds

employed to run the business for better capital efficiency

§Employing FFO as the cash measure for the STI to provide

more emphasis on control of capital expenditure

§Excluding the short-term impacts of opportunistic and

unbudgeted acquisitions and divestments on incentive

outcomes to encourage flexibility, responsiveness and growth

consistent with strategy

§Deferring 50% of STI awards to encourage sustainable

performance and a longer-term focus

§Incorporating consistent financial performance in the LTIP

Scorecard measure

§Encouraging engagement with, and the development and

retention of, its people to help maintain a sustainable supply

of talent.

4.2 Remuneration linked to performance

The link to performance is provided by:

§Requiring a significant portion of executive remuneration to

vary with short-term and long-term performance

§Applying a profitability gateway to be achieved before an

STI reward for executives is made

§Applying further Zero Harm gateways to be

achieved before calculating any reward for safety or

environmental performance

§Applying challenging financial and non-financial measures to

assess performance

§Ensuring that these measures focus management on

strategic business objectives that create shareholder value

§Delivering a significant proportion of payment in equity for

alignment with shareholder interests.

Downer measures performance on the following key

corporate measures:

§Earnings per share (EPS) growth

§Total shareholder return (TSR) relative to other ASX 100

companies (excluding ASX ‘Financials’ sector companies)

with a minimum requirement of positive TSR

§G r o u p N PATA

§Divisional EBITA

§EBITA margin

§Transformation net cost benefits

§FFO

§Engagement with Downer’s people

§Zero Harm measures of safety and

environmental sustainability.

Remuneration for all executives varies with performance on

these key measures.

Directors’ Report
40 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

The following graph shows the Company’s performance compared to the median performance of the ASX 100 over the three-year

period to 30 June 2023. Relative TSR is a measure in Downer’s LTI plan. Performance is reflected in TSR outcomes of the 2020 and

2021 LTI plans, where this measure was not achieved. Further detail is at section 7.3.4.

Downer EDI TSR compared to S&P/ASX 100 median*

Jun

2020

Dec

2020

Jun

2021

Dec

2021

Jun

2022

Dec

2022

Jun

2023

S&P/ASX 100 median TSR

Downer EDI TSR

Total Shareholder Return (Indexed to 100)

0

50

100

150

200

250

* S&P/ASX 100 companies as at 30/06/2020

The graphs below illustrate Downer’s performance against key financial and non-financial performance indicators over the last five years.

Downer has identified certain accounting adjustments in its Australian Utilities business involving historical misreporting of revenue

and contract assets in one of Downer’s maintenance contracts. As a consequence, the Group identified accounting adjustments

to prior periods, including financial years 2020, 2021 and 2022 in relation to the measure of progress. The adjustments have been

corrected by restating each of the affected financial statement line items for prior periods.

Net profit after tax

Free cash flow

5

226.7

2,3

166.5

2,3

$’m

2019

2020

2022

2021

2023

-500

-400

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

(157.5)

3

258.3

1

(385.7)

4

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

400

500

429.3

6

47.5

6

185.7

6

431.5

7

(219.1)

$’m

2019

2020

2022

2021

2023

1. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions by $18.0 million net decrease.

2. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions and individually significant items.

2021: $51.8 million net increase, 2022: $26.1 million net increase.

3. Restated for certain accounting adjustment in its Australian Utilities business

(refer to Note A to the consolidated financial statements).

4. Represents statutory NPAT.

5. Following the adoption of AASB 16 Leases which resulted in a change in

accounting policy from FY20, historical Free Cash Flow was not restated.

6. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions. 2019: $65.2 million net increase,

2022: $104.5 million net decrease and 2023: $184.0 million net decrease related

to the divestment of the Australian Transport Project Business.

7. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions, including the payment for

Spotless shares. 2021: $313.1 million net decrease.

Basic earnings per share

8

Safety

-80

-60

-40

-20

0

20

40

60

19.6

3

(59.0)

42.1

24.1

3

(26.4)

3

Cents per share

2019

2020

2022

2021

2023

Lost Time Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

Total Recordable Injuries

per 1,000,000 hours

2019

2021

2020

2022

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

0.99

0.57

0.67

2023

0.82

0.90

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

TRIFRLTIFR

8. Historical basic earnings per share for 2019 were restated as a result of

106.6 million shares issued from the capital raising as part of the acquisition of the

remaining shares in Spotless. The weighted average number of shares (WANOS) to

calculate EPS was adjusted by an adjustment factor of 0.9817.

Directors’ Report
41

5. The Board’s Role in Remuneration

The Board engages with shareholders, management and other stakeholders as required, to continuously refine and improve

executive and Director remuneration policies and practices.

Two Board Committees deal with remuneration matters. They are the People and Culture Committee previously the Remuneration

Committee and the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.

The interaction with the Board, other committees, management, and other stakeholders is shown in the diagram below.

Management

§Provides information

relevant to the

remuneration

decisions and makes

recommendations to

the PCC

§Obtains remuneration

information from

external advisors to

assist the PCC (i.e.

market data, legal, tax

and accounting advice)

Consultation with

shareholders and

other stakeholders

§Management may seek

its own independent

advice with respect

to information and

recommendations

relevant to

remuneration

Board

The Board is responsible for:

§Approving Downer’s remuneration strategy

§Determining the quantum of remuneration for

Non-executive Director and MD & CEO

The Board has overarching discretion with respect to

any awards made under the Company’s incentive plans. 

During the period,

the PCC retained

Guerdon Associates,

Morrow Sodali and

SW Corporate as its

advisors. Guerdon

Associates and SW

Corporate do not

provide services to

management and

are considered to

be independent.

Remuneration

consultants and other

external advisors

§Provide independent

advice, information

and recommendations

relevant to

remuneration decisions. 

§The PCC may seek

independent advice

from external advisors

on various remuneration

related matters.

§Any advice provided

by external advisors is

used to assist the Board

– it is not a substitute

for the Board and PCC

procedures. 

§Each Committee has

the authority to engage

external professional

advisors without

seeking approval of the

Board or management. 

Nominations and

Corporate Governance

Committee is

responsible for

recommending and

reviewing remuneration

arrangements

for the Executive

Director and Non-

executive Directors of

the Company.

People and Culture Committee (PCC)

The PCC is delegated responsibility by the Board to

review and, where relevant, make recommendations on:

§Executive remuneration and incentive policy

§Remuneration of senior executives of the Company

§Executive reward and its impact on risk management

§Executive incentive plans

§Equity-based plans

§Superannuation arrangements

§Recruitment, retention, performance and termination

policies and procedures for all Key Management

Personnel and senior executives reporting directly

to the Managing Director

§Disclosure of remuneration in the Company’s public

materials including ASX filings and the Annual Report

§Retirement payments for all key Management

Personnel and senior executives reporting directly

to the Managing Director 

Directors’ Report
42 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

6. Description of Executive Remuneration

6.1 Executive remuneration structure

Executive remuneration has a fixed component and a component that varies with performance.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually for

performance periods covering one year and three years. Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI. Payment for

performance over a three-year period is an LTI.

In order for maximum STIs to be awarded, performance must achieve a stretch goal that is a clear margin above the planned budget

for the period. This enables the Company to attract and retain better performing executives, and ensures pay outcomes are aligned

with shareholder returns.

Target STIs are less than the maximum STI. Target STI is payable on achievement of planned objectives. For executives, the target

STI is 75% of the maximum STI. The maximum total remuneration that can be earned by an executive is capped. The maximums are

determined as a percentage of fixed remuneration.

Executive position

Target STI

% of fixed

remuneration

Maximum STI

% of fixed

remuneration

Maximum LT I

% of fixed

remuneration

Maximum total

performance

based pay as a

% of fixed

remuneration

Managing Director – Peter Tompkins75100130230

Former Managing Director – Grant Fenn75100100200

Other Executive KMP 56.257550125

The proportions of STI to LTI take into account:

§Market practice

§The service period before executives can receive equity rewards

§The behaviours that the Board seeks to encourage through direct key performance indicators

§The guideline for the Managing Director to maintain a shareholding as a multiple of pay after long-term incentive rewards

have vested.

6.2 Remuneration benchmarking

Remuneration is benchmarked against roles of similar scope and complexity in relevant industries, using independently obtained

market data. This market data is regularly updated and reviewed. The benchmarking approach is designed to consider the size

and nature of Downer’s businesses and will take into account global markets for talent where appropriate for key roles, as well as

individual factors, such as location, economic environment and remuneration trends. This enables Downer to remain competitive in

setting remuneration for executives.

Downer is a diverse Company operating in many market sectors. This means that identifying a select group of peers of comparable

size and nature is challenging. The TSR comparator group under the LTI plan includes the companies, excluding financial

services companies, in the ASX 100 index. Consideration has been given to using a smaller group of direct competitors for

comparison, however:

§Limiting the comparator group to a small number of direct competitors could result in very volatile outcomes from period

to period.

§Management’s strong focus on improving the Company’s ranking among ASX 100 companies has become embedded in

Company culture, so reinforcing this rather than trying to dislodge it with another focus was considered desirable.

While market levels of remuneration are monitored on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or expectation that any

adjustments will be made.

Directors’ Report
43

6.3 Fixed remuneration

Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of providing employee benefits, including superannuation, motor

vehicles, car parking, living away from home expenses and fringe benefits tax.

The level of remuneration is set to be able to retain proven performers and when necessary to attract the most suitable external

candidates from secure employment elsewhere.

Peter Tompkins commenced as Managing Director on 27 February 2023. Mr Tompkins fixed annual remuneration of $1,550,000

was benchmarked against ASX 51-150 companies of comparable scale and complexity. Mr Tompkins was benchmarked at the

60th percentile.

The fixed remuneration for Mr Tompkins is 22.5% lower than the remuneration paid to former CEO Mr Fenn and maximum total

remuneration is 14.8% lower.

6.4 Short-term Incentive

The STI plan provides for an annual payment that varies with annual performance. This has been applied to performance measured

over the Company’s financial year to 30 June 2023.

The basis of the plan is designed to align STI outcomes with financial results.

6.4.1 STI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the 2023 STI plan.

Purpose of STI plan §Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over a 12-month period

§Improve Zero Harm and people related results

§Ensure a part of remuneration varies with the Company’s 12-month performance.

Minimum performance

‘gateways’ before any

payments can be made

Achievement of a gateway based on 90% of budgeted Group NPATA for corporate executives and

Divisional EBITA for divisional heads.

This minimum is set at a challenging level to justify the payment of STI to an executive and deliver an

acceptable return for the funds employed in running the business.

Positive and negative impacts from material but unbudgeted and opportunistic transactions are

excluded from gateway assessment. Whether to exclude the impact of significant items (positive or

negative) is considered on a case by case basis.

Further independent gateways apply to the Zero Harm element.

Should a workplace fatality or serious environmental incident occur, 50% of the Zero Harm element is

foregone, with 100% foregone should both occur.

Maximum STI that can

be earned

§Managing Director: up to 100% of fixed remuneration

§KMP: up to 75% of fixed remuneration.

Percentage of STI that can

be earned on achieving

target expectations

75% of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, performance in excess of target expectations

will be required.

Individual Performance

Modifier (IPM)

§An IPM may be applied based on an executive’s individual key performance indicators and

relative performance

§Moderate individual performance may result in an IPM of less than 1 or outstanding performance

may result in an IPM greater than 1. The IPM must average no greater than 1 across all participants

§Application of an IPM cannot result in an award greater than the maximum STI% level set out in

section 6.1.

Performance period1 July 2022 to 30 June 2023.

Performance assessedAugust 2023, following audit of accounts.

STI Deferral50% of the award is deferred with the first tranche of 25% vesting one year following award and the

second tranche of 25% vesting two years following award subject to the satisfaction of a continued

employment condition. This requires the executive to remain employed at the time of payment.

Payment timingSeptember 2023 for the first cash payment of 50% of the award. The deferred components of the STI

payments will be paid one and two years following the award, in equal tranches of 25% of the award.

Directors’ Report
44 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Form of paymentCash for initial payment.

The value of deferred components will be settled in shares or cash, net of personal tax.

Deferred components will generally be settled in shares. This is designed to encourage executive

share ownership, and not adversely impact executives who have to meet their taxation obligations

arising from the vesting of the deferred components. However, the Board retains the discretion to

vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, and will generally have regard to an executive’s

individual circumstances and existing level of equity ownership.

An eligible leaver’s deferred components will be settled in shares or in cash in the sole and absolute

discretion of the Board.

Dividend equivalent

payments

No dividend entitlements are attached to the deferred components during the vesting period.

Board discretionThe Board may exercise discretion to:

§Vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment applicable to the level of performance

achieved, up to the maximum for that executive

§Reduce partly or fully the value of the deferred components that are due to vest in certain

circumstances, including where an executive has acted inappropriately or where the Board

considers that the financial results against which the STI performance measures were tested were

incorrect in a material respect or have been reversed or restated

§Settle deferred components in shares or cash, with the intended default approach being shares

§Vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons

for it will be disclosed.

Malus and clawbackAll or part of the deferred components that are due to vest may be reduced in value if the Board

determines that an executive has committed an act of fraud, defalcation or gross misconduct or in

other circumstances at the discretion of the Board.

New recruitsNew executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the STI in the

year in which they commence in their position with a pro-rata entitlement.

Terminating executivesThere is no STI entitlement where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the end of the

financial year. Where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the vesting date, the unvested

deferred components will be forfeited. However, the Board has retained discretion to vest deferred

awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the executive is judged to be an

eligible leaver.

Directors’ Report
45

Performance requirementsZero Harm, People and Portfolio and Financial measures

Zero HarmZero Harm reflects Downer’s commitment to safety, environment, social and governance matters.

The Zero Harm element underscores Downer’s commitment to customers, employees, regulators and

the communities in which it operates.

Performance is assessed on the following measures:

Safety

Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR): the number of recordable injuries per million hours

calculated over 12 months.

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR): the number of lost time injuries per million hours calculated

over 12 months.

Critical Risk

Completion of all actions arising from high potential incidents within a defined timeframe.

Lead and finalise a Group-wide Community of Practice (CoP) focusing on better control of one critical

risk. The CoP must deliver a set of minimum deliverables identified in the STI Guide.

The CoP must conduct a Downer Standard gap analysis, identify practice guidance and control

standard requirements, define master risks and controls and produce a training package.

Undertake detailed analysis to understand the top three controls requiring improvement within an

area of responsibility and completion of projects to improve them.

Sustainability

Review of the Sustainable Development Goal Improvement Plans developed in 2021 and revised in

2022, and achievement of the final year goals from those plans.

Incorporate Scope 3 initiatives and targets into decarbonisation plans.

Achievement of a set percentage of FY23 GHG emissions intensity targets.

People Performance is assessed on measures of employee engagement, and learning and development.

Employee engagement requires the achievement of an overall engagement score against a defined

range in the annual group-wide employee engagement survey.

Learning and development requires the achievement of minimum completion rates of training in

Downer’s project delivery and governance methodology.

This measure was selected due to the significant focus of the Company on delivery management and

project governance as a driver of improved project performance and contract margins.

FinancialPerformance is assessed on Group NPATA, Divisional EBITA and FFO performance against

the budget.

NPATA and EBITA provide transparency on operational business performance, align with how

Downer presents its results to the market and allow for easier understanding of alignment between

performance and remuneration outcomes. The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as:

§The Board is the ultimate decision maker for transactions that give rise to acquired intangibles that

result in the amortisation expense

§The impact of amortisation of acquired intangibles, which in nature relate to long-term strategic

decisions, remains reflected in incentive outcomes through the EPS measure in the LTI plan.

FFO is defined as net cash from operating activities less investing cash flow.

STI plan incentive

calculation

Fixed

remuneration

X

Maximum

STI opportunity

X

Scorecard

result

X

Individual

Performance

Modifier

=STI payment

Directors’ Report
46 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Weightings applied to the 2023 STI scorecard measures for all executives, including the Managing Director, are set out in the

table below.

ExecutiveGroup N PATADivisional E B I TAFree cash flowZero HarmPeople

Corporate30%–30%30%10%

Business Unit7. 5%22.5%30%

( 7. 5% Group,

22.5% Division)

30%10%

(3% Group,

7% Division)

6.5 Long-term Incentive

6.5.1 LTI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the 2023 LTI plan.

Purpose of LTI plan §Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over a three-year period

§Manage risk by countering any tendency to over-emphasise short-term performance to the

detriment of longer-term growth and sustainability

§Ensure a part of remuneration varies with the Company’s longer-term performance.

Maximum value of equity

that can be granted

§Managing Director: 130% of fixed remuneration

§Former Managing Director 100% of fixed remuneration

§KMP: 50% of fixed remuneration.

Performance period1 July 2022 to 30 June 2025. Performance assessed August 2025.

Additional service period

after performance period for

shares to vest

Performance rights for which the relevant performance vesting condition is satisfied will not vest

unless executives remain employed with the Group on 30 June 2026.

Performance rights vestJuly 2026.

Form of award and paymentPerformance rights.

Performance conditionsThere are three performance conditions. Each applies to one-third of the performance rights granted

to each executive.

Relative TSR

The relative TSR performance condition is based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to

the TSR of companies comprising the ASX 100 index, excluding financial services companies, at the

start of the performance period on 1 July 2022, measured over the three years to 30 June 2025.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the relative TSR

test is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s

TSR Ranking

Percentage of performance rights subject to TSR condition

that qualify for vesting

< 50th percentile0%

50th percentile30%

Above 50th and below

75th percentile

Pro-rata so that 2.8% of the performance rights in the tranche will

vest for every 1 percentile increase between the 50th percentile and

75th percentile

75th percentile and above100%

Directors’ Report
47

Performance conditionsEPS growth

The EPS growth performance condition is based on the Company’s compound annual EPS growth

over the three years to 30 June 2025.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the EPS growth

test is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s EPS

compound annual growth

Percentage of performance rights subject

to EPS condition that qualify for vesting

< 5%0%

5%30%

Above 5% to < 10%Pro-rata so that 14% of the performance rights in the tranche will vest

for every 1% increase in EPS growth between 5% and 10%

10% or more100%

Scorecard

The Scorecard performance condition is based on the Group’s NPATA and FFO for each of the

three years to 30 June 2025. These measures are considered to be key drivers of shareholder value.

Accordingly, they have been included in the LTI plan to reward sustainable financial performance.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the Scorecard test

is shown in the table below:

Scorecard result

Percentage of performance rights subject to

Scorecard condition that qualify for vesting

< 90%0%

90%30%

Above 90% to < 110%Pro-rata so that 3.5% of the performance rights in the tranche will vest

for every 1% increase in the Scorecard result between 90% and 110%

110% or more100%

NPATA and FFO targets are set at the beginning of each of the three financial years. The performance

of each component will be assessed each year relative to the targets. Performance of each

component will be determined as the average of the annual performance assessments for the three

years. The performance rights will vest on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting the minimum

three-year average component performance level of 90% of target to 100% at the capped maximum

three-year average component performance level of 110% of target.

The Scorecard condition is designed to:

§Strengthen retention through the setting of challenging targets on an annual basis that reflect

prevailing market conditions, for a portion of LTI awards

§Align with the STI plan to encourage a long-term approach to achieving annual financial

performance targets

§Improve the line of sight for executives so as to increase motivation and focus on

consistent performance

§Focus on performance sustainability through reward of consistent achievement of absolute

performance targets over the long term.

How performance rights

and shares are acquired

The rights are issued by the Company and held by the participant subject to the satisfaction of

the vesting conditions. The number of rights held may be adjusted pro-rata, consistent with ASX

adjustment factors, for any capital restructures.

If the rights vest, executives can exercise them to receive shares that are normally acquired on-

market. The Board retains the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

Treatment of dividends

and voting rights on

performance rights

Performance rights do not have voting rights or accrue dividends.

Restriction on hedgingHedging of entitlements under the plan by executives is not permitted.

Restriction on tradingAfter vesting, any shares will remain subject to a trading restriction that is governed by the

Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

Directors’ Report
48 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

New participantsNew executives (either new starters or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the LTI on

the first grant date applicable to all executives after they commence in their position. An additional

pro-rata entitlement if their employment commenced after the grant date in the prior calendar year

may be made on a discretionary basis.

Ceasing executivesWhere an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will

be forfeited. However, the Board will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain

circumstances including the death, total and permanent disability or retirement of an executive. In

these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

Change of controlOn the occurrence of a change of control event and providing at least 12 months of the grants’

performance period have elapsed, unvested performance rights pro-rated with the elapsed service

period are tested for vesting with performance against the relevant relative TSR, EPS growth or

Scorecard requirements for that relevant period. Vesting will occur to the extent the performance

conditions are met. Performance rights that have already been tested, have met performance

requirements and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest.

Malus and clawbackAll unvested performance rights will be forfeited if the Board determines that an executive has

committed an act of fraud, defalcation or gross misconduct or in other circumstances at the

discretion of the Board.

6.5.2 Post-vesting shareholding guideline

The Managing Director is required to continue to hold shares after they have vested until the shareholding guideline has been

attained. This guideline requires that the Managing Director holds vested long-term incentive shares equal in value to 100% of his

fixed remuneration. The current Managing Director’s shareholding is approximately 76% of the guideline level.

The guideline requirement has been developed to reinforce alignment with shareholder interests. The People and Culture

Committee has discretion to allow variations from this guideline requirement.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons for

it will be disclosed.

6.6 Treatment of major transactions

Downer has a long history of strategic mergers, acquisitions and divestments. On each occasion, the Board considers the impact

of these transactions. Where a transaction is both material and unbudgeted, the Board considers whether it is appropriate to

adjust for its impact on the key performance indicators on which executive performance is measured. The objective of any

adjustment is to ensure that opportunities to add value through an opportunistic divestment or acquisition should not be fettered

by consideration of the impact on incentive payments. That is, executives should be ‘no better or worse off’ as a result of the

transaction. No adjustments are made for market reactions to a transaction as the Board believes that management is accountable

for those outcomes.

The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it:

§Ensures that executives and the Board consider these transactions solely based on the best interests of Downer

§Means executives remain accountable for transaction execution and post-transaction performance from the next budget cycle

§Ensures that executives complete opportunistic transactions that are in the long-term interests of shareholders

§Is consistent with the Board’s long-term view when considering the value of major transactions to Downer’s shareholders

§Ensures Downer remains agile and responsive in managing its portfolio by pursuing opportunities as and when they emerge

rather than being constrained by the annual budget process.

In assessing Zero Harm performance of executives, the results of acquired businesses are excluded for a period of 12 months

post acquisition to ensure that management is accountable for the objectives set in the annual business planning process and

in recognition that an integration period during which Downer’s Zero Harm framework (including systems, processes, definitions

and measurement and reporting methods) is implemented through the acquired business is appropriate. Where this transition to

Downer’s framework takes place over a longer period due to the complexity of the implementation or the maturity profile of the

acquired business, the Board will consider an extension to a more appropriate period.

6.7 Treatment of significant items

From time to time, Downer’s performance is impacted by significant items. Where these occur, the Board considers whether to

adjust for their impact (positive or negative) on a case by case basis, having regard to the circumstances relevant to each item.

The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it ensures that executives and the Board make decisions solely based on

the best interests of Downer.

Directors’ Report
49

7. Details of Executive Remuneration

7.1 Remuneration received in relation to the 2023 financial year

Executives receive a mix of remuneration during the year, comprising fixed remuneration, an STI paid in cash, and a LTI in the form

of performance rights that vest four years later, subject to meeting performance and continued employment conditions.

The table below lists the remuneration actually received in relation to the 2023 financial year, comprising fixed remuneration, cash

STIs relating to 2023, deferred STIs payable in 2023 in respect of prior years and the value of LTI grants that vested during the 2023

financial year. This information differs to that provided in the statutory remuneration table at section 7.2 which shows the share

based payment accounting expense for LTIs and deferred STIs determined in accordance with accounting standards rather than

the value of LTI grants that vested during the year.

Fixed

Remuneration

1

$

Cash Bonus

paid or

payable in

respect of

current year

2

$

Deferred

Bonus paid

or payable

in respect of

prior years

4

$

Other

Benefits

5

$

To t a l

payments

$

Equity that

vested during

2023

3

$

To t a l

remuneration

received

$

P J Tompkins1,346,666–155,737268,3911,770,794–1,770,794

G A Fenn

6

1,379,578–378,750(37,94 5)1,720,383–1,720,383

M R Ashcroft

6

8 4,6 47––6,610 91,257– 91,257

M J Ferguson1,024,840–142,03138,7361,205,607–1,205,607

3,835,731–676,518275,7924,788,041–4,788,041

1. Fixed remuneration comprises salary and fees, payment of leave entitlements, non-monetary benefits and superannuation payments.

2. Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2023 financial year.

3. Represents the value of performance rights granted in previous years that vested during the year, calculated as the number of performance rights that vested

multiplied by the closing market prices of Downer shares on the vesting date.

4. Deferred Bonus represents the deferred bonus amount to be paid in September 2023, being the second deferred component of the 2021 award, adjusted as set

out in section 7.3.3. This represents a reduction in the award of $52,000 for G A Fenn, $19,500 for M J Ferguson and $4,875 for P J Tompkins. The first deferred

component of the 2022 award was reduced to nil from $325,000 for G A Fenn and $121,875 for M J Ferguson. P J Tompkins chose to voluntarily forgo his 2022

deferred components, each of which is valued at $121,875.

5. Negative movement in other benefits indicates leave taken during the year exceeded leave accrued during the current year.

6. Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were Key Management Personnel (KMP). G A Fenn ceased as a member of the

KMP on 27 February 2023. M R Ashcroft became a member of the KMP on 1 June 2023.

7. 2 Remuneration of executive key management personnel required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

2023Short-term employee benefits

Long-term

employee

benefitPost-employment benefits

Salary

and fees

$

Cash

Bonus

paid or

payable

in respect

of current

year

2

$

Deferred

Bonus

paid or

payable

4

$

Non-

monetary

$

Other

long-term

benefits

5

$

Super-

annuation

$

Other

benefits

$

Te r m -

ination

benefits

$

Subtotal

$

Share-

based

payment

transac-

tions

3

$

To t a l

$

P J Tompkins1,166,842 – 48,663 154,532 153,487 25,292 – – 1,548,81697,0041,645,820 

G A Fenn

1

1,308,244 – 60,721 52,365 21,646 18,969 – – 1,461,945 (323,499) 1,138,446 

M R Ashcroft

1

72,892 – – 5,432 1,178 6,323 – – 85,825 – 85,825 

M J Ferguson961,645 – 34,344 37,903 16,243 25,292 – – 1,075,427 (4 97, 9 8 8)  57 7,4 39 

3,509,623 – 143,728 250,232 192,554 75,876 – – 4,172,013 (724,483)3,447,530 

1. Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were Key Management Personnel (KMP). G A Fenn ceased as a member of the

KMP on 27 February 2023. M R Ashcroft became a member of the KMP on 1 June 2023.

2. Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2023 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of

the award.

3. Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives

vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in section 8.2 and an estimate of the fair value of the

grant to be made to P J Tompkins in respect of the 2023 financial year attributable to the period. Vesting of the majority of securities remains subject to significant

performance and service conditions as outlined in section 6.5.

4. Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2023 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period

from the commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.

5. This includes the net movement in Long Service Leave provision over the reporting period.

Directors’ Report
50 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

2022Short-term employee benefitsPost-employment benefits

Salary

and fees

$

Cash

Bonus

paid or

payable

in respect

of current

year

1

$

Deferred

Bonus

paid or

payable

3

$

Non-

monetary

$

Super-

annuation

$

Other

benefits

$

Te r m -

ination

Benefits

$

Subtotal

$

Share-

based

payment

transac-

tions

2

$

To t a l

$

G A Fenn1,691,432650,000629,792376,14723,568––3,370,939395,8883,766,827

M J Ferguson964,390243,750236,17212,04223,568––1,479,922110,1531,590,075

P J Tompkins952,209243,750235,40620,29527,496––1,479,15698,9741,578,130

3,608,0311,137,5001,101,370408,48474,632––6,330,017605,0156,935,032

1. Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2022 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component

of the award.

2. Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives

vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in section 8.2. Vesting of the majority of securities

remains subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in section 6.5.

3. Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2022 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period

from the commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.

7. 3 Performance related remuneration

7. 3 .1 Performance outcomes required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

The table below lists the proportions of remuneration paid during the year ended 30 June 2023 that are performance and non-

performance related and the proportion of STIs that were earned during the year ended 30 June 2023 due to the achievement

of the relevant performance targets.

Proportion of 2023

remuneration2023 Short-term incentive

Performance

Related

1

%

Non-

performance

Related

%

Paid

%

Forfeited

%

P J Tompkins9910100

G A Fenn01000100

M R Ashcroft

2

N/AN/AN/AN/A

M J Ferguson01000100

1. Performance related portion includes the reversal of expense for forfeited equity incentives described in section 6.5.

2. M R Ashcroft did not participate in the 2023 incentive plans.

Directors’ Report
51

7. 3 . 2 2023 Group STI Scorecard and Outcomes

Performance is assessed for each scorecard measure based on the actual outcomes compared to the performance levels

defined below.

The scorecard measures are Downer’s priorities and performance requirements are set at challenging levels to drive organisational

performance and continued improvement of the business.

Whilst the minimum performance gateway was not achieved by KMP, meaning no STI awards were made for FY23, the actual

performance achieved for each measure is set out in the table below.

ElementMeasureDescription

Weighting

%Min Target Max


Outcome

Zero HarmTotal Recordable Injury

Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

Achieve TRIFR below 3.52.5

50%

Lost Time Injury Frequency

Rate (LTIFR)

Achieve TRIFR below 0.92.5

50%

Critical riskHigh Potential Incident

action closure

Critical risk observations

Audit and inspection program

Critical control improvement

10

50%

SustainabilitySustainable Development Goals

Greenhouse gas emission

intensity reduction

Including Scope 3 targets and

initiatives into decarbonisation plans

15

50%

PeopleEmployee engagementAchieve an overall Employee

Engagement Score between

68 and 72

5

0%

Learning and developmentAchieve minimum completion

rates for training on Downer’s

project delivery methodology

and governance

5

100%

Portfolio and

Performance

Net Profit After Tax and

before Amortisation of

acquired intangibles

Achieve budget of $240.0 million

to $265.0 million

30

0%

Free cash flowAchieve budget of $205.0 million

to $230.0 million

30

0%

For 2023, the IPM was not applied to the members of the KMP as no STI awards were made.

7.3.3 Deferred STI Outcomes

Under the terms of the plan, each year the Board considers whether deferred awards made in prior periods should be paid.

Prior to the Board considering the Deferred STI, the current CEO requested that the Board not consider his entitlement to payment

of deferred components under the FY22 plan and has voluntarily forgone these components as demonstration of alignment

between shareholders and management on performance outcomes.

In assessing deferred awards from FY21 and FY22 that were eligible to vest this year, the Board considered:

§The performance of the Company across FY21, FY22 and FY23

§The events that have come to light subsequent to the exercise of its discretion for the FY22 STI award

§That part of the FY21 and FY22 STI awards have already been paid to the former CEO and former CFO.

The Board has determined that for the former CEO and former CFO:

§The second tranche of the FY21 Deferred STI be reduced by 12% being the reduction under the plan based on the restated

FY21 accounts

§No payment of deferred components be made for the first deferred component of the FY22 plan.

In accordance with the terms of the plan, the Board will consider the second deferred component of the FY22 Deferred STI when it

becomes eligible for consideration.

Directors’ Report
52 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

7. 3 .4 LTI performance outcomes

The table below summarises LTI performance measures tested and the outcomes for each executive.

Relevant

executives

1

Relevant LTI measurePerformance outcome% LTI tranche that vested

G A Fenn,

M J Ferguson,

P J Tompkins

2020 plan – performance period 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2022

TSR tranche – percentile ranking of

Downer’s TSR relative to the constituents

of the ASX 100 over a three-year period.

Actual performance ranked at

the 26th percentile based on

a TSR result of –18.3%.

0% became provisionally

qualified. 100% were forfeited.

EPS tranche – compound annual earnings

per share growth against absolute targets

over a three-year period.

Actual performance was –4.1%.0% became provisionally

qualified. 100% were forfeited.

Scorecard tranche – sustained NPAT and

FFO performance against budget over a

three-year period.

Actual performance was 57.6%

for NPAT and 62.9% for FFO.

0% became provisionally

qualified. 100% were forfeited.

G A Fenn,

M J Ferguson,

P J Tompkins

2021 plan – performance period 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2023

2

TSR tranche – percentile ranking of

Downer’s TSR relative to the constituents

of the ASX 100 over a three-year period.

Actual performance ranked at

the 15th percentile based on

a TSR result of –5.03%.

0% became provisionally

qualified. 100% were forfeited.

EPS tranche – compound annual earnings

per share growth against absolute targets

over a three-year period.

Actual performance was –9.88% 0% became provisionally

qualified. 100% were forfeited.

Scorecard tranche – sustained NPATA and

FFO performance against budget over a

three-year period.

Actual performance was 84.4%

for NPATA and 118.2% for FFO.

16.7% became provisionally

qualified and remain subject

to Board approval. 83.3%

were forfeited.

1. Relevant executives refers to members of the KMP who are participants in the plan tested.

2. Test outcomes for the 2021 plan are provisional and will be confirmed following release of the Company’s audited 2023 results. Accordingly, the outcomes are not

reflected in the disclosures in section 8.

7. 4 Major transactions and significant items

In 2023 there were two major unbudgeted transactions and four unbudgeted significant items. Each of these items is described

below at sections 7.4.1 and 7.4.2 of this report.

7.4 .1 Major transactions

In 2023 Downer continued to optimise its portfolio in keeping with its Urban Services strategy through restructuring, partnering,

acquisition and divestment.

Downer undertook two major unbudgeted transactions during 2023. These transactions were the divestments of the Australian

Transport Projects business and the Asset & Development Services (ADS) business being held for sale.

Downer’s approach to adjustments for major transactions is disclosed in section 6.6.

In FY23, as the profit gateway for the STI was not met and no award was made, no adjustments were made to the STI. There were

no adjustments made in relation to the LTI either.

Where adjustments are made in future years, these will be disclosed in the relevant remuneration report.

7.4 . 2 Significant items

During the year, five unbudgeted items had a significant impact. These items were the fair value adjustment on the Downer

Contingent Share Options, portfolio restructure costs, regulatory review and shareholder class action related costs, goodwill

impairment and other assets impairment.

Downer’s approach to adjustments for major transactions is disclosed in section 6.7.

In FY23, as the profit gateway for the STI was not met and no award was made, no adjustments were made to the STI. There were

no adjustments made in relation to the LTI either.

Where adjustments are made in future years, these will be disclosed in the relevant remuneration report.

Directors’ Report
53

7.4 . 3 Future periods

For major transactions completed in 2023, the impact on operational performance is included in the 2024 budget and accordingly

no adjustments are expected in respect of FY24 operational performance.

7.5 Variations from policy

There were no variations from policy in 2023.

8. Executive Equity Ownership

8.1 Ordinary shares

KMP equity holdings in fully paid ordinary shares and performance rights issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

Ordinary sharesPerformance rights

Balance at

1 July 2022

No.

Net Change

No.

Balance at

30 June 2023

No.

Balance at

1 July 2022

No.

Net Change

No.

Balance at

30 June 2023

No.

P J Tompkins286,004–286,004225,62214,136 239,758

G A Fenn

1

2,049,772–2,049,772902,49256,539959,031

M R Ashcroft––––––

M J Ferguson103,973(103,973)–225,622(225,622) –

1. G A Fenn. The balance of equity holdings at 30 June 2023 represents the balance held at the date of cessation as a KMP on 27 February 2023.

8.2 Options and rights

No performance options were granted by Downer EDI Limited or exercised during the 2023 financial year.

As outlined in section 6.5.1, the LTI plan for the 2023 financial year is in the form of performance rights. Relief from certain regulatory

requirements was applied for and has been received from the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. During the year,

grants of performance rights were made to KMP in respect of the 2022 financial year.

A grant of performance rights has not been made to Mr Tompkins in respect of the 2023 financial year. It is expected that a

resolution will be put to shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting to make a grant to Mr Tompkins.

Consistent with the ASX Listing Rules for the adjustment of the quantity of rights and options on issue at the time of new share

issues, the quantity of unlapsed rights granted to executives under the 2020 plan was adjusted by the ASX Adjustment Factor of

0.9812 in respect of the bonus element of the accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer made during the 2021 year.

The following table shows the number of performance rights granted by Downer EDI Limited and percentage of performance rights

that vested or were forfeited during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.

2020 Plan2021 Plan

Number of

performance

rights

1

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number of

performance

rights

2

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

P J Tompkins79,543–100146,079–83.3

G A Fenn318,175–100584,317–83.3

M J Ferguson79,543–100146,079–100

1. Grant date 21 October 2020. Expiry date is 1 July 2023. The fair value of shares granted was $4.36 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $1.14 per share for

the TSR tranche.

2. Grant date 30 September 2021. Expiry date is 1 July 2024. The fair value of shares granted was $5.73 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $3.86 per share

for the TSR tranche.

Directors’ Report
54 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

2022 Plan2023 Plan

Number of

performance

rights

1

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number of

performance

rights

2

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

P J Tompkins

3

93,679––5 41, 8 37––

G A Fenn374,714––466,625––

M J Ferguson

4

93,679–100–––

1. Grant date 30 September 2022. Expiry date is 1 July 2025. The fair value of shares granted was $3.85 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $1.80 per share

for the TSR tranche.

2. Grant date 31 May 2023. Expiry date is 1 July 2026. The fair value of shares granted was $5.73 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $3.86 per share for the

TSR tranche.

3. A grant has not been made to P J Tompkins under the 2023 Plan. It is expected that a resolution will be put to shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting to

make a grant to Mr Tompkins.

4. A grant has not been made to M J Ferguson under the 2023 Plan as Mr Ferguson ceased employment with the Company on 30 June 2023.

The maximum number of performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based

payments in future years is set out in the table below:

Maximum number of shares for the vesting year

202420252026

P J Tompkins24, 3 4793,6795 41, 8 37

G A Fenn97, 3 87374,714466,625

M J Ferguson–––

The maximum expense for performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based

payments in future years is set out in the table below. The amount reported is the value of share-based payments calculated in

accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment over the vesting period. In respect of the 2023 plan an estimated expense has been

recognised for P J Tompkins that will be trued up following formal valuation after the grants have been made.

202420252026

P J Tompkins402,183320,318291,238

G A Fenn755,767––

M J Ferguson–––

8.3 Remuneration consultants

Guerdon Associates, Morrow Sodali and SW Corporate were engaged by the Board’s People and Culture Committee to provide

remuneration advice in relation to KMP, but did not provide the Board’s People and Culture Committee with remuneration

recommendations as defined under Division 1, Part 1.2, 9B (1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Board was satisfied that advice received was free from any undue influence by KMP to whom the advice may relate, because

strict protocols were observed and complied with regarding any interaction between the advisors and management, and because

all remuneration advice was provided to the Board Chairman or People and Culture Committee Chairman.

Directors’ Report
55

9. Key Terms of Employment Contracts

9.1 Notice and termination payments

Executives are on contracts with no fixed end date.

The following table captures the notice periods applicable to termination of the employment of executives.

Termination

notice period

by Downer

Termination

notice period

by employee

Termination

payments

payable under

contract

Managing Director12 months12 months12 months

Other Executives6 months6 months6 months

Downer can elect to either require executives to provide service during their notice period or make a payment in lieu.

Termination payments are calculated based upon total fixed remuneration at the date of termination. No payment is made for

termination due to gross misconduct.

9.2 Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Downer’s employment agreement

P J Tompkins

Mr Tompkins was appointed as the Managing Director of Downer commencing on 27 February 2023. The following table sets out

the key terms of the Managing Director’s employment agreement.

Te r mUntil terminated by either party.

Fixed

remuneration

$1.55 million per annum.

Fixed remuneration includes superannuation and non-cash benefits.

STI

opportunity

Mr Tompkins is eligible to receive an annual STI and the maximum STI opportunity is 100% of fixed remuneration.

Any entitlement to an STI is at the discretion of the Board, having regard to performance measures and

targets developed in consultation with Mr Tompkins including Downer’s financial performance, safety, people,

environmental and sustainability targets and adherence to risk management policies and practices. The Board

also retains the right to vary the STI by + or – 100% (up to the 100% maximum) based on its assessment of

performance. The STI deferral arrangements in place for KMP apply to Mr Tompkins.

There is no STI entitlement where the Managing Director’s employment terminates prior to the end of the

financial year, other than in the event of a change in control or by mutual agreement.

LT I

opportunity

Mr Tompkins is eligible to participate in the annual LTI plan and the value of the award is 130% of

fixed remuneration.

Mr Tompkins’ performance requirements have been described in section 6.5.

In the event of a change of control, providing at least 12 months of a grant’s performance period have elapsed,

unvested shares and performance rights pro-rated with the elapsed service period are tested for vesting with

performance against the relevant hurdles for that period and vest, as appropriate. Shares that have already

been tested, have met performance requirements, and are subject to the completion of the service condition,

fully vest.

Te r m i n a t i o nMr Tompkins can resign:

(a) By providing twelve months’ written notice; or

(b) By providing thirty days’ written notice in circumstances where there is a fundamental change in his role or

responsibilities. In these circumstances, Mr Tompkins is entitled to a payment in lieu of 12 months’ notice.

Downer can terminate Mr Tompkins’s employment:

(a) Immediately for misconduct or other circumstances justifying summary dismissal; or

(b) By providing 12 months’ written notice.

When notice is required, Downer can make a payment in lieu of notice of all or part of any notice period

(calculated based on Mr Tompkins fixed annual remuneration).

If Mr Tompkins resigns he will be subject to a twelve-month post-employment restraint in certain areas where

the Downer Group operates, where he is restricted from working for competitive businesses.

OtherThe agreement contains provisions regarding leave entitlements, duties, confidentiality, intellectual property,

moral rights and other facilitative and ancillary clauses. It also contains provisions regarding corporate

governance and a provision dealing with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) limits on termination benefits to be

made to Mr Tompkins.

Directors’ Report
56 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

G A Fenn

Mr Fenn was appointed as the Managing Director of Downer commencing on 30 July 2010 and retired as Managing Director

and Chief Executive Officer on 27 February 2023. The following table sets out the key terms of Mr Fenn’s employment agreement.

Fixed

remuneration

$2.0 million per annum. This has remained unchanged since July 2012.

Fixed remuneration includes superannuation and non-cash benefits but excludes entitlements to reimbursement

for Mr Fenn’s home telephone rental and call costs, home internet costs and medical, life and salary continuance

insurance. Mr Fenn may also be accompanied by his wife when travelling on business, at the Chairman’s discretion.

There was no such travel during the year.

STI

opportunity

Mr Fenn was eligible to receive an annual STI and the maximum STI opportunity is 100% of fixed remuneration.

No STI was awarded in respect of FY23. Mr Fenn is not eligible to receive a STI in FY24.

LT I

opportunity

Mr Fenn was eligible to participate in the annual LTI plan and the value of the award is 100% of fixed remuneration

calculated using the volume weighted average price after each year’s half-yearly results announcement.

Mr Fenn is not eligible to receive a LTI in FY24.

Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been described in section 6.5.

In the event of a change of control, providing at least 12 months of a grant’s performance period have elapsed,

unvested shares and performance rights pro-rated with the elapsed service period are tested for vesting with

performance against the relevant hurdles for that period and vest, as appropriate. Shares that have already been

tested, have met performance requirements, and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest.

Te r m i n a t i o nMr Fenn can resign:

(a) By providing six months’ written notice; or

(b) Immediately in circumstances where there is a fundamental change in his role or responsibilities. In these

circumstances, Mr Fenn is entitled to a payment in lieu of 12 months’ notice.

Downer can terminate Mr Fenn’s employment:

(a) Immediately for misconduct or other circumstances justifying summary dismissal; or

(b) By providing 12 months’ written notice.

When notice is required, Downer can make a payment in lieu of notice of all or part of any notice period (calculated

based on Mr Fenn’s fixed annual remuneration).

If Mr Fenn resigns because ill health prevents him from continuing his duties, he will receive a payment in

recognition of his past services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration. At the discretion of the Board, his

shares under the LTI plan may also vest.

If Downer terminates Mr Fenn’s employment on account of redundancy, in addition to the notice (or payment in

lieu of notice) required to be given by Downer, Mr Fenn will receive a payment in recognition of his past services

equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration.

If Mr Fenn resigns he will be subject to a six-month post-employment restraint in certain areas where the Downer

Group operates, where he is restricted from working for competitive businesses.

OtherThe agreement contains provisions regarding leave entitlements, duties, confidentiality, intellectual property, moral

rights and other facilitative and ancillary clauses. It also contains provisions regarding corporate governance and a

provision dealing with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) limits on termination benefits to be made to Mr Fenn.

Directors’ Report
57

Separation

Arrangements

Grant Fenn stood down as Group Chief Executive and Managing Director on 27 February 2023 and by mutual

agreement will cease employment with the Group on 27 February 2024. He will be paid his contractual 12 months’

notice through that period. During the notice period Mr Fenn is available to assist the Board and the new Group

Chief Executive as required in relation to the affairs of the Group’s business.

Having served as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer for the majority of the year Mr Fenn remained

available for an FY23 STI. No STI awards for the FY23 year were made as set out in section 7.3 of this report.

As mentioned earlier in this report, the Board has exercised discretion in relation to the 2021 and 2022 Deferred STI

Plan rights due to vest at the end of FY23. Details of the relevant awards and the discretion exercised are set out in

section 7.3.3 of the report.

The 584,317 rights Mr Fenn holds under the 2021 LTI grant were provisionally tested following the end of the

financial year, 16.7% of the grant being provisionally qualified and remain subject to Board approval in 2024.

The 374,714 rights he holds under the 2022 LTI grant and the 466,625 rights he holds under the 2023 LTI grant will

be tested at the end of the 2024 and 2025 financial years respectively.

The maximum amount of termination benefits that Mr Fenn may receive in connection with ceasing employment,

including rights under LTI grants that vest, is limited to the maximum amount that can be provided pursuant to

the Corporations Act and any benefits that might have otherwise accrued to Mr Fenn in excess of that limit will

be forfeited.

10. Related Party Information

10.1 Transactions with other related parties

Transactions entered into during the year with Directors of Downer EDI Limited and the Group are within normal employee,

customer or supplier relationships on terms and conditions no more favourable than dealings in the same circumstances on an

arm’s length basis and included:

§The receipt of dividends from Downer EDI Limited

§Participation in the Long-Term Incentive Plan

§Terms and conditions of employment

§Reimbursement of expenses.

A number of Directors of the Company hold directorships in other entities. Several of these entities transacted with the Group on

terms and conditions no more favourable than those available on an arm’s length basis.

11. Description of Non-executive Director Remuneration

11.1 Non-executive Director remuneration policy

Downer’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy is to provide fair remuneration that is sufficient to attract and retain Directors

with the experience, knowledge, skills and judgement to steward the Company.

Fees for Non-executive Directors are fixed and are not linked to the financial performance of the Company. The Board believes this

is necessary for Non-executive Directors to maintain their independence.

Non-executive Directors are not entitled to retirement benefits. Shareholders approved an annual aggregate cap of $2.4 million for

Non-executive Director fees at the 2022 AGM, an increase from the $2.0 million cap approved at the 2008 AGM. The allocation of

fees to Non-executive Directors within this cap has been determined after consideration of a number of factors, including the time

commitment of Directors, the size and scale of the Company’s operations, the skill sets of Board members, the quantum of fees paid

to Non-executive Directors of comparable companies and participation in Board Committee work.

The total fees paid in FY23 was $1.7 million (FY22: $1.4 million).

The basis of fees and the fee pool are reviewed when new Directors are appointed to the Board, when the structure of the Board

changes, or at least every three years. Reference is made to individual Non-executive Director fee levels and workload (i.e. number

of meetings and the number of Directors) at comparably sized companies from all industries other than the financial services sector,

and the fee pools at these companies. In addition, an assessment is made on the extent of flexibility provided by the fee pool to

recruit any additional Directors for planned succession after allocation of fees to existing Directors.

The Chairman receives a fee of $454,000 per annum (inclusive of all Committee fees). The other Non-executive Directors each

receive a base fee of $180,000 per annum.

Directors’ Report
58 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited

Additional fees are paid for Committee duties:

§$43,500 for the chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee; and $35,000 for the chairman of each of the People and Culture

Committee, Tender Risk Evaluation Committee and Zero Harm Committee

§$20,000 for members of the Audit and Risk Committee; and $17,500 for the members of each of the People and Culture

Committee, Tender Risk Evaluation Committee and Zero Harm Committee.

The former Chairman, Mike Harding, initiated a review of Non-Executive Director fees in advance of a Board renewal process, which

included appointment of a new Chairman, to test the market competitiveness of Director fees and to ensure that Downer attract

the best candidates for future appointments. The review found that base fees paid to the Chairman and Non-executive Directors

remained appropriate however fees paid for chairing or serving as a member of a committee were well below market levels an

inconsistent with market practice. Accordingly, as foreshadowed in the 2021 Remuneration Report, the following changes in fees

were applied from 1 July 2021:

§Fees were calculated to a fixed value inclusive of superannuation, rather than a fee plus superannuation at the superannuation

guarantee rate. There was no change to total base remuneration before Committee fees as a result of this change.

§Increase in the annual Chairman fees for the Zero Harm and People and Culture Committee to $27,000 from $16,425

§Increase in the annual Chairman fees for the Zero Harm Committee to $27,000 from $16,425

§Increase in the annual Chairman fees for the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee to $17,000 from $16,425

§Introduction of fees for committee members at the rate of 50% of the respective committee Chairman fee.

In 2021 Downer embarked on a Board renewal program. Under the leadership of former Chairman Mark Chellew several new

Directors were appointed during 2022 and the program will continue throughout 2023. To ensure that Downer remains competitive

to attract and retain suitably qualified NEDs to oversee the Company’s strategic objectives and transformation, an external

benchmarking review of fees paid to NEDs was undertaken in FY22.

The review was conducted through benchmarking by Guerdon Associates against 15 comparable ASX-listed companies. The review

considered the size and complexity of the Company through factors of revenue, market capitalisation, total assets and number of

employees. As a result of the review, the following changes were applied from 1 July 2022:

§Increase in annual fees for the role of Chairman to $454,000 from $410,625 and Non-executive Directors to $180,000

from $164,250

§Increase in the annual Chairman fees for the Audit and Risk Committee to $43,500 from $38,325 and member fees to $20,000

from $19,163.

§Increase in the annual Chairman fees for the Zero Harm and People and Culture Committees to $35,000 from $27,000 and

member fees to $17,500 from $13,500.

§Increase in the annual Chairman fees for the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee to $35,000 from $17,000 and member fees to

$17,500 from $8,500.

11.2 Non-executive Director minimum securityholding policy

The Board has introduced a minimum securityholding policy for non-executive directors, effective from 1 July 2023.

Under the policy, each non-executive director is required to establish and maintain a minimum security holding equal to or greater

than 100 percent of their annual base fee. The requirement is to be met within four years after the latter of the date of their

appointment or the commencement of the Policy.

The guideline requirement has been developed to reinforce alignment with shareholder interests.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances.

Directors’ Report
59

11.3 Non-executive Directors’ remuneration

The table below sets out the remuneration paid to Non-executive Directors for the 2023 and 2022 financial years.

Ye a r

Short-term benefitsPost-employment benefits

Board

fee

$

Committee

fee

$

To t a l

fees

$

Super-

annuation

$

Termination

benefits

$

To t a l

$

M J Menhinnitt2023252,85322,834275,68722,861–298,548

202249,7734,01753,7905,379–59,169

M P Chellew

1

2023290,465–290,46518,969–309,434

2022302,736–302,73618,920–321,656

R M Harding

1

2023––––––

202293,324–93,3249,332–102,656

M J Binns

1

202395,02320,765115,7882,694–118,482

202253,6402,34855,9881,345–57,333

P S Garling

1

2023––––––

2022149,31822,500171,81817,182–189,000

T G Handicott2023162,89643,175206,07121,637–227,708

2022149,31841,966191,28419,128–210,412

N M Hollows2023162,89671,041233,93724,563–258,500

2022149,31854,841204,15920,416–224,575

A M Howse2023162,89640,535203,43121,360–224,791

202237, 3 303,61740,9474,095–45,042

P L Watson2023162,89676,587239,48324,945–264,428

2022149,31857,421206,73920,674–2 27,413

1. Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individual was a Non-executive Director.

11.4 Equity held by Non-executive Directors

The table below sets out the equity in Downer held by Non-executive Directors for the 2023 and 2022 financial years.

20232022

Balance at

1 July 2022Net change

Balance at

30 June 2023

1

Balance at

1 July 2021Net change

Balance at

30 June 2022

M J Menhinnitt21,74850,00071,748–21,74821,748

M P Chellew18,000–18,000–18,00018,000

M J Binns––––––

T G Handicott21,1009,90031,00020,0471,05321,100

N M Hollows25,53815,00040,53815,53810,00025,538

A M Howse5,000–5,000–5,0005,000

P L Watson17,93 3–17,93 317,93 3–17,93 3

1. Balance at 30 June 2023 for M P Chellew and M J Binns represents the number of shares held as at retirement date.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to section 298(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors.


M J Menhinnitt

Chairman

Sydney, 10 August 2023

60 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Auditor’s Independence Declaration

for the year ended 30 June 2023

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated

with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and

logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by

a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under

Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001

To the Directors of Downer EDI Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of Downer EDI Limited for

the financial year ended 30 June 2023 there have been:

i.no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the

Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

ii.no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit

.

PM_INI_01

PAR_SIG_01 PAR_NAM_01 PAR_POS_01 PAR_DAT_01 PAR_CIT_01

KPMG Nigel Virgo

Partner

Sydney

10 August 2023

61
Directors’ ReportAuditor’s ReportsFinancial StatementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementsCorporate GovernanceInvestor Information

Independent Auditor’s Report

for the year ended 30 June 2023

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated

with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and

logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by

a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Independent Auditor’s Report

To the shareholders of Downer EDI Limited

Report on the audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the Financial Report of

Downer EDI Limited (the Company).

In our opinion, the accompanying Financial

Report of the Company is in accordance

with the Corporations Act 2001, including:


giving a true and fair view of the

Group’s financial position as at 30

June 2023 and of its financial

performance for the year ended on

that date; and


complying with Australian Accounting

Standards and the Corporations

Regulations 2001.

The Financial Report comprises

:


Consolidated statement of financial position as at 30

June 2023


Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other

comprehensive income, Consolidated statement of

changes in equity, and Consolidated statement o f

cash flows for the year then ended


Notes including a summary of significant accounting

policies


Directors’ Declaration.

The Group consists of the Company and the entities it

controlled at the year-end or from time to time during

the financial year.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit

evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for

the audit of the Financial Report section of our report.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical

requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics

for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our

audit of the Financial Report in Australia. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in

accordance with these requirements.

62 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Auditor’s Reports

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2023

Key Audit Matters

The Key Audit Matters we identified are:


Recognition of revenue


Goodwill impairment

Key Audit Matters

are those matters that, in our

professional judgement, were of most significance in

our audit of the Financial Report of the current period.

These matters were addressed in the context of our

audit of the Financial Report as a whole, and in forming

our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate

opinion on these matters.

Recognition of revenue

Refer to Note B2 ‘Revenue’ to the Financial Report ($11,640.4m) and Note A ‘Restatement of

comparative balances’

The key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit

Recognition of revenue is a key audit matter

due to the:

•Significance of revenue to the financial

statements;

•Large number of contracts with numerous

estimation events potentially occurring over

the course of the contract’s life. This

results in complex and judgemental

revenue recognition from rendering of

services and construction contracts and

therefore significant audit effort is required

to gather evidence; and

•Significant impact of the restatement of

prior year amounts using AASB 108

Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting

Estimates and Errors, which we consider to

be fundamental to users understanding of

the financial report.

We focused on the Group’s assessment of the

following elements of revenue recognition for

rendering of services and construction

contracts, as applicable:

•The Group’s assessment of the contract

accounting adjustments required in its

Australian Utilities business and the

restatement of comparative balances due

to the reassessment of the measure of

progress. We increased our focus on the

risk of management bias, fraud or error in

Our procedures included:

•We obtained an understanding of the Group’s

process of accounting for rendering of

services and construction contract revenues

and recognition of contract assets;

•We assessed the Group’s accounting policy

for rendering of services and construction

contract revenues, including variations and

claims and variable consideration, and

recognition of contract assets against the

requirements of the accounting standards;

•We undertook a sample of site visits (to both

contract sites and commercial offices) across

the Group’s major divisions and geographies

to obtain a detailed understanding of the

Group’s contract processes and to understand

the variety of risk elements of the contracts;

•We tested key controls such as:

oManagement’s approval of information

underlying key bids including estimated

project milestones, projected Earnings

Before Interest and Tax (EBIT), Net

Present Value (NPV), Return On Funds

Employed (ROFE), and potential legal

risks; and

oEvidence of customer acceptance prior to

issuing an invoice.

63
Auditor’s Reports

the measure of progress applied to contract

accounting, in our identification of higher

risk contracts for testing, and in challenging

the Group’s significant judgements;

•Estimating total expected costs to

complete at initiation of the contract,

including cost contingencies for contracting

risks, which have a high level of estimation

uncertainty;

•Revisions to total expected costs for

certain events or conditions occurring

during the performance of the contract, or

that are expected to occur to complete the

contract, which are difficult to estimate;

•When a modification to the contract scope

and/or price for variations and claims is

approved and enforceable. The Group’s

consideration of the enforceability or

approval may include evidence which is

written, oral or implied by customary

business practice and therefore requires a

degree of judgement. The Group’s

assessment of the enforceability of

variations and claims can drive different

accounting treatments, increasing the risk

of inappropriately recognising revenue; and

•The Group’s policy for the determination of

the amount of revenue recognised from

variable consideration which is highly

probable of not reversing. Variable

consideration is contingent on the Group’s

performance and includes key performance

payments, abatements offsetting revenue

under the contract and liquidated damages.

The Group's determination that variable

consideration is highly probable requires a

degree of estimation and judgement. This

increased the audit effort we applied to

gather evidence.

We involved senior team members including

our technical accounting specialists.

•Using the results from relevant design and

effectiveness testing of key controls we

selected a statistical sample of revenue

recognised and checked to evidence of the

service being performed;

•We used data analytic routines to assist in

selecting a sample of higher risk contracts for

testing based on a number of quantitative and

qualitative factors identified from our risk

assessment procedures. In addition to the

features from the Utilities contract

adjustments matter, these factors included

contracts with significant deterioration in

margin, significant variations and claims or

variable consideration. We also included

factors which indicated to us a greater level of

judgement was required by the Group based

on the estimates developed for current and

forecast contract performance. For the

samples selected, where relevant:

owe read the selected contract terms and

conditions to evaluate the individual

characteristics of each contract reflected

in the Group’s estimate of revenue;

owe assessed the estimation of total

expected costs, including cost

contingencies for contracting risks, by

challenging the Group’s project and

finance managers on their estimations.

We checked key forecast cost

assumptions to sources and underlying

documentation such as inflation,

Enterprise Bargaining Agreements for

wage rates, salary costs and agreements

with subcontractors;

owe assessed the measure of progress

chosen for each contract against the

Group’s performance in delivering value

to the customer. We did this by

challenging the nature of the good or

service that the Group has promised to

transfer to the customer and assessing

whether the most relevant and reliable

measure of progress had been used, and

challenging the Group where differences

existed;

ofor the Utilities contract adjustments

matter we challenged the Group’s

investigation scope and findings. We

64 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Auditor’s Reports

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2023

tested completeness through

interrogating the work order management

system used across the relevant time

periods, and re-performing a sample of

evaluations of the measure of progress;

owe evaluated the Group’s assessment of

when a modification to the contract scope

and/or price for variations and claims is

approved or enforceable. This included

assessing the underlying records, legal

documents, customer correspondence

and contracts. We recalculated the

amount of revenue using the modified

features of the contract. We compared

the recalculated amounts against the

amounts recorded;

owe evaluated the Group’s legal experts’

reports received on contentious matters

to identify conditions indicating

inappropriate recognition of variations and

claims. We checked the consistency of

this to the inclusion or not of an amount in

the estimates used for revenue

recognition; and

owe assessed the scope, competency and

objectivity of the legal experts engaged by

the Group.

•We evaluated the method applied by the

Group to estimate the highly probable amount

of the key performance payments, liquidated

damages and abatements against the specific

contract terms. This included gathering

underlying evidence in relation to the Group’s

performance against the terms of the

contract. We then recalculated the amount of

variable consideration. We compared the

recalculated amounts to the amounts

recorded by the Group as offsets to revenue;

and

•We assessed the Group’s disclosures to our

understanding obtained from our testing and

the requirements of the accounting standards,

including AASB 108 Accounting Policies,

Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors

for the restatement of prior year amounts.

65
Auditor’s Reports

Goodwill impairment

Refer to Note C7 ‘Intangible assets’ to the Financial Report ($1,762.8m)

The key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit

The goodwill and associated impairment is a

key audit matter due to the significant size of

the balance and the impairments booked, and

the audit effort arising from:

•The Group having multiple groups of Cash

Generating Units (CGUs) for which the

impairment of goodwill was assessed using

both Fair Value Less Cost of Disposal

(FVLCOD) and Value in Use (VIU) models;

•The Group reorganising its internal

reporting structure from 1 July 2023,

necessitating the performance of additional

impairment modelling on the reorganised

Groups of CGUs. These changes to the

Group’s organisational reporting structure

and composition of the Group’s CGUs

increased our testing with a specific focus

on unbiased outcomes for FY23 results;

•The Group recorded an impairment charge

of $350.0m against goodwill in the Social

Infrastructure & Citizen Services CGU and

$133.0m in the Utilities CGU, increasing

the sensitivity of the Group’s models to

small changes in key assumptions; and

•the total enterprise value of all CGUs in the

Group initially exceeded its market

capitalisation at year end. This increased

our audit effort in this area.

We focused on the following key forward

looking assumptions in the Group’s FVLCOD

and VIU models:

•Forecast cash flows including revenue

growth rate and EBIT margin, with greater

focus on the EBIT margin in the Utilities

and Social Infrastructure & Citizen Services

CGUs. The Utilities CGU has not met prior

year forecast, raising our concern over the

reliability of the Group’s current forecasts

including revenue and improvement in EBIT

margin in forecast years. The Social

Infrastructure & Citizen Services CGU has a

challenge in achieving successful

Our procedures included:

•Working with our valuation specialists, we

evaluated and challenged the Group’s external

expert’s report on the valuation of the Group’s

CGUs prepared using both FVLCOD and VIU

methodologies on the existing and

reorganised reporting structures against the

requirements in the accounting standard.

•We obtained an understanding of the Group’s

goodwill impairment assessment process and

tested key controls such as the review and

approval of the budget by management and

the Board.

•We considered the Group’s determination of

their CGUs based on our understanding of the

operations of the Group and how independent

cash inflows were generated, a

gainst the

requirements of the accounting standards.

•We analysed the Group’s existing and

reorganised reporting structure, and the

Group’s internal reporting to assess the

Group’s monitoring and management of

activities, and the allocation of goodwill to

Groups of CGUs.

•We obtained the Group’s FVLCOD and Value

In Use models and checked amounts to the

Board approved FY24 budget. We challenged

the Group’s projected cash flows by

comparing the budget against our

understanding of the business. We also

compared the compound annual revenue

growth rate in the models between FY23 and

the terminal year to publicly available industry

growth rates.

•We assessed the accuracy of previous Group

forecasting by comparing the Group’s actual

performance for the year to the Board

approved budget for the year. This assisted to

inform our evaluation of forecasts included in

the FVLCOD and VIU models. We applied

increased scepticism to current period

forecasts in areas where previous forecasts

66 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Auditor’s Reports

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2023

conversion of tenders and contract

renewals. These conditions necessitate

additional scrutiny by us, in particular to

address the objectivity of sources used for

revenue growth assumptions along with

those relevant to represent a market

participant;


Discount rates – these are complicated in

nature and vary according to the conditions

and environment the specific CGU is

subject to from time to time; and


Long-term growth rates – certain valuations

for CGUs of the Group are highly sensitive

to changes in this assumption.

Using forward-looking assumptions tends to be

prone to greater risk for potential bias, error and

inconsistent application. These conditions

necessitate additional scrutiny by us, in

particular to address the objectivity of sources

used for assumptions, and their consistent

application.

We involved valuation specialists to supplement

our senior audit team members in assessing

this key audit matter.

were not achieved.

•We assessed the revenue growth rate and

EBIT margin assumptions used by the Group in

both the FVLCOD and VIU models to external

information, such as publicly available industry

trends.

•For the Utilities CGU, we performed a range of

sensitivity analyses to identify those

assumptions with higher risk of bias or

inconsistency in application. This included the

Group’s assumption of the return in EBIT

margin from the downturn in business

performance in the year, t he ability to secure

new business and the cash flow opportunities

a market participant would expect to generate.

•For the Social Infrastructure & Citizen Services

CGU, we performed a range of sensitivity

analyses to identify those assumptions with

higher risk of bias or inconsistency in

application. This included the ability to secure

new business opportunities and retain key

contracts.

•We compared cost savings included in the

Group’s models to the Group’s Board

approved restructuring plans.

•Working with our valuation specialists we:

oassessed the Group’s external expert’s

analysis of the market capitalisation

shortfall versus

the total recoverable

amount of CGUs. This included

consideration of the market capitalisation

range implied by recent share price

trading ranges and broker target valuation

ranges, to the Group’s latest internal

enterprise valuation model. EBITDA

multiples were also assessed against

comparable companies;

oindependently developed a discount rate

range using publicly available market data

for comparable entities, adjusted by risk

factors specific to the Group and the

industry it operates in; and

oassessed the long-term growth rate for

each of the CGUs against publicly

available market data, such as published

studies of industry trends and

independent macroeconmic information,

and compared this to the Group’s

67
Auditor’s Reports





























assumption.



For the Social Infrastructure & Citizen Services

and Utilities CGU we checked the impairment

charge against the recorded amount.



We assessed the Group’s disclosures of the

quantitative and qualitative considerations in

relation to the valuation of goodwill, by

comparing these disclosures to our

understanding from our testing a gainst the

requirements of the accounting standards.


Other Information

Other Information is financial and non-financial information in Downer EDI Limited’s annual reporting

which is provided in addition to the Financial Report and the Auditor’s Report. The Directors are

responsible for the Other Information.

Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not

express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the

Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinion.

In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other

Information. In doing so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with

the Financial Report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially

misstated.

We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other

Information, and based on the work we have performed on the Other Information that we obtained

prior to the date of this Auditor’s Report we have nothing to report.


Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report

The Directors are responsible for:



preparing the Financial Report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian

Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001



implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of a Financial Report that

gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or

error



assessing the Group and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and whether the

use of the going concern basis of accounting is appropriate. This includes disclosing, as

applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting

unless they either intend to liquidate the Group and Company or to cease operations, or have

no realistic alternative but to do so.




68 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Auditor’s Reports

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2023

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report

Our objective is:


to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Report as a whole is free from

material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and


to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in

accordance with Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it

exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on

the basis of the Financial Report.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the

Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at:

https://www.auasb.gov.au/admin/file/content102/c3/ar1_2020.pdf

. This description forms part of our

Auditor’s Report.

Report on the Remuneration Report

Opinion

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report

of Downer EDI Limited for the year ended

30 June 2023, complies with Section

300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors of the Company are responsible for the

preparation and presentation of the Remuneration

Report in accordance with Section 300A of the

Corporations Act 2001.

Our responsibilities

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in

pages 34 to 59 of the Directors’ report for the year

ended 30 June 2023.

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the

Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in

accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

_SIG_01 PAR_NAM_01 PAR_POS_01 PAR_DAT_01 PAR_CIT_01

KPMG

Nigel Virgo

Partner

Stephen Isaac

Partner

Sydney

10 August 2023

69
This page has been left blank intentionally.

70 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Declaration 135

A

About this

report

7 5 -7 7

B

Business

performance

78-90

C

Operating

assets and

liabilities

91-105

D

Employee

benefits

106-107

E

Capital

structure

and financing

108-115

F

Group

structure

116-125

G

Other

126-134

B1

Segment

information

C1

Reconciliation

of cash and cash

equivalents

D1

Employee benefits

E1

Borrowings

F1

Joint arrangements

and associate

entities

G1

New accounting

standards

B2

Revenue

C2

Trade receivables

and contract assets

D2

Defined

benefit plan

E2

Financing facilities

F2

Controlled entities

G2

Capital and financial

risk management

B3

Individually

significant items

C3

Inventories

D3

Key management

personnel

compensation

E3

Lease liabilities

F3

Related party

information

G3

Other financial

assets and

liabilities

B4

Earnings per share

C4

Trade payables and

contract liabilities

D4

Employee discount

share plan

E4

Commitments

F4

Parent entity

disclosures

B5

Taxation

C5

Property, plant and

equipment

E5

Issued capital

F5

Acquisition

of businesses

B6

Remuneration

of auditor

C6

Right-of-use assets

E6

Reserves

F6

Disposal of

businesses

B7

Subsequent events

C7

Intangible assets

E7

Dividends

F7

Disposal group

held for sale

C8

Other provisions

C9

Contingent liabilities

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss 71

and Other Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 72

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 73

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 74

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Financial Statements

for the year ended 30 June 2023

71
Directors’ ReportAuditor’s ReportsFinancial StatementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementsCorporate GovernanceInvestor Information

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

for the year ended 30 June 2023

Note

Restated

(i)

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

RevenueB2 11,640.4 10,972.3 

Other incomeB2 88.6 165.5 

Total revenue and other income11,729.0 11,137. 8 

Employee benefits expenseD1 (3,640.0)(3,581.2)

Subcontractor costs(4,917.8)(4,430.5)

Raw materials and consumables used(1,458.2)(1,381.3)

Plant and equipment costs(468.6)(4 6 8 . 5 )

Depreciation on leased assetsC6 (154.9)(160.3)

Other depreciation and amortisationC5,C7 (181.3)(181.9)

Impairment of non-current assetsC5,C6,C7 (539.5)(42 .0)

Other expenses from ordinary activities(652.0)(615.3)

Total expenses(12,012.3)(10,861.0)

Share of net profit of joint ventures and associatesF1(a) 29.8 29.7 

Earnings before interest and tax(253.5)306.5 

Finance income7. 8 2.4 

Lease finance costs(22.9)(22.0)

Other finance costs(72.9)(65.8)

Net finance costs(88.0)(8 5 .4)

(Loss)/profit before income tax(341.5)221.1 

Income tax expenseB5(a)(44.2)(80.7)

(Loss)/profit after income tax(385.7)140.4 

(Loss)/profit for the year is attributable to:

– Non-controlling interest– 0.4 

– Members of the parent entity(385.7)140.0 

(Loss)/profit for the year(385.7)140.4 

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

– Actuarial movement on net defined benefit plan obligations D2 2.6 6.8 

– Income tax effect of actuarial movement on defined benefit plan obligations(0.8)(2.1)

– Change in fair value of unquoted equity investments0.2 0.2 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

– Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations 8.5 (16.9)

– Net gain on foreign currency forward contracts taken to equity0.3 2.4 

– Net (loss)/gain on cross currency and interest rate swaps taken to equity(6.6)41.1 

– Income tax effect of items above1.9 (13.0)

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)6.1 18.5 

Other comprehensive income for the year is attributable to:

– Non-controlling interest–(0.3)

– Members of the parent entity6.1 18.8 

Other comprehensive income for the year6.1 18.5 

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year(379.6)158.9 

Restated

(i)

Earnings per share (cents)

Basic earnings per shareB4 (59.0)19.6 

Diluted earnings per share

(ii)

B4 (59.0)19.5 

(i) June 2022 results have been restated (Refer to Note A for further details).

(ii) At 30 June 2023, the ROADS are anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at a loss of 59.0 cents per share.

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying

notes on pages 75 to 134.

72 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

as at 30 June 2023

Note

Restated

(i)

Restated

(i)

30 June

2023

$’m

30 June

2022

$’m

1 July

2021

$’m

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalentsC 1(c) 889.1 738.5 811.4 

Trade receivables and contract assetsC2 2,094.2 1,921.2 2,105.9 

Other financial assetsG3 10.7 28.2 62.7 

InventoriesC3 234.8 208.9 254.2 

Current tax assets7. 2 40.1 48.6 

Prepayments and other assets68.9 59.3 63.8 

Assets classified as held for saleF7 92.2 – 41. 5 

Total current assets3 , 397.1 2,996.2 3,388.1 

Non-current assets

Trade receivables and contract assetsC2 138.8 121.6 109.2 

Equity accounted investmentsF1(a) 159.2 162.8 155.1 

Property, plant and equipmentC5 934.7 924.4 994.7 

Right-of-use assetsC6 428.5 436.2 546.5 

Intangible assetsC7 2,180.3 2 ,741.4 2,782.9 

Other financial assetsG3 51.5 32.7 7. 8 

Deferred tax assetsB 5 (b) 3.3 3.8 69.8 

Prepayments and other assets20.9 10.1 7.4 

Total non-current assets3 ,917. 2 4,433.0 4,673.4 

Total assets7,314.3 7,429. 2 8,061.5 

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade payables and contract liabilitiesC4 2,272.4 2, 208.1 2,363.0 

BorrowingsE1 – – 296.2 

Lease liabilitiesE3 135.2 132.4 157.7 

Other financial liabilitiesG3 15.0 26.4 49.0 

Current tax liabilities2.6 5.2 7. 9 

Employee benefits provisionD1 268.2 303.5 353.6 

Other provisionsC8 66.3 54.5 64.4 

Liabilities associated with assets classified as held for saleF7 112.9 – 17. 2 

Total current liabilities2,872.6 2,730.1 3,309.0 

Non-current liabilities

Trade payables and contract liabilitiesC4 61.1 46.5 34.2 

BorrowingsE1 1,596.4 1,361.7 1,185.4 

Lease liabilitiesE3 402.0 411. 5 505.1 

Other financial liabilitiesG3 5.7 5.0 18.3 

Deferred tax liabilitiesB 5 (b) 36.7 25.1 5.8 

Employee benefits provisionD1 22.7 18.7 35.3 

Other provisionsC8 27. 3 18.8 21.6 

Total non-current liabilities2,151.9 1, 8 87. 3 1,805.7 

Total liabilities5,024.5 4,617.4 5,114.7 

Net assets2,289.8 2,811.8 2,946.8 

EQUITY

Issued capitalE5 2,642.4 2,660.2 2,802.6 

ReservesE6 19.0 12.1 (31.2)

(Accumulated losses)/retained earnings(371.6)139.5 170.9 

Parent interests2,289.8 2,811.8 2,942.3 

Non-controlling interest– – 4.5 

Total equity2,289.8 2,811.8 2,946.8 

(i) Balances have been restated (Refer to Note A for further details).

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 75 to 134.

73
Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

for the year ended 30 June 2023

2023

$’m

Issued

capitalReserves

(Accumulated

losses)/

retained

earningsTo t a l

Restated balance at 30 June 20222,660.2 12.1 139.5 2,811.8 

Loss after income tax –  – (385.7) (385.7) 

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax) – 6.1  – 6.1 

Total comprehensive income for the year – 6.1 (385.7) (379.6) 

Share-based employee benefits income – (0.8) – (0.8)

Income tax relating to share-based transactions during the year – 1.6  – 1.6 

Group on-market share buy-back(17.8) –  – (17.8)

Payment of dividends

(i)

–  – (125.4)(125.4)

Balance at 30 June 20232,642.4 19.0 (371.6) 2,289.8 

(i) Relates to the 2022 final dividend, 2023 interim dividend and $10.7 million ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.

2022

$’m

Issued

capitalReserves

Retained

earnings

To t a l

attributable

to owners of

the parent

Non-

controlling

interestTo t a l

Balance at 1 July 20212,802.6 (31.2)181.5 2,952.9 4.5 2 ,957. 4 

Prior period restatement in relation to

revenue recognition

(i)

–  – (10.6)(10.6) – (10.6)

Restated balance at 1 July 20212,802.6 (31.2)170.9 2,942.3 4.5 2,946.8 

Profit after income tax

(i)

–  – 140.0 140.0 0.4 140.4 

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax) – 18.8  – 18.8 (0.3)18.5 

Total comprehensive income for the year – 18.8 140.0 158.8 0.1 158.9 

Vested executive incentive share transactions0.2 (0. 2) –  –  –  – 

Vested Downer Contingent Share Options

(ii)

– 16.0  – 16.0  – 16.0 

Share-based employee benefits expense – 4.2  – 4.2  – 4.2 

Income tax relating to share-based transactions

during the year – (2.7) – (2.7) – (2.7)

Group on-market share buy-back(142.6) –  – (142.6) – (142.6)

Disposal of business – 7. 2  – 7. 2 (4 . 6)2.6 

Payment of dividends

(iii)

–  – (17 1 .4)(171.4) – (171.4)

Restated balance at 30 June 20222,660.2 12.1 139.5 2,811.8  – 2,811.8 

(i) Balances have been restated (refer to Note A for further details).

(ii) On 24 August 2021, the Target Price Condition of Tranche 1 of the Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) was satisfied resulting in 2,499,264 shares exercised at

$6.382 per share.

(iii) Relates to the 2021 final dividend, 2022 interim dividend and $5.9 million ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 75 to 134.

74 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

for the year ended 30 June 2023

Note

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers12 ,687. 4 12,416.3 

Payments to suppliers and employees(12,333.3)(11,845.2)

GST proceeds on disposal of business

(i)

23.5  – 

Distributions from equity accounted investeesF1(a) 33.4 21.9 

Net cash generated by operating cash flow before interest and tax411.0 593.0 

Interest received7.1 2.2 

Interest paid on lease liabilities(22.9)(22.0)

Interest and other costs of finance paid(70.0)(61.9)

Income tax paid( 7.0)(15.9)

Net cash generated by operating activitiesC1(a) 318.2 495.4 

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment25.2 99.6 

Payments for property, plant and equipment(230.6)(243.3)

Payments for intangible assets(32.4)(36.5)

Payments of deferred consideration on acquisition of businesses – (0.1)

Payments for acquisition of businesses (net of cash acquired)F5 (0.1) (24.0)

Proceeds from sale of business (net of cash disposed)F6 160.5 245.4 

Payments for investmentsG3(8.1)( 7. 5)

Advances (to)/from equity accounted investments(1.2)4.8 

Net cash (used in)/generated by investing activities(86.7)38.4 

Cash flows from financing activities

Group on-market share buy-backE5 (17.8)(142.6)

Proceeds from borrowings16,118.0 11,413 .0 

Repayments of borrowings(15,890.5)(11,535.6)

Payment of principal of lease liabilitiesC 1(b) (165.0)(163.6)

Dividends paid(125.4)(17 1 .4)

Net cash used in financing activities(80.7)(600. 2)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents150.8 (6 6 .4)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year738.5 811.4 

Effect of exchange rate changes(0.2)(6.5)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the yearC 1(c) 889.1 738.5 

(i) $23.5m GST proceeds on the disposal of the Australian Transport Project business were subsequently remitted to the Australian Taxation Office in July 2023.

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 75 to 134.

75
Directors’ ReportAuditor’s ReportsFinancial StatementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementsCorporate GovernanceInvestor Information

Statement of compliance

These financial statements represent the consolidated results

of Downer EDI Limited (ABN 97 003 872 848).

The consolidated Financial Report (Financial Report) is a

general purpose financial report which has been prepared in

accordance with Australian Accounting Standards issued by

the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). The Financial Report also complies

with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as

issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The Financial Report was authorised for issue by the Board of

Directors on 10 August 2023.

Rounding of amounts

Downer is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC

Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports)

Instrument 2016/191, relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts

in the Directors’ Report and consolidated financial statements.

Unless otherwise expressly stated, amounts have been rounded

off to the nearest whole number of millions of dollars and one

place of decimals representing hundreds of thousands of

dollars in accordance with that Instrument. Amounts shown

as $– represent amounts less than $50,000 which have been

rounded down.

Basis of preparation

The Financial Report has been prepared on a historical cost

basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments

measured at fair value, assets held for sale and non-current

assets measured at the lower of carrying value and fair value

less costs to sell and defined benefit plans measured at fair

value. Cost is based on the fair values of the consideration given

in exchange for assets. All amounts are presented in Australian

dollars, unless otherwise noted.

Certain comparative balances have been reclassified to

ensure consistency with the classification in the 30 June 2022

Financial Report.

The accounting policies used in the preparation of the Financial

Report are consistent with those adopted and disclosed in

Downer’s Annual Report for the financial year ended 30 June

2022, except in relation to the relevant new and amended

accounting standards adopted by the Group and their effects on

the current period or prior periods as described in Note G1.

Accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of the Financial Report requires management

to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about

future events which may differ from the actual results while

also needing to exercise judgement in applying the Group’s

accounting policies.

The following table provides an overview of the areas that

involved a higher degree of judgement or complexity. Detailed

information about each of these judgements are included in the

following notes:

Accounting judgementsNote Page

Revenue recognitionB284 

Income taxesB588 

Useful lives of right-of-use assetsC697 

Impairment of assetsC799 

Other provisionsC8104 

Employee benefits obligationsD1106 

Lease liabilitiesE3111 

Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainty

at the reporting date that has a significant risk of resulting in

a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and

liabilities within the next financial year are included in the

following notes:

Accounting estimatesNote Page

Revenue recognitionB284 

Recognition of deferred

tax assets

B588 

Credit riskC294 

Useful livesC5 to C795, 97, 99

Recoverable value of

right-of-use assets

C697 

Impairment of assetsC799 

Other provisionsC8104 

Employee benefits obligationsD1106

Lease liabilitiesE3111

A

About this report

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 30 June 2023

76 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Significant accounting policies

Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner that

ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies the

concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring that the

substance of the underlying transactions or other events is

reported. Other significant accounting policies are contained

in the notes to the Financial Report to which they relate.

(i) Principles of consolidation

The Financial Report incorporates the financial statements

of the Company and entities controlled by the Group and its

subsidiaries. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed

to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with

the entity and has the ability to affect those returns from its

involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those

returns through its power over the entity.

The Financial Report includes the information and results of

each subsidiary from the date on which the Company obtains

control and until such date as control of the subsidiary ceases.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains

on transactions between Group companies are eliminated.

Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction

provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred asset.

(ii) Foreign currency

Transactions, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign

currencies are translated into Australian dollars at reporting

date using the following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amountApplicable exchange rate

TransactionsDate of transaction

Monetary assets and liabilitiesReporting date

Non-monetary assets and

liabilities carried at fair value

Date fair value

is determined

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from translation are

recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and

Other Comprehensive Income, except for qualifying cash flow

hedges which are deferred to equity.

On consolidation the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of

foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars using

the following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amountApplicable exchange rate

Income and expensesAverage exchange rate

Monetary assets and liabilitiesReporting date

EquityHistorical date

Foreign exchange differences resulting from translation are

initially recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve

and subsequently transferred to the profit or loss on disposal

of the foreign operation.

(iii) Finance and borrowing costs

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwind

of discounts on provisions, cost to establish financing facilities

(which are expensed over the term of the facility), losses on

ineffective hedging instruments that are recognised in profit

or loss and finance lease charges.

General and specific borrowing costs that are directly

attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a

qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is

required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use

or sale.

Other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they

are incurred.

77
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Restatement of comparative balances

Downer has identified certain accounting adjustments in its Australian Utilities business involving historical misreporting of revenue

and contract assets in one of Downer’s maintenance contracts. As a consequence, the Group identified accounting adjustments

to prior periods in relation to the measure of progress. The adjustments have been corrected by restating each of the affected

financial statement line items of the corresponding prior periods.

The following tables summarises the impacts on the Group’s Consolidated financial statements.

i. Impact on Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Note

30-Jun-22

Reported

$’m

Adjustment

$’m

30-Jun-22

Restated

$’m

1-Jul-21

Reported

$’m

Adjustment

$’m

1-Jul-21

Restated

$’m

Trade receivables and

contract assets (Current)C2 1,953.0 (31.8)1,921.2 2,121.0 (15.1)2,105.9

Deferred tax assetsB 5 (b) 3.8 – 3.8 65.3 4.5 69.8

Other assets5,504.2 – 5,504.2 5,885.8 – 5,885.8

Total assets7,461.0 (31.8)7,429. 2 8,072.1 (10.6)8,061.5

Deferred tax liabilitiesB 5 (b) 34.7 (9.6)25.1 5.8 – 5.8

Other liabilities4,592.3 – 4,592.3 5,108.9 – 5,108.9

Total liabilities4,627.0 (9.6)4 ,617. 4 5,114.7 – 5,114.7

Net assets2,834.0 (22.2)2,811.8 2 ,957. 4 (10.6)2,946.8

Retained earnings161.7 (22.2)139.5 181.5 (10.6)170.9

Other equity2,672.3 – 2,672.3 2,775.9 – 2,775.9

Total equity2,834.0 (22.2)2,811.8 2 ,957. 4 (10.6)2,946.8

ii. Impact on Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

Note

30-Jun-22

Reported

$’m

Adjustment

$’m

30-Jun-22

Restated

$’m

Revenue10,989.0(16.7)10,972.3

Other income165.5–165.5

Total revenue and other incomeB211,154.5(16.7)11 ,137. 8

Total expenses(10,861.0)–(10,861.0)

Share of net profit of joint ventures and associates29.7–29.7

Earnings before interest and tax323.2(16.7)306.5

Net finance cost(8 5 .4)–(8 5 .4)

Profit before income tax237. 8(16.7)221.1

Income tax expenseB5(a)(85.8)5.1(80.7)

Profit after income tax152.0(11.6)140.4

Other comprehensive income for the year18.5–18.5

Total comprehensive income for the year170.5(11.6)158.9

iii. Impact on total earnings per share

Note

30-Jun-22

ReportedAdjustment

30-Jun-22

Restated

Basic earnings per share (cents)B421.3(1.7)19.6

Diluted earnings per share (cents)B421.2(1.7)19.5

There is no impact on the total operating, investing or financing cash flows.

78 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

B1. Segment information

Identification of reportable segments

An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur

expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker in order to effectively

allocate Group resources and assess performance.

The Group has identified its operating segments based on the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Group CEO in

assessing performance and in determining the allocation of resources. The operating segments are identified by the Group based

on the nature of the services provided. Discrete financial information about each of these operating businesses is reported to the

Group CEO on a recurring basis.

The reportable segments are based on a combination of operating segments determined by the similarity of the services provided,

the sources of the Group’s major risks that could therefore have the greatest effect on the rates of return and their quantitative

contribution to the Group’s results. The Power Systems business unit transitioned to the Utilities Division to consolidate

Utilities work under a single division creating synergies and further opportunities in the Power, Water and Renewables sectors.

Consequently, Power Systems now forms part of the Utilities segment (previously reported as part of the Transport segment).

Following the restructure of the Group and the creation of a Trans-Tasman operating model, the Hawkins building business

has transitioned from the Facilities segment to the Transport segment. This restatement has been made to align with how the

businesses are reported internally to the Group CEO.

As a result, prior year comparative segment information has been restated.

The reportable segments identified within the Group are outlined as follows:

SegmentSegment description

TransportComprises the Group’s road services, transport infrastructure and rail businesses. Downer’s road and transport

infrastructure services include: road network management; routine road maintenance; asset management systems;

spray sealing; asphalt laying; manufacture and supply of bitumen-based products and asphalt products; the use of

recycled products and environmentally sustainable methods to produce asphalt; landfill diversion solutions; intelligent

transport systems; design and construction of light rail and heavy rail networks; signalling; track and station works;

rail safety technology; and bridges. The Rail business spans all light rail and heavy rail sectors, from rollingstock to

infrastructure; from design and manufacture to through-life-support including fleet maintenance, operations and

comprehensive overhaul of assets. Transport also provides building and construction solutions across a variety of

sectors in New Zealand.

UtilitiesComprises the Group’s power, gas, water and telecommunications businesses. This includes: planning, designing,

constructing, operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning power and gas network assets; providing

complete water lifecycle solutions for municipal and industrial water users including water and wastewater treatment,

network construction and rehabilitation; and end-to-end technology and communications solutions including design,

civil construction, network construction, operations and maintenance across fibre, copper and radio networks.

B

Business performance

This section provides the information that is most relevant to understanding the financial performance of the Group during the

financial year and, where relevant, the accounting policies applied and the critical judgements and estimates made.

B1. Segment information

B2. Revenue

B3. Individually significant items

B4. Earnings per share

B5. Taxation

B6. Remuneration of auditor

B7. Subsequent events

79
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

SegmentSegment description

FacilitiesFacilities provides outsourced facility services to customers across a diverse range of industry sectors including:

defence; education; government; healthcare; resources; leisure; assets services and hospitality. Facilities provides

technical and engineering services; maintenance and asset management services including shutdowns, turnaround

and outage delivery; operations maintenance, refrigeration solutions and ongoing management of strategic assets

across a range of sectors. It also provides feasibility studies; engineering design; procurement and construction;

commissioning and decommissioning services; and design and manufacture of mineral process equipment.

All other

segments

Prior year comprises of the Group's Mining operating segment. The Mining divestment was completed with

Otraco and Open Cut Mining East disposed of during the financial year ended 30 June 2022.

2023

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities

All other

segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l

Segment revenue and other income6,050.1 2,258.2 3,413.0 – 7.7 11,729.0

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures and associates

(i)

802.4 – – – 88.3 890.7

Total revenue including joint ventures and

other income

(i)

6,852.5 2,258.2 3,413.0 – 96.0 12,619.7

Share of net profit from joint ventures and associates29.4 – – – 0.4 29.8

Depreciation and amortisation217. 4 30.7 41.6 – 46.5 336.2

Total reported segment results – EBIT before

amortisation of acquired intangibles (EBITA) 288.9 (10.3)162.1 – (668.0)(227. 3)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles(4.5)(0.3)(5.0)– (16.4)(26.2)

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)284.4 (10.6)157.1 – (684.4)(253.5)

Net finance costs(88.0)

Total loss before income tax(341.5)

Acquisition of segment assets205.7 13.6 17.9 – 32.5 269.7

Segment assets3,518.5 1,179.9 2,019.1 –596.8 7,314.3

Segment liabilities1,680.5 575.1 792.1 –1,976.8 5,024.5

Carrying value of equity accounted investees130.4 – – – 28.8 159.2

2022 Restated

(ii)

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities

All other

segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l

Segment revenue and other income5,448.9 2,030.3 3,393.0 248.2 17.4 11,137. 8

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures and associates

(i)

762.1–1.6–68.9832.6

Total revenue including joint ventures and

other income

(i)

6,211.0 2,030.3 3,394.6 248.2 86.3 11,970.4

Share of net profit from joint ventures and associates34.6 – 0.1 – (5.0)29.7

Depreciation and amortisation190.3 28.2 51.5 19.7 52.5 342.2

Total reported segment results – EBIT before

amortisation of acquired intangibles (EBITA) 269.4 59.9 145.6 8.1 (141.7 )3 41. 3

Amortisation of acquired intangibles(5.1)(0.3)(5.0)– (24.4)(34.8)

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)264.3 59.6 140.6 8.1 (166.1)306.5

Net finance costs(8 5 .4)

Total profit before income tax221.1

Acquisition of segment assets249.8 8.3 12.2 7.6 32.5 310.4

Segment assets3,305.4 978.0 2,552.6 5.5 5 87.7 7,429. 2

Segment liabilities1,471.7 529.8 862.9 12.8 1,740. 2 4,617.4

Carrying value of equity accounted investees134.4 – – – 28.4 162.8

(i) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

(ii) Restated to reflect the changes in operating segments described above and to include the accounting adjustment as described in Note A.

80 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

B1. Segment information – continued

Reconciliation of segment EBIT to net profit after tax:

Note

Segment results

2023

$’m

Restated

(i)

2022

$’m

Segment EBIT430.9 472 .6

Unallocated:

Fair value movement on DCSO liabilityB3 10.0 3.7

Divestments and exit costsB3 20.8 (75.8)

Portfolio restructure costsB3 (25.4)( 7.6)

Regulatory reviews and shareholder class action related costsB3 (6.5)–

Impairment and other assets write-downsB3 (549.6)–

Probuild credit lossB3 – (34.6)

Bid costsB3 – (12.7)

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipmentB3 – 85.8

Amortisation of Spotless and Tenix acquired intangible assets(16.4)(24.4)

Corporate costs(117.3)(100.5)

Total unallocated(684.4)(166.1)

Earnings before interest and tax(253.5)306.5

Net finance costs(88.0)(8 5 .4)

(Loss)/profit before income tax(341.5)221.1

Income tax expenseB5(a) (44.2)(80.7)

(Loss)/profit after income tax(385.7)140.4

(i) June 2022 results have been restated (refer to Note A for further details).

Segment assets by geographical location

Segment assets

Non-current

(ii)

Acquisition of

segment assets

Non-current

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Geographical location

(i)

Australia3 ,147. 43 ,747. 2197.7255.6

New Zealand and Pacific566.9521.871.554.3

Rest of the world0.90.50.50.5

To t a l3,715.24,269.5269.7310.4

(i) Assets are allocated based on the geographical location of the legal entity.

(ii) Total of non-current assets other than deferred tax assets, financial instruments, post-employment benefit assets and trade and other receivables.

81
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

B2. Revenue

Revenue and other income

2023

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities

All other

segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l

Rendering of services3,240.6 1,892.4 3,383.5 – –8,516.5

Construction contracts2,456.9 358.1 – – – 2,815.0

Sale of goods268.6 6.8 28.6 – – 304.0

Total revenue from contracts

with customers5,966.1 2 , 257. 3 3,412 .1 – –11,635.5

Other revenue7. 2 0.1 – – (2.4) 4.9

Total revenue5,973.3 2 , 257. 4 3,412 .1 – (2.4)11,640.4

Government grants

(i)

0.5 0.4 0.1 – – 1.0

Insurance recoveries13.1 – – – 0.1 13.2

Gain on sale of property, plant

and equipment19.2 0.3 0.7 – – 20.2

Gain on disposal of business44.4 – – – – 44.4

Other(0.4)0.1 0.1 – 10.0 9.8

Other income76.8 0.8 0.9 – 10.1 88.6

Total revenue and other income6,050.1 2,258.2 3,413.0 – 7.7 11,729.0

Share of sales revenue from joint

ventures and associates

(ii)

802.4 – – – 88.3 890.7

Total revenue including joint ventures

and other income

(ii)

6,852.5 2,258.2 3,413.0 – 96.0 12,619.7

2022

Restated

(iv)

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities

All other

segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l

Rendering of services2 ,797. 9 1,708.6 3,367.5 241. 9 – 8,115.9

Construction contracts2,286.3 309.5 – – – 2,595.8

Sale of goods213.5 4.0 19.1 0.7 – 237. 3

Total revenue from contracts

with customers5 , 297.7 2,022.1 3,386.6 242.6 – 10,949.0

Other revenue6.7 0.7 0.7 6.2 9.0 23.3

Total revenue5,304.4 2,022.8 3,387.3 248.8 9.0 10,972.3

Government grants

(iii)

9.9 6.0 2.3 – – 18.2

Insurance recoveries9.6 – – – 3.3 12.9

Gain/(loss) on sale of property, plant

and equipment120.0 1.1 0.3 (0.5)1.2 122.1

Other5.0 0.4 3.1 (0.1)3.9 12.3

Other income144.5 7. 5 5.7 (0.6)8.4 165.5

Total revenue and other income5,448.9 2,030.3 3,393.0 248.2 17.4 11,137. 8

Share of sales revenue from joint

ventures and associates

(ii)

762.1 – 1.6 – 68.9 832.6

Total revenue including joint ventures

and other income

(ii)

6,211.0 2,030.3 3,394.6 248.2 86.3 11,970.4

(i) Government grants represents incentives received under the New Zealand Government’s COVID leave support scheme available to eligible businesses impacted by the

COVID-19 pandemic, as well as in relation to the New Zealand Government’s apprentice boost scheme.

(ii) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

(iii) Government grants represents incentives received under the New Zealand Government’s wage subsidy scheme, COVID leave support scheme available to eligible

businesses impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic as well as in relation to the New Zealand Government’s apprentice boost scheme.

(iv) Revenue disclosures have been restated to reflect the changes in operating segments described in Note B1 and to include the accounting adjustment as described in

Note A.

82 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

B2. Revenue – continued

Revenue from contracts with customers by geographical location

2023

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities

All other

segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l

Geographical location

(i)

Australia3,590.5 1,732.9 3,031.2 – –8,354.6

New Zealand and Pacific2,375.6 524.4 342.8 – – 3,242.8

Rest of the world– – 38.1 – – 38.1

Total revenue from contracts

with customers5,966.1 2 , 257. 3 3,412 .1 – –11,635.5

2022

Restated

(ii)

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities

All other

segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l

Geographical location

(i)

Australia3 , 297.1 1,524.8 3,065.3 229.0 – 8,116.2

New Zealand and Pacific2,000.6 497. 3 295.0 – – 2,792.9

Rest of the world– – 26.3 13.6 – 39.9

Total revenue from contracts

with customers5 , 297.7 2,022.1 3,386.6 242.6 – 10,949.0

(i) Revenue is allocated based on the geographical location of the legal entity.

(ii) Revenue disclosures have been restated to reflect the changes in operating segments described in Note B1 and to include the accounting adjustment as described in

Note A.

Recognition and measurement

Revenue

The Group recognises revenue when a customer obtains control

of the goods or services, in accordance with AASB 15 Revenue

from Contracts with Customers (AASB 15). Revenue is measured

at the consideration received or receivable. Determining the

timing of the transfer of control – at a point in time or over time

– requires judgement. Revenue is recognised if it meets the

criteria below.

(i) Rendering of services

The Group primarily generates service revenue from the

following activities:

§Maintenance and management of transport infrastructure

§Utilities infrastructure maintenance services (gas, power

and water)

§Maintenance and installation of infrastructure in the

telecommunications sector

§Industrial plant maintenance

§Rollingstock maintenance and rail asset

management services

§Engineering and consultancy services

§Facilities management

Typically, under the performance obligations of service

contracts, the customer consumes and receives the benefit

of the service as it is provided. As such, service revenue is

recognised over time as the services are provided.

(ii) Construction contracts

The contractual terms and the way in which the Group operates

its construction contracts are predominantly derived from

projects containing one performance obligation. Under these

performance obligations, performance creates or enhances

an asset that the customer controls as the asset is created,

or performance does not create an asset with an alternative

use to the Group and the Group has an enforceable right to

payment for performance completed to date. Therefore, revenue

is recognised over time based on stage of completion of

the contract.

(iii) Sale of goods

Revenue is recognised at a point in time when the customer

obtains control of goods.

(iv) Other revenue

Other revenue primarily includes rental income.

(v) Other income

Other income primarily includes insurance recoveries,

government grants, gains on sale of property, plant and

equipment, and gain on disposal of business.

Insurance recoveries relate to insurance refunds received

for claims lodged that met the recoverability criteria of being

‘virtually certain’ following confirmation of indemnity received

from insurers.

Government grants relate to income received under the New

Zealand Government’s COVID leave support scheme available

to eligible businesses that were adversely impacted by the

COVID-19 pandemic as well as in relation to the New Zealand

Government’s apprentice boost scheme, while the prior year

government grants additionally includes the New Zealand

Government’s Wage Subsidy Scheme. The Group elects to

present these subsidies in ‘Other income’ as allowed under

AASB 120 Accounting for Government grants and disclosure of

Government assistance.

83
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The gain on sale of property, plant and equipment in the prior

year primarily relates to the compulsory acquisition of Downer’s

land at Rosehill.

Gain on disposal of business relates to the divestment of

Transport Projects. For more details see Note B3.

Contract modifications

For services and construction contracts, revenue from variations

and claims is recognised to the extent they are approved or

enforceable under the contract. The amount of revenue is then

recognised to the extent it is highly probable that a significant

reversal of revenue will not occur.

In making this assessment, the Group considers a number

of factors including nature of the claim, formal or informal

acceptance by the customer of the validity of the claim, stage

of negotiations, or the historical outcome of similar claims to

determine whether the enforceable and the ‘highly probable’

thresholds have been met.

Revenue in relation to modifications, such as a change in the

scope of the contract, will only be included in the transaction

price when it is approved by the parties to the contract or the

modification is enforceable and the amount becomes highly

probable. Modifications may also be recognised when client

instruction has been received in line with customary business

practice for the customer.

Contract costs (tender costs)

Costs incurred during the tender/bid process are expensed,

unless they are incremental to obtaining the contract and

the Group expects to recover those costs or where they are

explicitly chargeable to the customer regardless of whether

the contract is obtained.

Performance obligations and contract duration

Revenue is allocated to each performance obligation and

recognised as the performance obligation is satisfied which

may be at a point in time or over time.

AASB 15 requires a granular approach to identify the different

revenue streams (i.e. performance obligations) in a contract by

identifying the different activities that are being undertaken

and then aggregating only those where the different activities

are significantly integrated or highly interdependent. Revenue

will be recognised, on certain contracts over time, as a single

performance obligation when the services are part of a series

of distinct goods and services that are substantially integrated

with the same pattern of transfer.

AASB 15 provides guidance in respect of the term over which

revenue may be recognised and is limited to the period for

which the parties have enforceable rights and obligations. When

the customer can terminate a contract for convenience (without

a substantive penalty), the contract term and related revenue is

limited to the termination period.

The Group has elected to apply the practical expedient to

not adjust the total consideration over the contract term for

the effect of a financing component if the period between

the transfer of services to the customer and the customer’s

payment for these services is expected to be one year or less.

Measure of progress

The Group recognises revenue using the measure of progress

that best reflects the Group’s performance in satisfying the

performance obligation over time. The different methods

of measuring progress include an input method (e.g. costs

incurred) or an output method (e.g. time elapsed). The same

method of progress will be consistently applied to similar

performance obligations.

As a practical expedient where the Group has a right to invoice

the customer at an amount that corresponds directly with its

performance to date, then the Group recognises revenue at

that amount.

Remaining performance obligations

As of 30 June 2023, the aggregate amount of the transaction

price allocated to the remaining performance obligations

is $19,458.2 million (2022: $15,973.1 million). The Group will

recognise this revenue when the performance obligations

are satisfied. Approximately ~45% of remaining performance

obligations are expected to occur within the next five years;

with the remaining ~55% related to long-term service/

maintenance contracts ranging up to 39 years.

The remaining performance obligations balances for both

30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022 presented above relate to the

revenue expected to be recognised from ongoing contracts with

an expected duration of more than 12 months.

During the current financial year revenue of $2,682.9 million has

been recognised in relation to performance obligations satisfied

or partially satisfied in previous periods.

Variable consideration

Variable consideration that is contingent on the Group’s

performance, including key performance payments, liquidated

damages and abatements that offset revenue under the

contract, is recognised only when it is highly probable that

a reversal of that revenue will not occur.

In addition, where the identified revenue stream is determined

to be a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially

the same and that have the same pattern of transfer to the

customer (e.g. maintenance services), variable consideration is

recognised in the period/(s) in which the series of distinct goods

or services subject to the variable consideration are completed.

Loss-making contracts

Loss-making contracts are recognised under AASB 137

Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets as

onerous contracts.

In making this assessment, the Group considers the performance

of a contract cumulatively life to date, in the most recent

reporting period, and updates the final forecast at completion.

In circumstances where contracts have incurred losses, either

cumulatively life to date or in the reporting period, and the

final forecast margin anticipates improvements in contract

performance to deliver an overall profitable outcome on the

contract, detailed reviews are completed to assess the basis

and reasonableness of the expected turnaround. In these

circumstances an onerous contract is not recognised.

84 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

B2. Revenue – continued

Key estimate and judgement: Revenue recognition

Measure of Progress

Management uses judgement in selecting an appropriate measure of progress towards completing satisfaction of an obligation.

The selected method considers the nature of the good or service that the Group has promised to transfer to the customer.

Stage of completion

Determining the stage of completion based on a percentage of costs to complete requires an estimate of expenses incurred to

date as a percentage of total estimated costs.

Modifications

When a contract modification exists and the Group has an approved enforceable right to payment, revenue in relation to claims

and variations is only included in the transaction price when the amount claimable becomes highly probable. Management uses

judgement in determining whether an approved enforceable right exists.

Variable consideration

Determining the amount of variable consideration requires an estimate based on either the ‘expected value’ or the ‘most likely

amount’. The estimate of variable consideration can only be recognised to the extent it is highly probable that a significant

revenue reversal will not occur in future.

Changes in these estimates or judgements could have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group.

B3. Individually significant items

The following material items of expense, forming part of the unallocated segment are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s

financial performance:

2023

$’m

Fair value

movement on

DCSO liability

Divest-

ments

and exit

costs

Portfolio

restructure

costs

Regulatory

reviews and

shareholder

class action

related costs

Impairment

and other

assets

write-downsTo t a l

Other income(10.0)– – – – (10.0)

Gain on disposal of business– (44.4)– – – (44.4)

Impairment of non-current assets– 0.7 - – 538.8 539.5

Employee benefits expense– 10.4 9.7 – – 20.1

Raw materials and consumables used– – – – 5.0 5.0

Other expenses from ordinary activities– 12.5 15.7 6.5 5.8 40.5

Loss/(profit) before interest and tax(10.0)(20.8)25.4 6.5 549.6 550.7

Income tax expense/(benefit)– 18.6 ( 7.6)(1.9)(18.3)(9.2)

Loss/(profit) after income tax(10.0)(2.2) 17. 8 4.6 531.3 541.5

Fair value movement on Downer Contingent Share

Options (DCSO) liability

As part of the consideration to acquire the shares in Spotless

that it did not already own, in 2020 the Group granted three

tranches of 2.5 million share options to the previous minority

interest shareholders which are exercisable within four years

of issue on achievement of three prescribed share price

targets (the Downer Contingent Share Options or DCSO). The

fair value at issue date of these options was recognised as a

liability arising on the acquisition of the shares. The DCSO are

classified as a liability, with subsequent changes in the fair value

recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and

Other Comprehensive Income. Since 30 June 2022, the fair

value of the DCSO has decreased by $10.0 million, which has

been recognised through ‘Other income’ in the Consolidated

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

during the year. This income is driven by the decrease in

Downer’s share price from $5.05 at 30 June 2022 to $4.11 at

30 June 2023.

Divestments and exit costs

During the year, divestment and exit costs were recognised

in relation to Australian Transport Projects – On 20 June

2023, Downer completed the sale of its Australian Transport

Projects business to DT Infrastructure Pty Ltd, a Gamuda

Berhad group company (Gamuda). There remains a number

of customer consents outstanding at the date of completion,

some of which remain outstanding as at the date of this report.

These contracts will remain with Downer until the consents

are received.

85
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

In addition to transaction related costs incurred during the

period, assets previously utilised by the business which will

no longer be required by the Group have been written off.

The material elements of divestment and exit costs include:

§$44.4 million pre-tax gain (including disposal costs) from the

disposal of the Australian Transport Project business. Refer

to Note F6.

§$23.6 million pre-tax exit costs, relating to impairments of IT

infrastructure and applications, transaction-related employee

benefit expenses, costs provision for defect liability periods

and other exit costs.

§A net income tax expense of $18.6 million mainly arising on

the gain on divestments and includes the tax impact of non-

deductible goodwill disposed.

Portfolio restructure costs

Represents restructuring costs incurred during the year

following Downer’s commencement of the Transformation

program to restructure its operating model and includes

restructuring expenses, redundancy and costs associated

with establishing and running the Transformation program.

Regulatory reviews and shareholder class action

related costs

Regulatory review and shareholder class action related costs

of $6.5 million were incurred in relation to:

§Responding to regulatory reviews by certain

regulatory authorities;

§The review of the Australian Utilities maintenance

contract; and

§Defending the shareholder class actions filed against Downer

during the financial year. These claims have been disclosed

as a contingent liability. Refer to Note C9.

Impairment and other assets write-downs

Following the identification of possible impairment indicators,

the Group undertook an assessment of the carrying value of

the Utilities Australia and Facilities Group of CGUs. As a result

of this assessment, a goodwill impairment of $483.0 million

($133.0 million related to Utilities Australia and $350.0 million

related to Facilities) was recognised as at 30 June 2023.

Refer to Note C7 for further details.

Impairment of assets by $66.6 million (pre-tax) relates to

adjustment in the carrying value of:

§Carrying value of fixed assets and inventory in the Rail

business;

§Shut down, relocation and consolidation of asphalt plants

in Australia;

§IT and other assets that will no longer be utilised or provide

future economic benefit as a result of business restructuring,

divestments and transformation; and

§Office space being surplus to requirements and vacated

as a result of business restructuring, divestments and

transformation.

Prior Year

The Group recognised the following items as individually significant items as at 30 June 2022:

2022

$’m

Fair value

movement

on DCSO

liability

Divest–

ments

and exit

costs

Portfolio

restructure

costs

Probuild

credit lossBid costs

Gain

on sale

of PP&ETo t a l

Revenue and other income(3.7)–––(4 .0)(104.8)(112.5)

Loss on disposal of businesses–17. 3––––17. 3

Impairment of non-current assets–38.8––––38.8

Employee benefits expense–6.87.6–4.3–18.7

Subcontractors costs––––12.2–12.2

Other expenses from

ordinary activities–12.9–34.60.219.066.7

Loss/(profit) before interest

and tax(3.7)75.87.634.612.7(85.8)41. 2

Income tax expense–(5.0)(2.3)(6.9)(3.8)25.77.7

Loss/(profit) after income tax(3.7)70.85.327.78.9(60.1)48.9

86 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

B3. Individually significant items – continued

Fair value movement on Downer Contingent Share

Options (DCSO) liability

Since 30 June 2021, and primarily driven by the movement

in Downer’s share price from $5.59 at 30 June 2021 to $5.05

at 30 June 2022, the fair value of the DCSO decreased by

$3.7 million, which has been recognised in ‘Other income’

in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other

Comprehensive Income during the year.

Divestments and exit costs

The divestment program was completed following the disposal

of Otraco on 1 December 2021, the sale of Open Cut Mining

East (OCE) on 17 December 2021, and the exit from a number

of Hospitality contracts. Assets previously utilised by those

businesses which will no longer be utilised by the Group have

been written off. The material elements of divestment and exit

costs include:

§$17.3 million net pre-tax loss (including disposal costs) from

the disposal of Otraco and OCE. Refer to Note F6.

§$58.5 million pre-tax exit costs, relating to impairments of IT

infrastructure and applications ($25.5 million); impairment of

right-of-use assets and leasehold improvements for leased

properties ($13.3 million); and inventory write-offs and other

exit costs totalling $19.7 million.

§A net income tax benefit of $5.0 million arising on divestment

and exit costs. This is comprised of an income tax benefit

of $22.6 million on divestment costs offset in part by

income tax expense of $17.6 million on derecognition of

deferred tax balances in the AE Smith Construction tax-

consolidated group due to a change in strategic direction

of these companies.

Portfolio restructure costs

As a result of the divestment program, Downer has

reduced management overhead with restructuring costs

of $7.6 million expensed.

Probuild credit loss

In November 2018, the Group entered into contracts with

Probuild Constructions (Australia) Pty Ltd (Probuild) as a

subcontractor for the provision of mechanical and electrical

services for the new Victoria Police building in Melbourne. On

23 February 2022 Probuild entered into voluntary administration

and appointed an Administrator. The Practical Completion of

services was achieved on 9 July 2020.

Outstanding claims which are unpaid by Probuild, of

approximately $29.4 million, had previously been recognised

as a contract asset by the Group. Recovery became subject to

risk due to the administration. The total expense recognised

in the prior year of $34.6 million includes the impairment of

this contract asset, trade receivables balances as well as legal

costs incurred.

The net income tax benefit arising on the Probuild credit loss

is $6.9 million. No income tax benefit has been recognised on

unrecoverable Probuild costs in the AE Smith Construction tax-

consolidated group as a consequence of the change in strategic

direction of these companies.

Bid costs

In the process of tendering for the State of Queensland Train

Manufacturing Program, Downer incurred a net of $12.7 million

in bid costs.

Gain on sale of Property, Plant and Equipment

Downer received notice from Sydney Metro of its intention

to compulsorily acquire Downer’s land at 1A Unwin Street,

Rosehill for the purposes of the Sydney Metro West project.

The site was used to operate Downer’s primary Asphalt and

recycling operations in Sydney.

Sydney Metro and Downer reached agreement under the

Land Acquisition (Just Terms Compensation) Act on the

compensation payable to Downer for the acquisition.

The transaction has resulted in Sydney Metro reimbursing

Downer, on a like-for-like basis, for the actual costs incurred on

the construction and commissioning of a replacement facility.

Downer completed the construction of a replacement facility,

also in Rosehill, without any disruptions to its operations.

The difference between the historical written-down book

value of the existing facility, the reimbursement of costs

for the replacement facility and relocation costs has been

recognised as a $60.1 million after-tax gain for the year ended

30 June 2022.

87
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

B4. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

The calculation of basic earnings per share (EPS) is based on the profit/loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the

weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding.

2023

Restated

(i)

2022

(Loss)/profit attributable to members of the parent entity ($’m)(385.7)140.0

Adjustment to reflect ROADS dividends paid ($’m)(10.7)(5.9)

(Loss)/profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating basic EPS ($’m)(396.4)134.1

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)

(ii)

671.5684.2

Basic earnings per share (cents)(59.0)19.6

Diluted earnings per share

The calculation of diluted earnings per share is based on the following profit/loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the

weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding after adjustments for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

2023

Restated

(i)

2022

(Loss)/profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating basic EPS ($’m)(385.7)140.0

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

– Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)

(ii)

671.5684.2

– WANOS adjustment to reflect potential dilution for ROADS (m’s)

(iii)

44.332.2

WANOS used in the calculation of diluted EPS (m’s)715.8716.4

Diluted earnings per share (cents)

(iv)

(59.0)19.5

(i) June 2022 results have been restated (refer to Note A for further details).

(ii) The WANOS on issue has been adjusted by the weighted average effect of on-market share buy-back and the unvested executive incentive shares.

(iii) The WANOS adjustment is the value of ROADS that could potentially be converted into ordinary shares at the reporting date. It is calculated based on the issued value

of ROADS in New Zealand dollars converted to Australian dollars at the spot rate prevailing at the reporting date, which was $183.8 million (2022: $180.4 million), divided

by the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares for the period 1 July 2022 to 30 June 2023 discounted by 2.5% according to the ROADS contract terms,

which was $4.15 (2022: $5.60).

(iv) At 30 June 2023 the ROADS were deemed anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at a loss of 59.0 cents per share.

B5. Taxation

(a) Reconciliation of income tax expense

The prima facie income tax (benefit)/expense on the pre-tax result for the year reconciles to the income tax expense in the

financial statements as follows:

2023

$’m

Restated

(i)

2022

$’m

(Loss)/Profit before income tax

(i)

(341.5)221.1

Tax using the Company’s statutory tax rate

(i)

(102.5)66.2

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions(0.9)(1.8)

Non-deductible expenses0.7 4.1

Profits and franked distributions from joint ventures and associates( 7. 3)(6.8)

Non-assessable income(3.0)(3.9)

Impairment of goodwill144.9 -

Tax effect of divestments14.0 -

Tax effect of previously unrecognised capital losses(2.3)(2.6)

(Benefit)/expense of unrecognised temporary differences (0.5)17.6

Other items3.3 3.7

(Over)/under provision of income tax in previous year(2.2)4.2

Total income tax expense44.2 80.7

Current tax expense35.9 23.9

Deferred tax expense8.3 56.8

(i) June 2022 results have been restated (refer to Note A for further details).

The tax rate used in the above reconciliation is the corporate tax rate of 30% payable by Australian corporate entities on taxable

profits under Australian tax law. There has been no change in the corporate tax rate when compared with the previous year.

88 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

B5. Taxation – continued

(a) Reconciliation of income tax expense – continued

Recognition and measurement

Current tax

Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount of

income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable

profit or tax loss for the period; this is calculated using tax rates

and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted

by the reporting date.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is accounted for in respect of temporary

differences arising from differences between the carrying

amount of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax base.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary

differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible

temporary differences, unused tax and capital losses and tax

offsets, to the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable

profits will be available to utilise them.

However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not

recognised for:

§Temporary differences that arise from the initial recognition

of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business

combination which affects neither taxable income nor

accounting profit

§Temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries,

associates and joint ventures to the extent that the Group

is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary

differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the

foreseeable future

§Taxable temporary differences arising from goodwill.

An estimated capital loss of $101.0 million is expected to arise

on an asset held for sale for which a deferred tax asset has not

been recognised as it is not probable that a future capital gain

will arise.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates

and tax laws that are expected to apply in the year when the

asset is utilised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax

laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the

reporting date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are

recognised in equity and not in the income statement.

Offsetting deferred tax balances

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate

to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the

Company/consolidated entity intends to settle its current tax

assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Tax consolidation

Downer EDI Limited and its wholly owned Australian entities are

part of a tax-consolidated group under Australian taxation law.

Downer EDI Limited is the head entity in the tax-consolidated

group. Entities within the tax-consolidated group have entered

into a tax funding agreement and a tax sharing agreement

with the head entity. Under the terms of the tax funding

agreement, Downer EDI Limited and each of the entities in the

tax-consolidated group have agreed to pay (or receive) a tax

equivalent payment to (or from) the head entity, based on the

current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity.

Key estimates and judgements:

Recognition of deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary

differences, unused tax and capital losses and tax offsets,

to the extent it is probable that sufficient future taxable

profits will be available to utilise them. Estimation is required

to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be

recognised, based upon the likely timing, nature and level of

future taxable profits.

Income taxes

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and

jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Judgement is

required to determine the worldwide provision for income

taxes and to assess whether deferred tax balances are

recognised on the statement of financial position. Changes

in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact

the amount of provision for income taxes and deferred tax

balances recognised.

89
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

(b) Movement in deferred tax balances2023$’m

At

30 June 2022

(Restated)

(i)

Recognised

in profit

or loss

Recognised

in other

comprehensive

income and

equity

Net foreign

currency

exchange

differences

Acquisition

and disposal

Assets

held

for sale

Net balance

at 30 June

2023

Deferred

tax

assets

Deferred

tax

liabilities

Trade receivables and contract assets

(122.3)

(11.8)


(0.4)



(134.5)


(134.5)

Property, plant and equipment, Right-of-use assets and Lease liabilities

(28.9)

27. 4

0.1

0.2


0.2

(1.0)


(1.0)

Intangible assets

(76.0)

8.2


(0.1)



(67.9)


(67.9)

Tax losses and other attributes

50.4

(36.8)





13.6

13.6


Trade payables and contract liabilities

13.4

5.7


(0.2)


(1.1)

17. 8

17. 8


Employee benefits and other provisions

150.8

(12.8)

(0.8)

0.3

(3.5)

(1.9)

132.1

132.1


Other

(8.7)

11.8

3.4




6.5

6.5


Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

(21.3)

(8.3)

2.7

(0.2)

(3.5)

(2.8)

(33.4)

170.0

(203.4)

Set-off of DTA against DTL

(166.7)

166.7

Net tax assets/(liabilities)

(33.4)

3.3

(36.7)

2022$’m

At 30 June

2021

Adjustment

in respect of

prior years

(i)

At 1 July

2021

(Restated)

(i)

Recognised

in profit

or loss

Recognised

in other

comprehensive

income

and equity

Net foreign

currency

exchange

differences

Acquisition

and

disposal

Net balance

at 30 June

2022

(Restated)

(i)

Deferred

tax

assets

Deferred

tax

liabilities

Trade receivables and contract assets

(129.5)

4.5

(125.0)

2.0


0.6

0.1

(122.3)


(122.3)

Property, plant and equipment, Right-of-use assets and Lease liabilities

(36.5)


(36.5)

8.0


(0.3)

(0.1)

(28.9)


(28.9)

Intangible assets

(83.9)


(83.9)

7. 8


0.1


(76.0)


(76.0)

Tax losses and other attributes

87. 5


87. 5

(37.1)




50.4

50.4


Trade payables and contract liabilities

15.1


15.1

(1.9)


0.2


13.4

13.4


Employee benefits and other provisions

182.1


182.1

(16 .4)

(4 .1)

(0.5)

(10.3)

150.8

150.8


Other

24.7


24.7

(19.2)

(14.3)


0.1

(8.7)


(8.7)

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

59.5

4.5

64.0

(56.8)

(18 .4)

0.1

(10.2)

(21.3)

214.6

(235.9)

Set-off of DTA against DTL

(210.8)

210.8

Net tax assets/(liabilities)

(21.3)

3.8

(25.1)

(i)

Balances have been restated (refer to Note A for further details).

90 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

B6. Remuneration of auditor

2023

$

2022

$

Audit and review of financial statements5,218,6984,938,095

Assurance services:

Regulatory assurance services65,50020,000

Other assurance services253,702445,278

Total assurance services319,202465,278

Other services:

Tax services24,150248,596

Advisory services16,69496,679

Total other services40,844345,275

The auditor of the Group is KPMG.

B7. Subsequent events

As communicated at Downer’s Investor Day in April, a review of Downer’s Australian Mechanical and Electrical Commercial Projects

business (Business) and other businesses that do not match Downer’s preferred sector and customer characteristics has been

completed. Downer announced on 10 August 2023 it has entered into an agreement to sell the remaining part of the Business.

The Business (which was part of the Facilities CGU) has been wound down progressively since Downer announced its exit from the

Australian commercial construction and projects market in 2020. The Business generated revenue of approximately $200 million

and a small EBIT loss in FY23.

The transaction, purchased by existing managers of the business, is at an agreed purchase price of $10.5 million and approximately

cash neutral after net debt and working capital adjustments, and will result in a pre-tax loss of approximately $14 million in FY24.

This transaction now completes Downer’s exit from the Australian commercial Projects (construction) market.

Outside of the above, at the date of this report, there is no other matter or circumstance that has arisen since the end of the

financial year, that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those operations,

or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent financial years.

91
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C

Operating assets and liabilities

This section provides information relating to the operating assets and liabilities of the Group. Downer has a strong focus

on maintaining a strong balance sheet through continued focus on cash conversion. The Group’s strategy also considers

expenditure, growth and acquisition requirements.

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets

C3. Inventories

C4. Trade payables and contract liabilities

C5. Property, plant and equipment

C6. Right-of-use assets

C7. Intangible assets

C8. Other provisions

C9. Contingent liabilities

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

(a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

Note

2023

$’m

Restated

(i)

2022

$’m

(Loss)/Profit after tax for the year

(i)

(385.7)140.4 

Adjustments for:

Share of joint ventures and associates' profits net of distributionsF1(a) 3.6 ( 7. 8)

Depreciation on leased assetsC6 154.9 160.3 

Depreciation and amortisation of other non-current assetsC5,C7 181.3 181.9 

Impairment of other non-current assets 539.5 42.0 

Amortisation of deferred borrowing costs3.9 4.4 

Net (gain)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment(20.2) 4.1 

Net (gain)/loss on disposal of businessesF6 (44.4)17. 3 

Movement in current tax balances28.7 6.1 

Movement in deferred tax balances

(i)

8.3 56.8 

Movements on net defined benefit plan obligationD2 1.5 1.6 

Share-based employee benefits (income)/expenseD1 (0.8)4.2 

Other1.0– 

857. 3470.9 

Changes in net assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition and disposal of businesses:

(Increase)/decrease in assets:

Current trade receivables and contract assets

(i)

(289.4)78.6 

Current inventories(26.6)2.8 

Other current assets(10.6)3.5 

Non-current trade receivables and contract assets(17.1)(13.7)

Other non-current assets(10.7)(3.6)

Increase/(decrease) in liabilities:

Current trade payables and contract liabilities186.3 (172.7)

Current financial liabilities(14.4)34.9 

Current provisions(2.1)(27. 5)

Non-current trade payables and contract liabilities15.4 11.8 

Non-current financial liabilities0.8 (13 .4)

Non-current provisions15.0 (16.6)

(153.4)(115.9)

Net cash generated by operating activities318.2 495.4 

(i) Balances have been restated (refer to Note A for further details).

92 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents – continued

(b) Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

2023

$’m

1 July

2022

Net cash

flows

Lease net

additions and

remeasure

Other

non-cash

changes

Disposal of

businesses

and held

for sale

30 June

2023

Interest bearing loans1,361.7 227.5 – 7. 2 – 1,596.4

Lease liabilities543.9 (165.0)159.4 3.8 (4.9)5 37. 2

Total liabilities from

financing activities1,905.6 62.5 159.4 11.0 (4.9)2,133.6

2022

$’m

1 July

2021

Net cash

flows

Lease net

additions and

remeasure

Other

non-cash

changes

Disposal of

businesses

30 June

2022

Interest bearing loans1,481.6 (122.6)– 2.7 – 1,361.7 

Lease liabilities662.8 (163.6)107. 2 (21.7)(4 0. 8)543.9 

Total liabilities from

financing activities2,144.4 (286.2)107. 2 (19.0)(4 0. 8)1,905.6 

(c) Cash and cash equivalents

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprises:

Cash861.9 716.2 

Short-term deposits27. 2 22.3 

Total cash and cash equivalents889.1 738.5 

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets

2023

$’m

Restated

(i)

2022

$’m

Trade receivables677. 8 682.9 

Contract assets

(ii)

1,474.6 1,351.8 

2,152.4 2,034.7 

Other receivables113.8 40.5 

Loss allowance on trade receivables and contract assets arising from contracts with customers(33.2)(32 .4)

Total trade receivables and contract assets2,233.0 2,042.8 

Included in the financial statements as:

Current

(ii)

2,094.2 1,921.2 

Non-current138.8 121.6 

(i) Balances have been restated (refer to Note A for further details).

(ii) Current contract assets: $1,336.5 million (2022: $1,231.2 million).

93
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Allowance for credit losses:

The Group’s trade receivables and contract assets are disaggregated based on their expected credit risks between Government

and Private (non-government) customers. An analysis of the balances and loss allowance is presented below:

2023

$’m

Restated

(i)

2022

$’m

Government – not due894.2 831.2 

Government – less than 90 days past due30.5 29.8 

Government – more than 90 days past due7. 8 23.8 

Private – not due1 ,157.6 1,064.8 

Private – less than 90 days past due44.5 62.4 

Private – more than 90 days past due17. 8 22.7 

Total Gross Carrying Amount2,152.4 2,034.7 

Credit impaired – specific allowance29.0 29.8 

Not credit impaired – lifetime expected credit loss4.2 2.6 

Loss allowance on trade receivables and contract assets arising from contracts with customers33.2 32.4 

(i) Balances have been restated (refer to Note A for further details).

The Group has policies to manage its overall exposure to credit

risk as set out in Note G2(e).

In assessing lifetime expected credit losses (ECL) as at 30 June

2023, the Group has considered the risk arising from the general

economic environment such as persistent inflation, rising

interest rates, economic impacts of COVID-19 and potential

defaults occurring within the construction environment in which

Downer partially operates. The Group has assessed ECLs by

segmenting the portfolio of trade receivables and contract

assets by customer (i.e. Government and Private) as well as by

geography to better assess inherent credit risk. The Company

defines counterparties as ‘Government’ if the contract is with a

Federal, State or Local Government body. Any counterparties

other than those defined as ‘Government’, are classified as

‘Private’, and includes sectors heavily regulated by Government

organisations (such as Gas and Electricity), Blue-Chip listed

companies, contracts run under the Public-Private-Partnership

model ((PPPs) for which Government organisations are

often the end customer), large multinational companies,

network infrastructure companies, as well as other private

sector businesses.

The credit risk associated with Government balances is

considered to be negligible (2022: negligible) due to the high

creditworthiness of the counterparties. No ‘Government’ related

balances are currently in default.

For ‘Private’ balances, the Group has assessed the potential

credit risk of default on key customers utilising credit ratings

provided by financial institutions. For those ‘Private’ receivables/

contract assets that are ultimately backed by the Government

or a Government body, the credit risk is considered to be low or

negligible. For those counterparties that are currently in default

or a risk of default is determined, the Group has recognised

specific impairment/credit allowances. As at 30 June 2023, the

$33.2 million (2022: $32.4 million) loss allowance includes a

specific provision of $28.4 million (2022: $29.4 million) in relation

to Probuild Pty Ltd as this customer went into administration

in 2022.

Based on the above methodology and in reference to past

default experience, the ECLs have increased from $2.6 million

at 30 June 2022 to $4.2 million at 30 June 2023.

Credit losses on ‘Private’ counterparty balances have historically

averaged less than 1%. The allowance for credit losses,

excluding specific provisions, is 0.3% (2022: 0.2%) of the trade

receivables and contract assets.

Recognition and measurement

Trade receivables

Trade receivables and other receivables are held with the

objective of collecting contractual cash flows and are initially

recognised at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost

using the effective interest rate method, less an allowance

for impairment.

Contract assets

Contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s rights to

consideration for work performed but not billed at the reporting

date. The contract assets are transferred to trade receivables

when the rights have become unconditional. This usually

occurs when the Group issues an invoice in accordance with

contractual terms to the customer.

Payments from customers are received based on a billing

schedule/milestone basis, as established in our contracts.

Costs to obtain or fulfil contracts

Costs incremental to obtaining a contract and that are expected

to be recovered or are explicitly chargeable to the customer

regardless of whether the contract is obtained, are capitalised.

94 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets

– continued

Financial assets and liabilities

AASB 9 Financial Instruments (AASB 9) contains a classification

and measurement approach for financial assets that reflects

the business model in which assets are managed and their cash

flow characteristics.

AASB 9 contains three principal classification categories for

financial assets: measured at amortised cost, fair value through

other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and fair value through

profit or loss (FVTPL).

Fair value

Due to the short-term nature of these financial rights, the

carrying amounts of trade receivables and contract assets are

considered to represent their fair values.

Impairment

The Group has applied the simplified approach to recognise

lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables and

contract assets as permitted by AASB 9.

The Group considers the relevant credit risk associated

with disaggregated portions of the financial assets and after

considering specific provisions against counterparties and

defaults, applies an expected credit loss (ECL) percentage

derived from recorded historic credit losses associated with

specific population. The key disaggregation of the balances

is between those that are backed by Government funding

and those that are not and between those that are current

or are overdue less than 90 days or become more than 90

days overdue. The Group exercises considerable judgement

about how economic factors (such as rising interest rates and

inflation) affect the ECL of each of the disaggregated balances

independently, and applies a premium as deemed appropriate

to adjust the historically determined default rates to present the

total expected credit losses on the current balances.

This impairment model applies to financial assets measured

at amortised cost or FVOCI (except for investments in

equity instruments).

Key estimate: Credit risk

Credit risk represents the risk that a counterparty will fail to

perform an obligation causing a financial loss to the Group.

The Group minimises credit risk by undertaking transactions

with a large number of customers in various industries and

geographical areas. A credit risk management policy is in place

and exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis.

The Group uses historical information as a basis for the

estimation of expected credit losses and then adjusts its

assessment of credit risk based on current macro/micro-

economic conditions; however, judgement is applied in doing

this assessment.

C3. Inventories

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Current

Raw materials46.1 39.2 

Work in progress5.3 3.9 

Finished goods59.2 55.6 

Components and spare parts

(i)

124.2 110.2 

Total inventories234.8208.9 

(i) Write-down of inventories to their net realisable value amounted to $5.0 million

(2022: nil) at one of Rail & Transit Systems’ maintenance facilities. Refer to

Note B3.

Recognition and measurement

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable

value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price

less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred

in marketing, selling and distribution.

C4. Trade payables and contract liabilities

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Trade payables817. 4 785.0 

Contract liabilities359.5 364.6 

Accruals931.6 949.1 

Other payables225.0 155.9 

Total trade payables

and contract liabilities2,333.5 2,254.6 

Included in the financial

statements as:

Current2,272.4 2, 208.1 

Non-current61.1 46.5 

Recognition and measurement

Trade payables, accruals and other payables

Trade payables, accruals and other payables are recognised

when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments

resulting from the purchase of goods and services.

Contract liabilities

Contract liabilities primarily relate to the Group’s obligation to

transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Group

has received consideration (or an amount of consideration is

due) from the customer. Contract liabilities are recognised as

revenue when work is performed under the contract.

If the net amount of the Company’s rights to consideration for

work performed after deduction of progress payments received

is negative, the difference is recognised as a liability and

included as part of Contract liabilities.

Of the Contract liabilities balance of $364.6 million at 30 June

2022, substantially all of this revenue has been recognised in

the current year.

Fair value

Due to the short-term nature of these financial obligations, their

carrying amounts are estimated to represent their fair values.

95
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C5. Property, plant and equipment

2023

$’mNote

Freehold

land and

buildings

Plant,

equipment

and leasehold

improvementsTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 202287.5 836.9 924.4

Additions77.6 151.8 229.4

Disposals at net book value(25.0)(6.9)(31.9)

Disposal of businessesF6 – (36.7)(36.7)

Depreciation expense(2.2)(126.1)(128.3)

Impairment charge

(i)

B3 – (25.2)(25.2)

Transferred to disposal group assets held for saleF7 – (0.4)(0.4)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(0.2)3.6 3.4

Net book value as at 30 June 2023137.7 797.0934.7

Cost170.8 1,751.7 1,922.5

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(33.1)(954.7)(987. 8)

2022

$’mNote

Freehold

land and

buildings

Plant,

equipment

and leasehold

improvementsTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 202167.1 927.6 994.7 

Additions29.0 221.5 250.5 

Acquisition of businesses6.3 9.3 15.6 

Disposals at net book value(12.3)(18 .4)(30.7)

Disposal of businessesF6 – (164.7)(164.7)

Depreciation expense(2.2)(122.5)(124.7)

Impairment charge

(ii)

B3 – (10.4)(10.4)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(0.4)(5.5)(5.9)

Net book value as at 30 June 202287. 5 836.9 924.4 

Cost118.6 1,748.0 1,866.6 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(31.1)(911.1)(942.2)

(i) Impairment relates to the adjustment to the carrying value of assets at one of Rail & Transit Systems’ maintenance facilities, and to other assets in Australia following a

strategic review. Refer to Note B3.

(ii) Impairment includes $7.2 million in relation to leasehold improvements write-off as a result of divestments (Note B3) and to assets damaged following the flooding/wet

weather events in Queensland.

Recognition and measurement

The value of property, plant and equipment is measured as the cost of the asset less accumulated depreciation and impairment.

The expected useful life and depreciation methods used are listed below:

ItemUseful lifeDepreciation method

Freehold land n/aNo depreciation

Buildings20 to 50 yearsStraight-line

Leasehold improvementsLease termStraight-line

Plant and equipment – power and gasWorking hoursBased on hours of use

Plant and equipment – other3 to 25 years Straight-line

Key estimate: Useful lives

The estimation of the useful lives of assets has been based on historical experience as well as manufacturers’ warranties (for

plant and equipment), lease terms (for leasehold improvements) and turnover policies. In addition, the condition of the assets

is assessed at least annually and considered against the remaining useful life. Adjustments to useful lives are made when

considered necessary.

96 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C6. Right-of-use assets

The Group leases many assets including property, motor vehicles and plant and equipment. Information about leased assets for

which the Group is a lessee is presented below:

2023

$’mNote

Leasehold

property

Motor

vehicles

Plant and

equipmentTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 2022242.3 110.1 83.8 436.2

Additions23.7 67.7 30.9 122.3

Remeasure25.3 (1.3)21.8 45.8

Depreciation expense(53.1)(62.1)(39.7)(154.9)

Impairment charge

(i)

B3 ( 7. 8)– – ( 7. 8)

Transferred to disposal group assets held for saleF7 (1.5)(1.0)(0.1)(2.6)

Disposals at net book value(0.2)(1.3)(10.5)(12.0)

Disposal of businessesF6 (0.3)(1.4)– (1.7)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net

book value1.6 0.2 1.4 3.2

Net book value as at 30 June 2023230.0 110.9 87.6 428.5

Cost453.4 283.6 204.9 941.9

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(223.4)(172.7)(117.3)(513.4)

2022

$’mNote

Leasehold

property

Motor

vehicles

Plant and

equipmentTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 2021281.6 120.3 144.6 546.5 

Additions17.0 47. 3 15.9 80.2 

Remeasure11.2 7. 2 8.6 27.0 

Depreciation expense(56.0)(61. 2)(4 3 .1)(160.3)

Impairment charge

(ii)

B3 ( 7.0) –  – ( 7.0)

Disposals at net book value(1.9)(2.0)(1.5)(5 .4)

Disposal of businessesF6 – (0.7)(38.8)(39.5)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net

book value(2.6)(0.8)(1.9)(5.3)

Net book value as at 30 June 2022242.3 110.1 83.8 436.2 

Cost418 .0 258.8 17 7. 2 854.0 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(175.7)(148.7)(93 .4)(417. 8)

(i) Impairment recognised largely as a result of consolidating the Group’s property footprint. Refer to Note B3.

(ii) Impairment relates to Property rationalisation as a result of divestments.

Recognition and measurement

The right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises:

§The amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability

§Any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives and any initial direct costs incurred by

the lessee

§An estimate of the costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset.

Subsequently the right-of-use asset is measured at cost less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses and adjusted for

certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter period of the lease term and the economic useful life of the underlying asset.

If a lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset or the costs of the right-of-use asset reflect that the Group will exercise a

purchase option, the asset will be depreciated from the commencement date to the end of the useful life of the underlying asset.

The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease.

Where the initially anticipated lease term is subsequently reassessed, any changes are reflected in a remeasurement of the lease

liability and a corresponding adjustment to the asset.

97
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

If the recoverable amount of a right-of-use asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment charge is recognised in the profit

or loss, and the carrying value of the asset is written-down to its recoverable amount. Should the recoverable amount increase in

future periods the carrying value may be adjusted to the lower of the recoverable value or the amortised cost of the asset had it not

been impaired.

Key estimate and judgement: Useful lives/lease term and recoverable value

The estimation of the useful lives has been based on the assets’ lease terms. There are a number of judgements made in

determining the lease terms as noted in the Key estimates and judgements section of Note E3.

The expected useful life of the asset includes a judgement as to whether available extension changes will be exercised. Changes

to this assessment are reflected as a remeasurement, with a corresponding adjustment for the liability.

In assessing whether a right-of-use asset is impaired, estimation is required to determine the recoverable value of the asset.

For corporate right-of-use assets, impairment is assessed against the recoverable amount of cash-generating units to which

they are allocated.

For surplus and vacated right-of-use assets an impairment test is performed for the individual right-of-use asset, including

consideration of estimated sub-lease income.

C7. Intangible assets

2023

$’mNote Goodwill

Customer

contracts and

relationships

Brand

names on

acquisition

Intellectual

property on

acquisition

Software

and system

developmentTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 20222,285.0 172.5 58.7 1.5 223.7 2 ,741.4

Additions– – – – 40.3 40.3

Amortisation expense– (22.2)(3.9)(0.1)(26.8)(53.0)

Impairment charge

(i)

B3 (483.0)– – – (23.5)(506.5)

Disposal of businessesF6(41.3)– – – (2.8)(44.1)

Net foreign currency exchange

differences at net book value2.1 – 0.2 – (0.1)2.2

Net book value as at 30 June 20231,762.8 150.3 55.0 1.4 210.8 2,180.3

Cost2,563.2 515.2 78.8 2.4 529.4 3,689.0

Accumulated amortisation

and impairment(800.4)(364.9)(23.8)(1.0)(318.6)(1,508.7)

2022

$’mNote Goodwill

Customer

contracts and

relationships

Brand

names on

acquisition

Intellectual

property on

acquisition

Software

and system

developmentTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 20212,280.8 203.2 63.0 1.6 234.3 2,782.9 

Additions –  –  –  – 36.5 36.5 

Acquisition of businessesF5 7. 8  –  –  –  – 7. 8 

Amortisation expense – (30.7)(4 .0)(0.1)(2 2 .4)(57. 2)

Impairment charge

(ii)

–  –  –  – (24.6)(24.6)

Net foreign currency exchange

differences at net book value(3.6) – (0.3) – (0.1)(4 .0)

Net book value as at 30 June 20222,285.0 172.5 58.7 1.5 223.7 2 ,741.4 

Cost2,602.4 515.1 78.5 2.4 504.6 3,703.0 

Accumulated amortisation

and impairment(317.4)(342.6)(19.8)(0.9)(280.9)(961.6)

(i) $483.0 million impairment is as a result of assessment of the carrying value of the Group’s CGUs. Refer to the recoverable amount section in Note C7 and to Note B3.

$23.5 million relates to IT assets that will no longer be utilised or provide future economic benefit as a result of business restructuring, divestments and transformation.

Refer to Note B3.

(ii) Impairment relates to ERP systems write-off as a result of divestments. Refer to Note B3.

98 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C7. Intangible assets – continued

Recognition and measurement

Goodwill

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is measured at

cost and subsequently measured at cost less any impairment

losses. The cost represents the excess of the cost of a business

combination over the fair value of the identifiable assets,

liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

Customer contracts and relationships on acquisition

Customer contracts and relationships acquired as part of

a business combination are recognised separately from

goodwill and are carried at fair value at date of acquisition

less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated

impairment losses.

Brand names on acquisition

Brand names acquired as part of a business combination are

recognised separately from goodwill and are carried at fair value

at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and any

accumulated impairment losses.

Intellectual property on acquisition

Intellectual property acquired as part of a business combination

is recognised separately from goodwill and is carried at fair

value at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and

any accumulated impairment losses.

Intellectual property, software and system development

Intangible assets acquired by the Group, including intellectual

property (purchased patents and trademarks) and software are

initially recognised at cost, and subsequently measured at cost

less accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses.

Development costs that are directly attributable to the design

and testing of identifiable internally generated intangible asset

controlled by the Group are recognised as an intangible asset

where the following criteria are met:

§It is technically feasible to complete the intangible asset

so that it will be available for use

§Management intends to complete the intangible asset

and use or sell it

§There is an ability to use or sell the intangible asset

§It can be demonstrated how the internally generated

intangible asset will generate probable future

economic benefits

§Adequate technical, financial and other resources to

complete the intangible asset are available, and

§The expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during

its development and testing can be reliably measured.

The costs capitalised include consulting and direct labour costs.

Costs incurred in determining project feasibility are expensed

as incurred.

Capitalised development costs are recorded as intangible assets

and amortised from the point at which the asset is ready for use.

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements

SaaS arrangements are service contracts providing the Group

with the right to access the cloud provider’s application software

over the contract period. As such the Group does not receive a

software intangible asset at the contract commencement date.

For SaaS arrangements, the Group assesses if the contract will

provide a resource that it can ‘control’ to determine whether

an intangible asset is present. If the Group cannot determine

control of the software, the arrangement is deemed a service

contract and any implementation costs including costs to

configure or customise the cloud provider’s application software

are recognised as operating expenses when incurred.

Amortisation

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a

straight-line basis over their useful lives. The estimated useful

lives are generally:

ItemUseful life

Customer contracts and relationships1-20 years

Brand names20 years

Intellectual property acquired15-20 years

Software and system development5-15 years

Other intangible assets20 years

The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed

at the end of each annual reporting period.

Impairment of assets

The Group assesses at each reporting date, whether there are

any indicators that assets may be impaired. If any indicators

exist, the entity shall estimate the recoverable amount of

the asset.

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful

life are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if

events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might

be impaired.

Other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or

changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount

may not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which

the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.

For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped

at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable

cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows

from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units or

CGUs). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered

impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment

at each reporting date.

In addition to the requirement to test goodwill annually for

impairment, management has identified impairment indicators

in relation to the increase in discount rates (WACC), Downer’s

net asset value of the Group exceeding market capitalisation at

times during the year, and below budget performance for some

CGUs. Further disclosures are provided below in relation to the

impairment testing of goodwill.

99
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

In relation to the Group’s non-current assets, as a result of

the Group’s Transformation program, a number of impairment

indicators were identified prior to the testing of CGUs. These

assets were, therefore, tested individually for impairment.

The impairment charges recognised are described in Note B3.

Allocation of goodwill to Groups of Cash-Generating

Units (CGUs)

Goodwill has been allocated for impairment testing purposes

to Groups of CGUs (hereafter ‘CGUs’) that represent the lowest

level within the Group at which goodwill is monitored for internal

management purposes.

In February 2023, Downer announced a reorganisation of its

business and leadership team, effective from 1 July 2023. The

restructure involves a transformation to managing the business

into a new sector-led structure simplified for scale, efficiency

and growth.

Downer also completed the divestment of the Australian

Transport Projects business (presented in Note F6), enabling

further operational change.

The reorganisation and divestment impacted the Group’s

internal reporting structure, and the level at which performance

and goodwill is monitored. This resulted in a change in the

manner in which impairment testing of goodwill is performed.

For the current year impairment testing has been performed

on the identified CGUs both prior and subsequent to

the reorganisation.

The primary impacts of the reorganisation were in the formation

of the Industrial & Energy CGU and the Social Infrastructure &

Citizen Services CGU from the former Facilities CGU and the

dissolution of the New Zealand CGU.

The Group has reassessed its Groups of CGUs with six CGUs

(previously five) identified. The goodwill allocation to each of the

Groups of CGUs is presented below:

Previous CGUs

Carrying

value of

consolidated

goodwill

2022

$’m

Transport Australia435.8

Rail & Transit Systems55.3

Utilities Australia294.4

New Zealand193.1

Facilities1,306.4

2,285.0

The goodwill allocation to each of the Groups of CGUs following

the reorganisation and impairment charges is presented below:

Current CGUs

Carrying

value of

consolidated

goodwill

2023

$’m

Transport & Infrastructure327.0

Rail & Transit Systems55.3

Utilities

(i)

350.8

Social Infrastructure & Citizen Services

(i)

813.7

Industrial & Energy154.0

NZ Building62.0

1,762.8

(i) The Utilities and Social Infrastructure & Citizen Services CGUs goodwill

balances are shown net of impairments of $133.0 million and $350.0 million

respectively. Refer to ‘results of impairment testing’ section below.

Key estimates and judgements:

Impairment of assets

Determination of potential impairment requires an estimation

of the recoverable amount of the CGUs to which the

goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives

are allocated. Key assumptions requiring judgement include

projected cash flows, discount rates, budgeted revenue

growth rate and EBIT margin, and the long-term growth rate.

Estimation of useful life

The estimation of the economic useful life of software is

initially determined based on historical experience. The

useful lives of intangible assets recognised on business

combinations is independently determined based on

detailed reviews of similar assets and underlying factors.

These useful lives are regularly reassessed for indicators of

any change to the initial assessments. If the economic useful

lives are determined to have changed, the amortisation of

the assets is adjusted to reflect the new expected useful life,

impacting the future amortisation recognised.

Recoverable amount testing

The recoverable amount of the identified CGUs has been

assessed using the higher of ‘value in use’ (VIU) and ‘fair value

less cost of disposal’ (FVLCD).

The recoverable amount of the Transport & Infrastructure,

Rail & Transit Systems, Social Infrastructure & Citizen Services,

Industrial & Energy and New Zealand Building CGUs have been

assessed using a VIU methodology. In 2022, the recoverable

amounts of all CGUs were determined on a VIU basis.

The recoverable amount for Utilities been determined based

on a FVLCD basis (2022: VIU) as this provided the higher

recoverable amount. The recoverable amount for Social

Infrastructure & Citizen Services has been determined based

on a VIU basis as this provided the higher recoverable amount.

100 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C7. Intangible assets – continued

Value in use calculation

In assessing VIU, the estimated future cash flows are discounted

to their present value using a discount rate that uses current

market assessments of the time value of money and the risks

specific to the CGU.

The Group determines the recoverable amount, using cash flow

projections based on the FY24 budget (as approved by the

Board) and business plan for the years ending 30 June 2025

and 2026. For FY27 onwards, the Group assumes a long-term

growth rate of 2.5% to reflect the organic growth expectations

of the industry.

Cash flow projections are determined utilising budgeted

Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) less capital

maintenance spending, corporate cost allocation, tax payments

and working capital changes, adjusted to exclude any

uncommitted restructuring costs and future benefits to provide

a ‘free cash flow’ estimate. This calculated ‘free cash flow’ is

then discounted to its present value using a post-tax discount

rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value

of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the

estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

Fair value less costs of disposal

In determining the FVLCD, a discounted cash flow model is

used. These calculations, classified as Level 3 on the fair value

hierarchy, are compared to valuation multiples, or other fair

value indicators where available, to ensure reasonableness.

Results of impairment testing

All CGUs except the Utilities and Social Infrastructure

& Citizen Services CGU

For the Transport & Infrastructure, Rail & Transit Systems,

Industrial & Energy and New Zealand Building CGUs, the

recoverable values (based on the present value of future cash

flows) are greater than the carrying value of the operating

assets and no impairment has been identified.

For the Utilities and Social Infrastructure & Citizen Services

CGUs, impairments of $133.0 million and $350.0 million

respectively have been identified.

Utilities CGU

The forecast cash flows for the Utilities CGU have been

adversely impacted by a number of issues including recent

underperformance of the business, secured work-in-hand

which includes loss-making and low margin projects and a

reassessment of the unsecured opportunity pipeline following

a reset of Downer’s risk appetite in the market. Consequently,

the present value of future expected cash flows has reduced

and no longer supports the carrying value of the operating

assets of the CGU.

The recoverable amount of the Utilities CGU has been

determined to be $441.0 million. As a result, an impairment

of $133.0 million has been recognised against the goodwill

allocated to the CGU. The impairment amount has been

recognised in ‘Impairment of non-current assets’ in the

Consolidated statement of profit or loss, and disclosed

as an Individually Significant Item in Note B3.

The reduction of the recoverable amount of the Utilities CGU

(relative to 30 June 2022) was the result of:

§An increase in the post-tax discount rate from 8.8% to 9.5%

applied to forecast cash flows

§Consideration of recent underperformance of the business

§A reduction in the addressable pipeline of tendering

opportunities in the short to medium term following a reset

of Downer’s risk appetite for lump sum capital projects

and tightening Downer’s minimum commercial parameters

associated with renewables opportunities.

Social Infrastructure & Citizen Services CGU

The forecast cash flows for the Social Infrastructure & Citizen

Services CGU have been adversely impacted by uncertainties

associated with the impact of current market conditions on our

secured work-in-hand, our renewal profile of existing contracts

and unsecured pipeline forecasts.

One of the impacts has come from recent changes in

Defence spending priorities which has impacted our level of

programmatic work in the short to medium term. Whilst the

Defence Strategic Review will offer Downer opportunity in the

future, in the more immediate term there is uncertainty over the

impact on expenditure allocation on existing programs and for

new programs.

Consequently, the present value of the future expected cash

flows has reduced and no longer supports the carrying value

of the operating assets of the CGU.

The recoverable amount of the Social Infrastructure & Citizen

Services CGU has been determined to be $1,055.2 million.

As a result, an impairment of $350.0 million has been recognised

against the goodwill allocated to the CGU. The impairment

amount has been recognised in ‘Impairment of non-current

assets’ in the Consolidated statement of profit or loss, and

disclosed as an Individually Significant Item in Note B3.

The reduction of the recoverable amount of the Social

Infrastructure & Citizen Services CGU (relative to 30 June 2022)

was the result of:

§An increase in the post-tax discount rate from 8.7% to 9.3%

applied to forecast cash flows

§A revised market growth expectation under the prevailing

market conditions, including consideration of the trend

towards government insourcing of expenditure and recent

changes in Defence spending priorities which has impacted

and will impact the level of programmatic work in the short

to medium term

§Contract extension/renewal risks associated with existing

contracts with Defence

§Uncertainties arising from the Defence Strategic Review and

the potential for changes/deferrals to expenditure allocation

on existing and new programs.

The reorganisation resulted in the transfer of the Industrial

& Energy business from the Facilities CGU to a new CGU

which reduced its value contribution to the recoverable

amount assessment.

101
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Sensitivities

For all CGUs, sensitivities were made around discount rate, long-term growth rate and cash flow assumptions as discussed in the

Sensitivity section below.

For all CGUs, except Utilities and Social Infrastructure & Citizen Services, management believes that any reasonable change in the

key assumptions would not cause the carrying value of the CGUs to exceed their recoverable value amount.

For Utilities and Social Infrastructure & Citizen Services CGUs, as impairments have been recognised the recoverable amount is now

equal to the carrying amount. Any adverse movement in the key assumptions noted below would lead to further impairment.

The forecast cash flows for the Utilities CGU assume a performance turnaround and return to profitability for the business over

the forecast period. This assumes a stabilisation of the underperforming contracts and securing new profitable work over the

forecast period.

Within the forecast cash flows for the Social Infrastructure & Citizen Services CGU, Downer has significant existing contracts which

will be subject to tender processes where there are contract renewal risks and/or potential risks of scope modification. The loss of

these tenders would result in further impairment.

Should the scale of any CGU decline as a result of change in a key assumption, it is likely that the Group would review the corporate

and overhead structures to ensure they are appropriate for the scale of business and opportunities available.

Recoverable amount testing – Key assumptions

The table below summarises the key assumptions utilised in the VIU and FVLCD discounted cash flow models.

2022

Revenue

Growth

(i)

EBIT

margin

(ii)

Long-term

growth rate

Discount

rate

(post-tax)

Transport Australia3.9%6.3%2.50%8.5%

Rail & Transit Systems8.2%5 .4%2.50%8.7%

Utilities Australia3.7%4.7%2.50%8.8%

New Zealand2.1%5.7%2.50%8.9%

Facilities6.4%5.9%2.50%8.7%

2023

Revenue

Growth

(iii)

EBIT

margin

(ii)

Long-term

growth rate

Discount

rate

(post-tax)

Transport & Infrastructure

(a)

(0.6%)8.0% 2.50%9.0%

Rail & Transit Systems1.8% 5.6% 2.50%9.1%

Utilities2.9% 4.7% 2.50%9.5%

Social Infrastructure & Citizen Services2.1% 5.1% 2.50%9.3%

Industrial & Energy6.3% 6.8% 2.50%9.3%

NZ Building

(b)

(2.7%)2.1% 2.50%9.7%

(a) Transport & Infrastructure budgeted revenue reduction is driven by lower revenue from the completion of non-recurring contracts.

(b) NZ Building budgeted revenue impacted by large-scale contracts completed not fully replaced.

(i) Revenue growth for 2022 is expressed as the compound annual growth rate (CAGR) from FY22 to terminal year forecast based on the CGUs business plan.

(ii) EBIT margin represents the terminal year forecast margin based on the CGUs business plan. EBIT is calculated prior to the allocation of corporate costs.

(iii) Revenue growth for 2023 is expressed as the compound annual growth rate (CAGR) from FY23 to terminal year forecast based on the CGUs business plan.

(i) Projected cash flows – including budgeted revenue and EBIT margin

Value in use calculations

Cash flow forecasts

The cash flow projections through to the terminal year are based on the Group’s past experience and assessment of economic

and regulatory factors affecting the business in which the Downer businesses operate.

In preparing the impairment models at 30 June 2023, the Group considered the experience in the last 12 months’ results in

developing the cash flow forecasts.

102 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C7. Intangible assets – continued

Specifically, for each CGU:

§Transport & Infrastructure has been negatively impacted

by persistent wet weather caused by La Niña resulting

in lower earnings and margins in FY23. The reduction in

budgeted revenue is driven by lower revenue following the

completion of non-recurring contracts. With the assumption

that climatic conditions improve, and easing of bitumen

pricing pressures, it is expected to benefit from combined

activity/volume growth in road infrastructure as a result of the

wet weather events (e.g. from flood recovery work) and from

increased Government investment in regional areas across

Australia and New Zealand.

§Rail & Transit Systems outlook is expected to benefit from

a range of opportunities on new rail fleet and associated

maintenance contracts (including the award of the QTMP

contract), increased opportunities in freight, consulting and

digital services, as well as from new opportunities for the

maintenance of existing fleets.

§Social Infrastructure & Citizen Services is the

consolidation of the Health & Education, Government,

Defence, New Energy and New Zealand Facilities businesses.

Ongoing performance is expected to benefit from a pipeline

of opportunities across its operations including:

–Increased Government spend to fulfil growing structural

demand for health and education services as well as from

contract renewals/extensions

–Growth opportunities to service an increasing public

sector asset base.

As highlighted above, our Defence business whilst having

significant scale, relationships and technical capability will need

to navigate changes in Defence spending and renewal extension

risks for existing secured contracts.

§Industrial & Energy sector is well placed to capitalise on

the opportunities the energy transition will bring, such as

the decarbonisation of energy generators as well as from a

rebound in activity following deferrals of plant shutdowns

and maintenance and from opportunities linked to long-term

relationships with key customers.

§New Zealand Building cash flows forecast reflects the short-

term impact of large-scale contracts completed not being

fully replaced which is expected to be offset by an increased

investment in infrastructure in New Zealand.

Inflation and price escalation

The Group’s exposure to inflationary pressures in labour and

other costs in its contracts is partially mitigated by contractual

mechanisms and allowances for price movements.

Fair value less cost of disposal calculation

In determining FVLCD for the Utilities CGU, a discounted cash

flow model was used. Similarly, to the other CGUs, a three-year

cash flow projection, based on the EBIT as per the FY24 budget

and the business plan for FY25 and FY26, was utilised. For FY24

onwards, the Group assumes a long-term growth rate of 2.5% to

allow for organic growth on the existing asset base.

Adjustments are made to these projections to include

assumptions that a market participant would make, such

as cash flows relating to certain projects with a higher risk

associated, that are not aligned with Downer’s risk appetite

but that a market participant may recognise as value-adding.

Utilities has been negatively impacted in the year by contract

performance in a Power maintenance contract, in water

construction projects, deferral of transmission line contract

awards together with productivity challenges arising from

weather, absenteeism and labour shortages. Downer has also

reset its risk appetite in some markets which has impacted our

work-in-hand and unsecured pipeline forecasts in the short to

medium term. Benefits are anticipated from FY24 onwards from

an increase in activities in transmission lines as well as in the

Water sector; however Downer will be seeking to achieve an

improved balance of risk transfer and sustainable commercial

terms for service providers.

(ii) Long-term growth rates

The long-term annual growth rates, applicable for the periods

after which detailed forecasts have been prepared, are based

on the long-term expected GDP rates for the country of

operation, adjusted as necessary to reflect industry-specific

considerations. The Group assumes a long-term growth rate of

2.50% (FY22: 2.50%) to allow for organic growth on the existing

asset base.

(iii) Discount rates

Discount rates reflect the Group’s estimate of the time value of

money and risks associated with each CGU. In determining the

appropriate discount rate for each CGU, consideration has been

given to the estimated weighted average cost of capital (WACC)

for the Group adjusted for country and business risks specific to

that CGU. The post-tax discount rate is applied to post-tax cash

flows that include an allowance for tax based on the respective

jurisdiction’s tax rate. This method is used to approximate the

requirement of the accounting standards to apply a pre-tax

discount rate to pre-tax cash flows.

Compared to 30 June 2022, WACCs have increased between

40 to 70 basis points for the Australian CGUs and 80 basis

points for the New Zealand group of CGUs. This resulted in

post-tax discount rates at 30 June 2023 to be between 9.0%

and 9.7% (June 2022: between 8.5% and 8.9%). The increase

reflects the inflationary Australian/New Zealand environment

of the last six months.

(iv) Budgeted capital expenditure

The expected cash flows for capital expenditure are based

on past experience and the amounts included in the terminal

year calculation are for maintenance capital used for existing

plant and replacement of plant as it is retired from service. The

resulting expenditure has been compared against the annual

depreciation charge to ensure that it is reasonable.

(v) Budgeted working capital

Working capital has been maintained at a level required to

support the business activities of each CGU, taking into account

changes in the business cycle. It has been assumed to be in line

with historic trends given the level of operating activity.

103
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Impact of climate change

The Group recognises that an integrated approach to managing

risks and opportunities is essential. The Downer Board, through

its oversight functions, has ensured Downer appropriately

considers Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) risks,

including those related to climate change. Climate-related

risks and opportunities are incorporated into Downer’s broader

corporate strategy, planning and risk management processes.

This includes through the development of decarbonisation

strategies, plans to mitigate exposure to physical and transition

risks, and consideration of embedding emissions reduction

targets into capital allocation and decision-making processes. 

Downer is committed to decarbonising its operations,

recognising the need to develop emissions reduction targets that

align with the 2015 Paris Agreement goals to pursue efforts to

limit the temperature increase to 1.5°C by the end of this century.

To guide its ambition, Downer has set an absolute near-term

target of 50% reduction of its Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by

2032 and an absolute near-term target of 30% reduction of its

Scope 3 emissions by 2032. Downer has set a long-term target

to be Net Zero

1

in Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions by 2050.

Both the near-term and the long-term targets have a base year

of 2020.

In FY22, Downer completed a detailed review of its most

material climate-related risks and opportunities in line with

the Taskforce for Climate-related Financial Disclosures

( TCFD)

4

. Scenario analysis was used to assess and quantify

the estimated financial impact of different climate scenarios

across Downer’s operations and value chain, including potential

mitigation costs arising from physical and transitional risks, and

the opportunities arising from new and existing business lines.

To assess the physical risks, Downer used a moderate emission

scenario (rise between 2°C and 3°C by 2100), and a high

emission scenario (rise above 4°C by 2100). To assess the

transitional risk, Downer chose two of the Network for Greening

the Financial System (NGFS) 1.5°C aligned scenarios consisting

of the Net Zero 2050

2

scenario and the Divergent Net Zero

3


scenario. The NGFS climate scenarios have been selected

to provide insights into the risks and opportunities of the

transition to a low carbon future. The NGFS dataset contains

multiple parameters (e.g. emissions trajectory, carbon price

and fuel mix) at the sub-sectoral and country levels for each of

the geographies being investigated, allowing the comparison

of difference across geographies within the same plausible

future scenario.

Not all assumptions used in scenario modelling (for TCFD

purposes) are appropriate for incorporation in impairment

models required by accounting standards. The modelled

scenarios set out below were not included in the Group’s

impairment model assumptions relating to asset values or cash

flow. However, the scenario analysis performed considered the

following impacts to asset values and cash flows:

1 Net Zero is defined as the mitigation of direct emissions to as low a level as possible and offsetting the remainder through carbon removals. Downer has utilised the

Science-Based Target Initiative’s threshold of a 90% reduction in its emissions as being ‘as low a level as possible’.

2 NGFS Net Zero 2050 is an ambitious scenario that limits global warming to 1.5°C through stringent climate policies and innovation, reaching net zero CO

2

emissions

around 2050. This scenario assumes that ambitious climate policies are introduced immediately.

3 NGFS Divergent Net Zero reaches net zero by 2050 but with higher costs due to divergent policies introduced across sectors and a quicker phase-out of fossil

fuels. This scenario differentiates itself from Net Zero 2050 by assuming that climate policies are more stringent in the transportation and buildings sectors,

while decarbonisation of energy supply and industry is less stringent.

4

Refer to Downer’s 2022 Climate Change Report for details of the assessment undertaken and underlying assumptions that form the basis of the statements

made in this subsection, Impact of Climate Change.

§Physical risks to Downer’s non-current assets, including key

sites and locations, from events such as extreme heat, an

increased frequency and severity of bushfires, and extreme

weather events. The scenario analysis quantified physical

risk is not material to the Group’s future cash flows. The

analysis also confirmed that the expected useful economic

lives of non-current assets remain appropriately disclosed

in Note C5. It is noted that a number of significant weather

events impacted Downer’s financial performance this year,

such as Cyclone Gabrielle, and significant wet weather across

the east coast of Australia. However, the scenario analysis

showed that Downer is resilient to physical risks as potential

events are currently incorporated within management

systems and covered through insurance and/or contract

pass-through mechanisms. Downer’s diverse range of

services across differing sectors and geographic locations

means that the portfolio remains resilient in the event of local

acute exposures.

§Transition risks are primarily associated with decarbonising

Downer’s carbon intensive non-current assets, in the

Transport & Infrastructure CGU’s asphalt manufacturing

process, and transitioning from internal combustion engines

to electric engines for the light and heavy vehicle fleets.

Transition risks associated with these may include the

impact of carbon pricing legislation, direct price increases of

equipment and fuel usage. The scenario analysis determined

that transition risk is not material to the Group’s future cash

flows. The analysis also confirmed that the expected useful

economic lives of non-current assets remain appropriately

disclosed in Note C5.

§Currently, there is no carbon pricing legislation in place, nor is

there one that is reasonably expected to be in place, that will

materially impact on the Group’s future cash flows.

§Alternative fuels to significantly decarbonise the asphalt

manufacturing process are not yet available at scale, nor is

there any certainty on if/when these will be available.

§Light vehicle fleet replacement from internal combustion

engines to electric vehicles is anticipated to occur from

2025 onwards, with heavy vehicle replacements anticipated

to commence from 2030 onwards. Management continues

to assess options for fleet replacement in the short term;

however, any acceleration from these dates is limited by

technology and global supply constraints. There is no

planned acceleration of fleet replacement to meet our

climate change objectives.

The modelled impact on cash flows would not be material to

the Group, with the analysis reaffirming that the anticipated

response to climate change presents a net opportunity for

Downer, if appropriately acted upon. This net opportunity is

likely to increase as efforts to decarbonise accelerate, due to the

significant opportunities for Downer’s business lines to support

both new and existing customers’ decarbonisation transitions.

104 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C8. Other provisions

2023

$’mNote

Decomm-

issioning

and

restoration

Onerous

contracts

Warranties

and otherTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 202226.2 15.9 31.2 73.3

Additional provisions recognised1.3 12.4 50.6 64.3

Unused provisions reversed(0.4)–(3.0)(3.4)

Utilisation of provisions(3.2)(12.6)(23.1)(38.9)

Transferred to disposal group assets held for saleF7 (0.7)–(1.0)(1.7)

Balance as at 30 June 202323.2 15.754.7 93.6

Included in the financial statements as:

Current9.3 15.6 41.4 66.3

Non-current13.9 0.1 13.3 27. 3

Recognition and measurement

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when:

§The Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event

§It is probable that resources will be expended to settle the obligation

§The amount of the provision can be measured reliably.

(i) Decommissioning and restoration

Provisions for decommissioning and restoration are made for close down, restoration and environmental rehabilitation costs,

including the cost of dismantling and demolition of infrastructure, removal of residual materials and remediation of disturbed areas.

Future rectification costs are reviewed annually and any changes are reflected in the present value of the rectification provision at

the end of the reporting period.

The provision is discounted using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks

specific to the liability.

(ii) Onerous contracts

Provisions include amounts recognised in relation to onerous customer contracts.

The onerous contract provision is discounted using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of

money and the risks specific to the liability. The onerous contract provision is measured using the full cost method, based on

incremental costs and an allocation of other direct costs.

(iii) Warranties and other

Provisions primarily includes amounts recognised for warranties and divestment related provisions. Warranties provisions are made

for the estimated liability on all products still under warranty and provisions for defect liabilities at balance sheet date.

Key estimates and judgements: Other provisions

(i) Decommissioning and restoration

Judgement is required in determining the expected expenditure required to settle rectification obligations at the reporting date,

based on current legal requirements, technology and estimates of inflation.

(ii) Onerous contracts

These provisions have been calculated based on management’s best estimate of net cash outflows required to fulfil the

contracts. The status of these contracts and the adequacy of provisions are assessed at each reporting date. Any change in the

assessment of provisions impacts the results of the business.

(iii) Warranties and other

The provision is estimated having regard to previous claims experience.

105
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C9. Contingent liabilities

BondingNote

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

The Group has bid bonds and

performance bonds issued in

respect of contract performance in

the normal course of business for

controlled entitiesE2 1 , 517. 2 1,372.9 

The Group is called upon to give guarantees and indemnities to

counterparties, relating to the performance of contractual and

financial obligations (including for controlled entities and related

parties). Other than as noted above, these guarantees and

indemnities are indeterminable in amount.

Other contingent liabilities

(i) The Group is subject to design liability in relation to

completed design and construction projects. The Directors

are of the opinion that there is adequate insurance to

cover this area.

(ii) The Group is subject to product liability claims. Provision

is made for the potential costs of carrying out rectification

works based on known claims and previous claims history.

(iii) Controlled entities have entered into various joint

arrangements under which the controlled entity is jointly

and severally liable for the obligations of the relevant

joint arrangements.

(iv) The Group carries the normal contractors’ and consultants’

liability in relation to services, supply and construction

contracts (for example, liability relating to professional

advice, design, completion, workmanship and damage), as

well as liability for personal injury/property damage during

the course of a project. Potential liability may arise from

claims, disputes and/or litigation/arbitration by or against

Group companies and/or joint venture arrangements in

which the Group has an interest. The Group is currently

managing a number of claims, arbitration and litigation

processes in relation to services, supply and construction

contracts as well as in relation to personal injury and

property damage claims arising from project delivery.

(v) In the ordinary course of business, contingent liabilities

exist in respect of claims and potential claims against

entities in the consolidated entity. The consolidated entity

does not consider that the outcomes of any such claims

known to exist at the date of this report, either individually

or in aggregate, are likely to have a material effect on its

operations or financial position.

(vi) Downer New Zealand, an entity in the Group, has been

named as co-defendant in a ‘leaky building’ claim.

The leaky building claim where the Group entity is

co-defendant relates to water damage arising from

historical design and construction methodologies (and

certification) for residential and other buildings in New

Zealand during the early to mid 2000s. The Directors are

of the opinion that disclosure of any further information

relating to the leaky building claim would be prejudicial to

the interests of the Group.

(vii) In December 2022, Downer received correspondence

notifying an alleged stray current defect in the depot

constructed by Downer for the High Capacity Metro Trains

Project, requiring Downer to advise how it will address

the rectification of that issue and alleging that Downer is

responsible for the costs of rectification. The Directors are

of the opinion that disclosure of any further information

relating to this matter would be prejudicial to the interests

of the Group.

(viii) Four competing shareholder class actions have been filed

against Downer following announcements it published

with the ASX on 8 December 2022 and 27 February

2023. Each class action alleges a breach of Downer’s

continuous disclosure obligations and that it engaged in

misleading or deceptive conduct by making and/or failing

to correct or qualify various statements in connection with

a maintenance contract in its Australian Utilities business

and Downer’s financial performance.

The four class actions are competing and overlapping: they

raise similar claims on behalf of shareholders who acquired

Downer shares across similar periods of time. The various

plaintiff firms have made applications to the Courts to

determine which proceeding or proceedings should

proceed and in what form. Until that issue is resolved,

the Court has formally noted that no orders should be

made for the service of a defence by Downer to any of the

plaintiffs’ claims.

Downer intends to vigorously defend whichever claim or

claims proceed.

106 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

D

Employee benefits

This section provides a breakdown of the various programs Downer uses to reward and recognise employees and key

executives, including Key Management Personnel (KMP). Downer believes that these programs reinforce the value of

ownership and incentives and drive performance both individually and collectively to deliver better returns to shareholders.

D1. Employee benefits

D2. Defined benefit plan

D3. Key management personnel compensation

D4. Employee discount share plan

D1. Employee benefits

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Employee benefits expense:

– Defined contribution plans costs207. 3 200.3

– Share-based employee benefits (income)/expense

(i)

(0.8)4.2

– Employee benefits3,432.0 3,375.1

– Defined benefit plan costs1.5 1.6

Total employee benefits expense3,640.0 3,581.2

Employee benefits provision:

– Current268.2 303.5

– Non-current22.7 18.7

Total employee benefits provision290.9322.2

(i) Share-based payments net benefit for the year includes the reversal for the 2021 and 2022 Long-term Incentive Plan performance rights due to forfeiture.

Recognition and measurement

The employee benefits liability represents accrued wages and salaries, leave entitlements and other incentives recognised in

respect of employees’ services and redundancy costs up to the end of the reporting period. These liabilities are measured at

the amounts expected to be paid when they are settled and include related on-costs, such as workers compensation insurance,

superannuation and payroll tax.

Key estimates and judgements: Annual leave and long service leave

Long-term employee benefits are measured at the present value of estimated future payments for the services provided

by employees up to the end of the reporting period. This calculation requires judgement in determining the following

key assumptions:

§Future increase in wages and salary rates

§Future on-cost rates

§Expected settlement dates based on staff turnover history.

The liability is discounted using the Australian corporate bond rates which most closely match the terms to maturity of

the entitlement.

For New Zealand employees the liability is discounted using long-term government bond rates given there is no deep corporate

bond market.

107
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

D2. Defined benefit plan

The Group participates in the Equipsuper Defined Benefit Scheme which provides participants (<100 employees) with a lump sum

benefit on retirement, death, disablement or withdrawal. The scheme operates under the Superannuation Industry legislation, and is

governed by The Scheme Trustees, in compliance with Australian Prudential Regulation Authority framework. The scheme is closed

to new employees.

As at 30 June 2023, the fair value of plan assets (comprising Investment Funds) was $61.8 million. The plan obligation balance was

$53.4 million. The net asset of $8.4 million (2022: $5.4 million) is included in Non-current prepayments and other assets. These

balances were subject to an independent actuarial review as at 30 June 2023.

The main movements during the year were $1.5 million of services costs expensed to the profit and loss, $0.2 million of net interest,

$2.6 million of actuarial gains on the obligation recorded were recorded in equity, and the Group contributions of $1.7 million (all pre-

tax amounts).

Key actuarial assumptions used in determining the values were a discount rate of 5.5% and an expected salary increase rate of

3.0%. Sensitivity analysis shows a 0.5 percentage point reduction in the discount rate would increase the obligation by 3.6%, and a

0.5 percentage point increase in the expected salary increase rate would increase the obligation by 3.3%.

D3. Key management personnel compensation

2023

$

2022

$

Short-term employee benefits5,468,445 7,6 4 5 , 200

Post-employment benefits212,905 191,103

Other long-term benefits192,55455,895

Share-based payments

(i)

(724,483) 605,015

To t a l5,149,421 8 ,497, 213

(i) Share-based payments net benefit for the year includes the reversal for the 2021 and 2022 Long-Term Incentive Plan performance rights due to forfeiture.

Recognition and measurement

Equity-settled transactions

Equity-settled share-based transactions are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The cost of these transactions is recognised

in profit or loss and credited to equity over the vesting period. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimates of the

number of rights that are expected to vest for service and non-market performance conditions. The expense recognised each year

takes into account the most recent estimate.

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using an option pricing model and takes into account any market related

performance conditions. Non-market vesting conditions are not considered when determining value; however they are included in

assumptions about the number of rights that are expected to vest.

Cash-settled transactions

The amount payable to employees in respect of cash-settled share-based payments is recognised as an expense, with a

corresponding increase in liabilities, over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the payment.

The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and at settlement date based on the fair value, with any changes in the liability

being recognised in profit or loss.

D4. Employee discount share plan

No shares were issued under the Employee Discount Share Plan during the years ended 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022.

108 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

E

Capital structure and financing

This section provides information relating to the Group’s capital structure and its exposure to financial risks, how they affect the

Group’s financial position and performance and how the risks are managed.

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. The Directors determine the appropriate capital structure

of Downer, specifically how much is raised from shareholders (equity) and how much is borrowed from financial institutions

(debt) in order to finance the current and future activities of the Group. The Directors review the Group’s capital structure

and dividend policy regularly and do so in the context of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, to invest in

opportunities that grow the business and enhance shareholder value.

E1. Borrowings

E2. Financing facilities

E3. Lease liabilities

E4. Commitments

E5. Issued capital

E6. Reserves

E7. Dividends

E1. Borrowings

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Non-current

Unsecured:

– Bank loans 812.0 582.0

– USD private placement notes150.8 145.2

– AUD private placement notes30.0 30.0

– AUD medium term notes506.4 508.6

– JPY medium term notes104.3 106.4

– Deferred finance charges( 7.1)(10.5)

Total non-current borrowings1,596.4 1,361.7

Total borrowings1,596.4 1,361.7

Fair value of total borrowings

(i)

1,603.2 1,384.5

(i) Excludes lease liabilities.

Recognition and measurement

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using

the effective interest rate method.

Fair value

The cash flows under the Group’s debt instruments are discounted using current market base interest rates and adjusted for

current market credit default swap spreads for companies with a BBB credit rating.

109
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

E2. Financing facilities

At reporting date, the Group had the following facilities that were unutilised:

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Syndicated loan facilities830.0 1,010.0

Bilateral loan facilities145.0 195.0

Total unutilised loan facilities975.0 1,205.0

Syndicated bank guarantee facilities75.1 61.7

Bilateral bank guarantees and insurance bonding facilities652.2 530.1

Total unutilised bonding facilities727. 3 591.8

Summary of borrowing arrangements

The Group’s borrowing arrangements are as follows:

Bank loan facilities

Bilateral loan facilities:

The Group has a total of $387.0 million in bilateral loan facilities which are unsecured, committed facilities.

Syndicated loan facilities:

The Group has $1,400.0 million of syndicated bank loan facilities which are unsecured, committed facilities.

USD private placement notes

USD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total amount of US$100.0 million with a maturity date of July 2025.

The USD denominated principal and interest amounts have been fully hedged against the Australian dollar through cross-currency

interest rate swaps.

AUD private placement notes

AUD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total amount of $30.0 million with a maturity date of July 2025.

Medium Term Notes (MTNs)

The Group has the following unsecured MTNs on issue:

§$500.0 million maturing April 2026

§JPY 10.0 billion maturing May 2033

The carrying value of the AUD MTN maturing April 2026 includes a premium of $6.4 million over the face value owing to the

differential between the coupon rate for that instrument and the prevailing market interest rate at the date of issue.

The JPY denominated principal and interest amounts have been fully hedged against the Australian dollar through a cross-

currency interest rate swap.

The above loan facilities and note issuances are supported by guarantees from certain Group subsidiaries.

The maturity profile of the Group’s borrowing arrangements by financial year is represented in the below table by facility limit:

Maturing in the period

$’m

Bilateral

Loan

Facilities

Syndicated

Loan

Facilities

USD Private

Placement

Notes

AUD

Private

Placement

Notes

Medium

Te r m

NotesTo t a l

1 July 2024 to 30 June 2025245.0 500.0 – – – 745.0

1 July 2025 to 30 June 2026142.0 – 150.8 30.0 500.0 822.8

1 July 2026 to 30 June 2027– 600.0 – – – 600.0

1 July 2027 to 30 June 2028– 300.0 – – – 300.0

1 July 2032 to 30 June 2033– – – – 104.3 104.3

To t a l387.0 1,400.0 150.8 30.0 604.3 2,572.1

110 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

E2. Financing facilities – continued

Covenants on financing facilities

Downer Group’s financing facilities contain undertakings

to comply with financial covenants and ensure that Group

guarantors of these facilities collectively meet certain

minimum threshold amounts of Group EBITA and Group Total

Tangible Assets.

The main financial covenants which the Group is subject to are

Net Worth, Interest Service Coverage and Leverage.

Financial covenants testing is undertaken monthly and reported

at the Downer Board meetings. Reporting of financial covenants

to financiers occurs semi-annually for the rolling 12-month

periods to 30 June and 31 December. Downer Group was in

compliance with all its financial covenants as at 30 June 2023.

Bank guarantees and insurance bonds

The Group has $2,244.5 million of bank guarantee and

insurance bond facilities to support its contracting activities.

$1,341.8 million of these facilities are provided to the Group on a

committed basis and $902.7 million on an uncommitted basis.

The Group’s facilities are provided by a number of banks and

insurance companies on an unsecured and revolving basis.

$1,517.2 million (refer to Note C9) of these facilities were utilised

as at 30 June 2023 with $727.3 million unutilised. These facilities

have varying maturity dates between financial years 2024, 2025

and 2026.

The underlying risk being assumed by the relevant financier

under all bank guarantees and insurance bonds is corporate

credit risk rather than project-specific risk.

The Group has flexibility in respect of certain committed facility

amounts (shown as part of the unutilised bilateral loan facilities)

which can, at the election of the Group, be utilised to provide

additional bank guarantee capacity.

Refinancing requirements

The Group will negotiate with existing and, where required,

new financiers to extend the maturity date or refinance facilities

maturing within the next 12 months. The Group’s financial

metrics and credit rating as well as conditions in financial

markets and other factors may influence the outcome of these

negotiations. As at 30 June 2023, the Group has no debt

facilities maturing within the 12 months to 30 June 2024.

Credit ratings

In December 2022, the outlook on the Group’s external credit

rating was revised by Fitch Ratings from BBB (Outlook Stable)

to BBB (Outlook Negative). The Negative Outlook was affirmed

by Fitch in March 2023 following release of the Group’s results

for the half year ended 31 December 2022. The rating remains

Investment Grade. Where the credit rating is lowered or placed

on negative watch, customers and suppliers may be less

willing to contract with the Group. Furthermore, banks and

other lending institutions may demand more stringent terms

(including increased pricing, reduced tenors and lower facility

limits) on all financing facilities, to reflect the weaker credit

risk profile.

E3. Lease liabilities

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Contractual undiscounted

cash flows

– Within one year156.7 148.2

– Between one and five years309.3 305.2

– Greater than five years156.4 169.5

Total undiscounted

lease liabilities622.4 622.9

– Current135.2 132.4

– Non-current402.0 411. 5

Total lease liabilities5 37. 2 543.9

Recognition and measurement

Lease liabilities

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of

future lease payments that are not paid at the commencement

date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if

this rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental

borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental

borrowing rate as the discount rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease

liability comprise:

§Fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments),

less any lease incentives receivable

§Variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate

§The exercise price of a purchase option if the Group is

reasonably certain to exercise that option

§The amount expected to be payable under a residual

value guarantee

§Payments of penalties for termination of the lease, if the lease

term reflects the lessee exercising an option to terminate

the lease.

Variable lease payments not included in the initial measurement

of the lease liability are recognised directly in profit or loss.

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the

carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using

the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying

amount to reflect the lease payments made.

111
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a

corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use

asset) whenever:

§The lease term has changed or there is a significant event

or change in circumstances resulting in a change in the

assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case

the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised

lease payments using a revised discount rate

§The lease payments change due to changes in an index or

rate or a change in the amount expected to be payable under

a residual value guarantee

§A lease contract is modified, and the lease modification is

not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the

lease liability is remeasured based on the lease term of the

modified lease by discounting the revised lease payments

using a revised discount rate at the effective date of

the modification.

The expense charged to profit or loss for; low value and short

term leases (excluded from lease liabilities and right-of-use

assets), and variable lease expenses is outlined below:

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Lease expenses

Land and buildings

– Low value3.2 2.0

Plant and equipment

– Low value18.6 20.4

– Short term5.2 3.7

– Variable15.9 19.3

Total lease expenses42.9 45.4

Key estimate and judgement: Lease liabilities

(i) Extension option

In determining the lease term, the Group considers all facts

and circumstances that create an economic incentive to

exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination

option. Extension options (or periods after termination options)

are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably

certain to be extended (or not terminated).

(ii) Incremental borrowing rate

In determining the present value of the future lease

payments, the Group discounts the lease payments using

an incremental borrowing rate (IBR). The IBR reflects the

financing characteristics and duration of the underlying

lease. Once a discount rate has been set for a leased asset

(or portfolio of assets with similar characteristics), this rate

will remain unchanged for the term of that lease. When a

lease modification occurs, and it is not accounted for as a

separate lease, a new IBR will be assigned to reflect the new

characteristics of the lease.

E4. Commitments

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Capital expenditure commitments

Plant and equipment and other

– Within one year30.1 60.3

– Between one and five years3.7 2.0

To t a l33.8 62.3

Catering rights

Catering rights relates to exclusive

secured catering rights arrangements

with customers.

– Within one year1.7 2.0

– Between one and five years6.9 6.3

– Greater than five years– 0.8

To t a l8.6 9.1

112 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

E5. Issued capital

Jun 2023 Jun 2022

No.$’m No.$’m

Ordinary shares671,573,679 2 ,471.1 675,425,623 2,488.9

Unvested executive incentive shares1,193,978 ( 7. 3)1,193,978 ( 7. 3)

Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)200,000,000 178.6 200,000,000 178.6

To t a l2,642.4 2,660.2

(a) Fully paid ordinary share capital

Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.

20232022

m’s $’m m’s $’m

Fully paid ordinary share capital

Balance at the beginning of the financial year675.4 2,488.9 696.9 2,631.5

Group on-market share buy-back(3.8)(17.8)(24.0)(142.6)

Vested Downer Contingent Share Options

(i)

– – 2.5 –

Balance at the end of the financial year671.6 2 ,471.1 675.4 2,488.9

(i) On 24 August 2021, the Target Price Condition of the Tranche 1 Series Downer Contingent Share Options was satisfied resulting in 2,499,264 shares exercised at

$6.382 per share. Refer to Note E6.

(b) Unvested executive incentive shares

20232022

m’s $’m m’s $’m

Unvested executive incentive shares

Balance at the beginning of the financial year1.19 ( 7. 3)1.25 ( 7. 5)

Vested executive incentive share transactions

(ii)

– – (0.06)0.2

Balance at the end of the financial year1.19 ( 7. 3)1.19 ( 7. 3)

(ii) June 2022 figures relate to the second deferred component of the 2019 STI award of 55,277 vested shares for a value of $252,571.

Unvested executive incentive shares are stock market purchases and are held by the Executive Employee Share Plan Trust

under the Long-Term Incentive (LTI) plan. From the 2011 LTI plan onwards, no dividends will be distributed on shares held in

trust during the performance measurement and service periods. Accumulated dividends will be paid out to executives after all

vesting conditions have been met. Otherwise, excess net dividends are retained in the trust to be used by the Company to acquire

additional shares on the market for employee equity plans.

(c) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

20232022

m’s $’m m’s $’m

Balance at the beginning and at the end of the financial year200.0 178.6 200.0 178.6

ROADS are perpetual, redeemable, exchangeable preference shares. In accordance with the terms of the ROADS preference shares,

the dividend rate for the one year commencing 15 June 2023 is 9.81% per annum (2022: 8.14% per annum) which is equivalent to the

one year swap rate on 15 June 2023 of 5.76% per annum plus the step-up margin of 4.05% per annum.

113
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

(d) Share options and performance rights

Executives participate in a LTI plan. This is an equity-based plan that provides for a reward that varies with Company performance

over three-year measures of performance. During the financial year 2,711,709 performance rights (2022: 2,585,870) in relation

to unissued shares were granted to senior executives of the Group under the LTI plan. There are three performance conditions

applicable to the 2021, 2022 and 2023 LTI plan years.

§Total shareholder return (TSR) – this condition is based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to the TSR of companies

comprising the ASX 100 index, excluding financial services companies, at the start of the performance period, measured over the

three years to exercise date. The performance rights will vest pro-rata between the median and 75th percentile. That is, 30% of

the tranche vest at the 50th percentile, 32.8% at the 51st percentile, 35.6% at the 52nd percentile and so on until 100% vest at the

75th percentile.

§Earnings per share (EPS) – this condition is based on the Company’s compound annual EPS growth over the three years

to exercise date. The performance rights will vest pro-rata between 5% compound annual EPS growth and 10% compound

annual EPS growth. Vesting applies on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting the minimum compound annual EPS growth

performance level of 5% to 10% and 100% at 10% compound annual EPS growth.

§Scorecard – this condition is based on the Group’s net profit after tax and amortisation (NPATA) and funds from operations (FFO)

for each of the three years to exercise date. The performance rights will vest on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting the

minimum three-year average component performance level of 90% to 110% of target and 100% at the capped maximum three-

year average component performance level of 110% or more of target.

The variables in the table below are used as inputs into the model to determine the fair value of performance rights.

2023 Plan2022 Plan2021 Plan

Grant date

(i)

31 May 202330 September 202230 September 2021

Performance period1 July 2022 to 30 June 20251 July 2021 to 30 June 20241 July 2020 to 30 June 2023

Exercise date1 July 20261 July 20251 July 2024

Expected volatility

(ii)

30%30%27%

Expected dividend yield6.50%6.23%4.35%

Risk-free interest rate3.71%3.53%0.19%

Fair value at grant date$3.59$4.57$6.46

(i) Grant date represents the date of shared understanding of the Option Deed between parties.

(ii) The expected volatility is based on the volatility of Downer’s share price calculated based on the historical three year normalised rolling volatility.

The performance rights do not have any dividend entitlements or voting rights. If all the vesting requirements are satisfied, the

performance rights will vest and the executives will receive shares in the Company or cash at the discretion of the Board.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will be forfeited. However, the Board will

retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain circumstances such as the death, total and permanent disability or

retirement of an executive. In these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

Recognition and measurement

Ordinary shares

Incremental costs directly attributed to the issue of ordinary shares are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any

tax effects.

Executive incentive shares

When executive incentive shares subsequently vest to employees under the Downer employee share plans, the carrying value of

the vested shares is transferred from the Employee benefits reserve.

114 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

E6. Reserves

2023

$’m

Hedge

reserve

Foreign

currency

translation

reserve

Employee

benefits

reserve

Equity

reserve

Fair value

through

OCI reserve

To t a l

attributable

to the

members of

the Parent

Balance at 1 July 20227. 4 (39.1)20.7 25.5 (2.4)12.1

Foreign currency translation difference– 8.5 – – – 8.5

Actuarial movement on net defined benefit

plan obligations– – 2.6 – – 2.6

Income tax effect of actuarial movement on

defined benefit plan obligations– – (0.8)– – (0.8)

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges

(net of tax)(4.4)– – – – (4.4)

Change in fair value of unquoted

equity investments– – – – 0.2 0.2

Total comprehensive income for the year(4.4)8.5 1.8 – 0.2 6.1

Share-based employee benefits income– – (0.8)– – (0.8)

Income tax relating to share-based transactions

during the year– – 1.6 – – 1.6

Balance at 30 June 20233.0 (30.6)23.3 25.5 (2.2)19.0

2022

$’m

Balance at 1 July 2021(23.1)(29.7)14.7 9.5 (2.6)(31.2)

Foreign currency translation difference– (16.6)– – – (16.6)

Actuarial movement on net defined benefit

plan obligations– – 6.8 – – 6.8

Income tax effect of actuarial movement on

defined benefit plan obligations– – (2.1)– – (2.1)

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges

(net of tax)30.5 – – – – 30.5

Change in fair value of unquoted

equity investments– – – – 0.2 0.2

Total comprehensive income for the year30.5 (16.6)4.7 – 0.2 18.8

Vested executive incentive share transactions– – (0. 2)– – (0. 2)

Vested Downer Contingent Share Options– – – 16.0 – 16.0

Share-based employee benefits expense– – 4.2 – – 4.2

Income tax relating to share-based transactions

during the year– – (2.7)– – (2.7)

Disposal of business– 7. 2 – – – 7. 2

Balance at 30 June 20227.4 (39.1)20.7 25.5 (2 .4)12.1

Hedge reserve

The hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments

relating to future transactions.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve comprises foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial

statements of operations where their functional currency is different to the presentation currency of the Group.

115
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Employee benefits reserve

The employee benefits reserve is used to recognise the fair value of share-based payments issued to employees over the vesting

period, and to recognise the value attributable to the share-based payments during the reporting period. This reserve also includes

the actuarial gain/loss arisen on the defined benefit plan (refer to Note D2).

Equity reserve

The equity reserve accounts for the difference between the fair value of, and the amounts paid or received for, equity transactions

with non-controlling interests.

Fair value through OCI reserve

The fair value through OCI reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of equity investments designated

as FVOCI.

E7. Dividends

(a) Ordinary shares

2023

Final

2023

Interim

2022

Final

2022

Interim

Dividend per share (in Australian cents)8.05.0 12.0 12.0

Franking percentage0%0%0%0%

Cost (in $’m)53.733.6 81.1 81.8

Dividend record date24/8/23 13/3/23 31/8/22 24/2/22

Payment date21/9/23 11/4/23 28/9/22 24/3/22

Recognition and measurement

A liability is recognised for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of

the entity, before or at the end of the financial year but not distributed at balance sheet date.

The final 2023 dividend has not been declared at the reporting date and therefore is not reflected in the consolidated

financial statements.

(b) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

2023Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)1.29 1.37 1.37 1.35 5.38

New Zealand imputation credit percentage100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Cost (in A$’m)2.6 2.7 2.7 2.7 10.7

Payment date15/9/22 15/12/22 15/3/23 15/6/23

2022Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)0.76 0.75 0.74 0.72 2.97

New Zealand imputation credit percentage100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Cost (in A$’m)1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 5.9

Payment date15/9/21 15/12/21 15/3/22 15/6/22

(c) Franking credits

The franking account balance as at 30 June 2023 is $10.7 million (2022: nil).

116 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

F

Group structure

This section explains significant aspects of Downer’s Group structure, including joint arrangements where the Group has

interest in its controlled entities and how changes have affected the Group structure. It also provides information on business

acquisitions and disposals made during the financial year as well as information relating to Downer’s related parties, the extent

of related party transactions and the impact they had on the Group’s financial performance and position.

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities

F2. Controlled entities

F3. Related party information

F4. Parent entity disclosures

F5. Acquisition of businesses

F6. Disposal of businesses

F7. Disposal group held for sale


F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities

(a) Interest in joint ventures and associate entities

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Interest in joint ventures at the beginning of the financial year31.9 24.1

Share of net profit20.1 21.5

Share of distributions(12.9)(13.6)

Foreign currency exchange differences– (0.1)

Interest in joint ventures at the end of the financial year39.1 31.9

Interest in associates at the beginning of the financial year130.9 131.0

Share of net profit9.7 8.2

Share of distributions(20.5)(8.3)

Interest in associates at the end of the financial year120.1 130.9

Total interest in joint ventures and associates159.2 162.8

The Group has interests in the following joint ventures and associates which are equity accounted:

Name of arrangementPrincipal activity

Principal place

of business

Ownership interest

2023

%

2022

%

Joint Ventures

Allied Asphalt LimitedAsphalt plant New Zealand 50 50

Bitumen Importers Australia Joint VentureBitumen importer Australia 50 50

Bitumen Importers Australia Pty LtdBitumen importer Australia 50 50

EDI Rail-Alstom Transport Pty Ltd

(i)

Sale and maintenance of railway rollingstock Australia 50 50

Emulco LimitedEmulsion plant New Zealand 50 50

Isaac Asphalt Limited Manufacture and supply of asphalt New Zealand 50 50

Repurpose It Holdings Pty LtdWaste recycling Australia 45 45

Associates

Keolis Downer Pty LtdOperation and maintenance of Gold Coast

light rail, Melbourne tram network, Adelaide

metro, and bus operations

Australia 49 49

HT HoldCo Pty LtdLaundries services Australia 30 30

(i) EDI Rail-Bombardier Transportation Pty Ltd changed its name to EDI Rail-Alstom Transport Pty Limited during the financial year ended 30 June 2023.

117
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

There are no material commitments held by joint ventures and associates. All joint ventures and associates have a statutory

reporting date of 30 June.

The Group’s share of financial information from joint ventures and associates is presented below.

The Group does not disclose the details of the other individual joint ventures and associates on the basis these are

individually immaterial.

The Group’s share of the carrying amounts:

2023

$’m

Repurpose

It

Keolis

Downer

HT

HoldCo

Bitumen

Importers

AustraliaOtherTo t a l

Current assets12.5 215.3 15.0 10.9 23.0 276.7

Non-current assets67. 2 119.6 87.5 10.7 11.3 296.3

Current liabilities(19.9)(148.5)(17. 2)(3.7)(5.9)(195.2)

Non-current liabilities(38.9)(100.2)(56.5)(13.7)(21.2)(230.5)

Net assets20.9 86.2 28.8 4.2 7. 2 147.3

Goodwill7.0 – – – – 7.0

Adjustment to align accounting policies– 4.9 – – – 4.9

Carrying amounts27.9 91.1 28.8 4.2 7. 2 159.2

Profit for the year8.1 9.3 0.4 5.4 6.6 29.8

Total comprehensive income for the year8.1 9.3 0.4 5.4 6.6 29.8

2022

$’m

Current assets9.3 234.9 13.8 13.2 18.0 289.2

Non-current assets42.6 119.2 90.2 10.8 9.4 272.2

Current liabilities(16.1)(150.5)(15 .4)(2.6)(5.6)(190.2)

Non-current liabilities(23.1)(105.8)(60. 2)(15.1)(15.7)(219.9)

Net assets12.7 97. 8 28.4 6.3 6.1 151.3

Goodwill7.0 – – – –7.0

Adjustment to align accounting policies– 4.5 –––4.5

Carrying amounts19.7 102.3 28.4 6.3 6.1 162.8

Profit/(loss) for the year6.7 13.1 (5.0)7.1 7. 8 29.7

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year6.7 13.1 (5.0)7.1 7. 8 29.7

Recognition and measurement

Equity accounting

Under the equity method of accounting, the investments are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the

Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss, and the

Group’s share of movements of the investee’s other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Statement of Other Comprehensive

Income. Dividends received or receivable from associates and joint ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount

of the investment.

Where the Group’s share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, including any

other unsecured long-term receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made

payments on behalf of the other entity.

(i) Investments in joint ventures

Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

(ii) Investments in associates

Investments in entities over which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, are accounted for using

the equity method of accounting. The investment in associates is carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share

of the associates’ net assets, less any impairment in value.

118 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

(b) Interest in joint operations

The Group recognises its interest in the assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses of joint operations.

Name of joint operationPrincipal activity

Principal place

of business

Ownership interest

2023

%

2022

%

Ausenco Downer Joint VentureEnabling works for

Carrapateena Project

Australia50 50 

Bama Civil Pty Ltd & Downer EDI Works Pty LtdCivil Infrastructure design and/or

construction activities

Australia50 50 

Cameron Road


Joint VentureCameron Road constructionNew Zealand50 50 

China Hawkins Construction JVBuilding constructionNew Zealand50 50 

City Rail JVEnabling works for Auckland City

Rail Link

New Zealand50 50 

Concrete Pavement Recycling Pty Ltd

(ii)

Road maintenanceAustralia

(ii)

49 

Confluence Water JVSydney Water servicesAustralia43 43 

CPB Contractors Pty Ltd & Spotless Facility

Services Pty Ltd

Riverina Redevelopment ProgramAustralia50 50 

CPB Downer Joint VentureParramatta Light Rail constructionAustralia50 50 

CRL Construction Joint VentureConstruction of the City Rail Link

Alliance Project

New Zealand30 30 

Dampier Highway Joint VentureHighway construction and designAustralia50 50 

Downer BMD Joint VentureWest Camden Water Recycling Plant

Upgrade

Australia50 50 

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd & CPB Contractors Pty LtdWarringah Freeway Upgrade ProjectAustralia33 33 

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd & McConnell Dowell

Constructors (Aust) Pty Ltd

(iv)

Waurn Ponds DuplicationAustralia50 50 

Downer Electrical GHD JV

(iii)

Traffic control infrastructureAustralia90 90 

Downer FKG JVMajor civil and roadworksAustralia50 50 

Downer HEB Joint Venture (Te Ara Tupua)

(i)

Te Ara Tupua AllianceNew Zealand50 –

Downer Fulton Hogan Joint Venture

(Wakatipu Transport Alliance)

(i)

Wakatipu Transport AllianceNew Zealand50 –

Downer HEB Joint Venture (iRex Project)

(i)

iRex Ferry Construction projectNew Zealand50 –

Downer HEB Joint Venture (Memorial Park Alliance)Design and build of the New Zealand

National War Memorial Park

New Zealand50 50 

Downer HEB Joint Venture (Mt Messenger Project)Design and build of the

Mt Messenger Project

New Zealand50 50 

Downer MCD Wynyard Edge JV

(Americas Cup Project)

Design and build on Americas

Cup Project

New Zealand50 50 

Downer Seymour Whyte JV Road constructionAustralia50 50 

Downer Utilities Australia Pty Ltd &

Ventia Utility Services Pty Ltd (Gold Coast

Infrastructure Solutions)

(i)

Gold Coast Asset Lifecycle ServicesAustralia50 –

Downtown Infrastructure Development Project JVDowntown infrastructure

development program

New Zealand33 33 

HCMT Supplier JVRail build supplierAustralia50 50 

John Holland Pty Ltd & Downer Utilities

Australia Pty Ltd Partnership

Operation of water recycling plant

at Mackay

Australia50 50 

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (Connectus)Rail constructionNew Zealand50 50 

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (CSM2)Road constructionNew Zealand50 50 

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (Russley Road)Road constructionNew Zealand50 50 

NEWest Alliance

(iv)

Construction activities as part of

Perth’s METRONET program

Australia50 50 

119
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Name of joint operationPrincipal activity

Principal place

of business

Ownership interest

2023

%

2022

%

North Canterbury Transport Infrastructure Economic

Recovery Alliance ‘NCTIER’ JV

Kaikoura earthquake worksNew Zealand25 25 

Safety Focused Performance JVWater and sewerage capital worksAustralia45 45 

Thiess VEC Joint VentureHighway constructionAustralia50 50 

Utilita Water JVPlant maintenanceAustralia50 50 

VEC Shaw Joint VentureRoad constructionAustralia50 50 

Wiri Train Depot Joint VentureConstruction of the Wiri train depotNew Zealand50 50 

(i) Joint operation entered into during the year ended 30 June 2023.

(ii) Following the acquisition of the remaining interest in Concrete Pavement Recycling Pty Ltd, this joint operation is now 100% controlled by the Group.

(iii) Contractual arrangement prevents control despite ownership of more than 50% of this joint operation.

(iv) Joint operations in the process of novation to DT Infrastructure Pty Ltd as a result of the sale of the Australian Transport Project business.

Recognition and measurement

The Group recognises its direct right to the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of joint operations and its share of any jointly

held or incurred assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These have been incorporated in the financial statements under the

appropriate headings.

F2. Controlled entities

The controlled entities of the Group listed below were wholly owned during the current and prior year, unless otherwise stated:

Australia

A E Smith & Son (NQ) Pty Ltd

(v)

A E Smith & Son (SEQ) Pty Ltd

(v)

A.E. Smith & Son Proprietary Limited

(v)

AE Smith Building Technologies Pty Ltd

(v)

A.E. Smith Service (SEQ) Pty Ltd

(v)

A.E. Smith Service Holdings Pty Ltd

(v)

A.E. Smith Service Pty Ltd

(v)

ACN 009 173 040 Pty Ltd

Airparts Fabrication Pty Ltd

(v)

Airparts Fabrication Unit Trust

(v)

Airparts Holdings Pty Ltd

(v)

Aladdin Group Services Pty Limited

Aladdin Laundry Pty Limited

Aladdin Linen Supply Pty Limited

Aladdins Holdings Pty. Limited

ASPIC Infrastructure Pty Ltd

Asset Services (Aust) Pty Ltd

Berkeley Challenge (Management) Pty Limited

Berkeley Challenge Pty Limited

Berkeley Railcar Services Pty Ltd

Berkeleys Franchise Services Pty Ltd

Bonnyrigg Management Pty. Limited

Cleandomain Proprietary Limited

Cleanevent Australia Pty. Ltd.

Cleanevent Holdings Pty. Limited

Cleanevent International Pty. Limited

Cleanevent Technology Pty Ltd


Concrete Pavement Recycling Pty Ltd

(iv)

DM Road Services Pty Ltd

DMH Electrical Services Pty Ltd

DMH Maintenance and Technology Services Pty Ltd

DMH Plant Services Pty Ltd

Downer Australia Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Associated Investments Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Company Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering CWH Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Electrical Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Group Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Power Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Pty Limited

Downer EDI Limited Tax Deferred Employee Share Plan

Downer EDI Mining Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining-Minerals Exploration Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Rail Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd

Downer Energy Systems Pty Limited

Downer Group Finance Pty Limited

Downer Holdings Pty Limited

Downer Investments Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer Mining Regional NSW Pty Ltd

Downer PipeTech Pty Limited

Downer PPP Investments Pty Ltd

Downer Professional Services Pty Ltd

(vi)

Downer QTMP Pty Ltd

(vii)

Downer Utilities Australia Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Holdings Australia Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities New Zealand Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities SDR Pty Ltd

Downer Victoria PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDI Rail PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDICO Pty Ltd

Emerald ESP Pty Ltd

(v)

Emoleum Partnership

Emoleum Road Services Pty Ltd

Emoleum Roads Group Pty Ltd

Envar Engineers and Contractors Pty Ltd

(v)

Envar Holdings Pty Ltd

(v)

Envar Installation Pty Ltd

(v)

Envar Service Pty Ltd

(v)

Envista Pty Limited

Errolon Pty Ltd

Evans Deakin Industries Pty Ltd

Fieldforce Services Pty Ltd

120 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Australia – continued

Fowlers Asphalting Pty. Limited

Gippsland Asphalt Pty. Ltd.

Infrastructure Constructions Pty Ltd

International Linen Service Pty Ltd

LNK Group Pty Ltd

Lowan (Management) Pty. Ltd.

Maclab Services Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies (Holdings) Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies Pty Ltd

Monteon Pty Ltd

Nationwide Venue Management Pty Limited

New South Wales Spray Seal Pty Ltd

NG-Serv Pty Ltd

Nuvogroup (Australia) Pty Ltd

Pacific Industrial Services BidCo Pty Ltd

Pacific Industrial Services FinCo Pty Ltd

Primary Producers Improvers Pty. Ltd.

Rail Services Victoria Pty Ltd

Riley Shelley Services Pty Limited

Roche Services Pty Ltd

RPC Roads Pty Ltd

RPQ Asphalt Pty. Ltd.

RPQ Mackay Pty Ltd

RPQ North Coast Pty. Ltd.

RPQ Pty Ltd

RPQ Services Pty. Ltd.

RPQ Spray Seal Pty. Ltd.

Skilltech Consulting Services Pty. Ltd.

Skilltech Metering Solutions Pty Ltd.

Smarter Contracting Pty Ltd

Southern Asphalters Pty Ltd

Sports Venue Services Pty Ltd

Spotless Defence Services Pty Ltd

Spotless Facility Services Pty Ltd

Spotless Financing Pty Limited

Spotless Group Holdings Limited

Spotless Group Limited

Spotless Investment Holdings Pty Ltd

Spotless Management Services Pty Ltd

Spotless Property Cleaning Services Pty Ltd

Spotless Securities Plan Pty Ltd

Spotless Services Australia Limited

Spotless Services International Pty Ltd


Spotless Services Limited

Spotless Treasury Pty Limited

SSL Asset Services (Management) Pty Ltd

SSL Facilities Management Real Estate Services Pty Ltd

SSL Security Services Pty Ltd

Tarmac Linemarking Pty Ltd

Taylors Two Two Seven Pty Ltd

Trenchless Group Pty Ltd

Trico Asphalt Pty. Ltd.

UAM Pty Ltd

Utility Services Group Holdings Pty Ltd

Utility Services Group Limited

VEC Civil Engineering Pty Ltd

VEC Plant & Equipment Pty Ltd

New Zealand and Pacific

AF Downer Memorial Scholarship Trust

DGL Investments Limited

Downer Construction (Fiji) Pte Limited

Downer Construction (New Zealand) Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Power Limited

Downer EDI Engineering PNG Limited

Downer EDI Works Vanuatu Limited

Downer New Zealand Limited

Downer New Zealand Projects 1 Limited

Downer New Zealand Projects 2 Limited

Downer Utilities New Zealand Limited

Green Vision Recycling Limited

Hawkins Limited

Hawkins Project 1 Limited

ITS Pipetech Pacific (Fiji) Pte Limited

Richter Drilling (PNG) Limited

Spotless Facility Services (NZ) Limited

Spotless Holdings (NZ) Limited

Techtel Training & Development Limited

The Roading Company Limited

Waste Solutions Limited

Works Finance (NZ) Limited

Africa

Downer EDI Mining – Ghana Limited

Downer Mining South Africa Proprietary Limited

(iii)

MD Mineral Technologies Africa (Pty) Ltd

MD Mining and Mineral Services (Pty) Ltd

(i)

Asia

Chang Chun Ao Hua Technical Consulting Co Ltd

Cleanevent Middle East FZ LLC

(ii)

Downer EDI Engineering (S) Pte Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings (Thailand) Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Thailand Ltd

Downer EDI Group Insurance Pte Ltd

Downer EDI Rail (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer EDI Works (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer Pte Ltd

Downer Singapore Pte Ltd

MD Mineral Technologies Private Limited

PT Duffill Watts Indonesia

PT Otraco Indonesia

(iii)

Americas

Mineral Technologies Comercio de Equipamentos para

Processamento de Minerais LTD

Mineral Technologies, Inc.

Otraco Brasil Gerenciamento de Pneus Ltda

(iii)

United Kingdom and Channel Islands

KHSA Limited

Sillars (B. & C.E.) Limited

(ii)

Sillars (TMWD) Limited

(ii)

Sillars Holdings Limited

(ii)

Sillars Road Construction Limited

(ii)

Works Infrastructure (Holdings) Limited

(ii)

Works Infrastructure Limited

(ii)

(i) 70% ownership interest.

(ii) Entity is currently undergoing liquidation/dissolution.

(iii) Entity dissolved/de-registered during the financial year ended 30 June 2023.

(iv) Entity acquired during the financial year ended 30 June 2023.

(v) These Spotless controlled entities do not form part of the tax-consolidated

group of which Downer EDI Limited is the head entity.

(vi) AGIS Group Pty Limited changed its name to Downer Professional Services

Pty Ltd during the financial year ended 30 June 2023.

(vii) Entity incorporated during the financial year ended 30 June 2023.

F2. Controlled entities – continued

121
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

F3. Related party information

(a) Transactions with controlled entities

Aggregate amounts receivable from and payable to controlled entities by the parent entity are included within total assets and

liabilities balances as disclosed in Note F4.

(b) Equity interests in related parties

Equity interests in subsidiaries

Details of the percentage of ordinary shares held in controlled entities are disclosed in Note F2.

Equity interests in joint arrangements and associate entities

Details of interests in joint arrangements and associate entities are disclosed in Note F1. The business activities of a number of

these entities are conducted under joint venture arrangements. Associated entities conduct business transactions with various

controlled entities. Such transactions include purchases and sales, dividends and interest.

(c) Controlling entity

The parent entity of the Group is Downer EDI Limited.

F4. Parent entity disclosures

(a) Financial position

Company

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Assets

Current assets8.7 24.1

Non-current assets2,665.1 2,7 74.8

Total assets2,673.8 2,798.9

Liabilities

Current liabilities10.2 30.1

Non-current liabilities–5.8

Total liabilities10.2 35.9

Net assets2,663.6 2,763.0

Equity

Issued capital2,463.8 2,481.6

Retained earnings171.1 253.5

Reserves

Employee benefits reserve12.7 11.9

Equity reserve16.0 16.0

Total equity2,663.6 2,763.0

The parent entity was in a net current liabilities position largely due to the recognition of the fair value on the Downer Contingent

Share Options (DCSO) of $3.7 million financial instrument at reporting date which would be settled in equity. The parent entity

can meet all its financial obligations when they fall due since it has the ability to control the timing of the funding from its

controlled entities.

(b) Financial performance

Company

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Profit for the year32.3 228.7

Total comprehensive income32.3 228.7

122 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

F4. Parent entity disclosures – continued

(c) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity in

relation to the debts of its subsidiaries

The parent entity has, in the normal course of business, entered

into guarantees in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries during

the financial year.

(d) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

The parent entity has no contingent liabilities as at 30 June

2023 (2022: nil) other than those disclosed in Note C9 to the

financial statements.

(e) Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant

and equipment by the parent entity

The parent entity does not have any commitments for

acquisition of property, plant and equipment as at 30 June 2023

(2022: nil).

F5. Acquisition of businesses

Current year acquisition

Concrete Pavement Recycling Pty Ltd

On 14 April 2023, the Group acquired the remaining 50.5%

interest in Concrete Pavement Recyling Pty Ltd (“CPR”) for

consideration of $0.1 million.

The acquisition accounting for CPR remains provisionally

accounted at 30 June 2023.

Prior year acquisition

Fowlers

On 30 November 2021, the Group acquired 100% of Fowlers

Asphalting Pty. Limited, Gippsland Asphalt Pty. Ltd. and Tarmac

Linemarking Pty Ltd (‘Fowlers’) for total consideration of

$25.9 million. Total consideration for this acquisition comprised

$24.0 million cash paid (net of $0.6 million cash balances

acquired) and $1.3 million deferred consideration. The fair value

of the acquired net assets amounts to $18.1 million resulting

in goodwill of $7.8 million being recognised. Fowlers is an

asphalting and civil construction business operating in the

Gippsland area of Victoria.

The Group has concluded the acquisition accounting process

for this acquisition and there was no material change arising

from finalisation.

Goodwill from acquisition

The goodwill resulting from the above acquisition represents

the future market development, expected revenue growth

opportunities, technical talent and expertise, and the benefits

of expected synergies. These benefits are not recognised

separately from goodwill because they do not meet the

recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

Measurement of fair values

The valuation techniques used for measuring the fair value of

material assets acquired were as follows:

Asset/liability

acquiredValuation technique

Tr a d e

receivables and

contract assets

Cost technique – considers the expected

economic benefits receivable when due.

Property, plant

and equipment

Market comparison technique and cost

technique – the valuation model considers

quoted market prices for similar items

when available and current replacement

cost when appropriate.

Intangible assetsMulti-period excess earnings method –

considers the present value of net cash

flows expected to be generated by the

customer contracts and relationships,

intellectual property and brand names,

excluding any cash flows related to

contributory assets. For the valuation of

certain brand names, discounted cash

flow under the relief from royalty valuation

methodology has been utilised.

Trade payables and

other payables

Cost technique – considers the expected

economic outflow of resources when due.

BorrowingsCost technique – considers the expected

economic outflow of resources when due.

ProvisionsCost technique – considers the probable

economic outflow of resources when the

obligation arises.

Recognition and measurement

Business combinations

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account

for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity

instruments or other assets are acquired. The consideration

transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the:

§Fair values of the assets transferred

§Liabilities incurred to the former owners of the

acquired business

§Equity interests issued by the Group

§Fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent

consideration arrangement, and

§Fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent

liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with

limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values

at the acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-

controlling interest in the acquired entity on an acquisition-by-

acquisition basis either at fair value or at the non-controlling

interest’s proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net

identifiable assets.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

123
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

(i) Acquisition achieved in stages

Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair

value at the acquisition date (i.e. the date when the Group attains control) and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognised in profit

or loss. Amounts arising from interests in the acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have previously been recognised in other

comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where such treatment would be appropriate if that interest were disposed of

or control of the acquiree obtained.

(ii) Contingent consideration

The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement period

adjustments depends on how the contingent consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not

remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration

that is classified as an asset or liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates with the corresponding gain or loss being

recognised in profit or loss.

(iii) Non-controlling interest

The Group can elect, on an acquisition by acquisition basis, to recognise non-controlling interests in an acquired entity either at fair

value or at the non-controlling interest’s share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets/(liabilities).

F6. Disposal of businesses

Current year divestments

Transport Projects

On 20 June 2023, Downer completed the sale of its Australian Transport Projects business to DT Infrastructure Pty Ltd, a

Gamuda Berhad group company (Gamuda). The sale price represents an enterprise value of $212 million. There remains a number

of customer consents outstanding at the date of completion, some of which remain outstanding as at the date of this report.

These contracts will remain with Downer until the consents are received and Downer has agreed to defer $20.0 million of the

proceeds until the remaining customer consents are received and the contracts novated. As at June 2023, net proceeds (after

transaction costs) of $160.5 million had been received with a $44.4 million pre-tax gain on disposal.

The below table summarises the impact of divestments during the 2023 financial year:

2023

$’mNote

Transport

Projects

Proceeds on disposal (net of transaction costs)214.9

Less cash disposed(54.4)

Proceeds net of disposal costs (as per the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows)160.5

Consideration for divested contracts (net of transaction costs)164.9

Cash and cash equivalents54.4

Trade receivables and contract assets70.5

Property, plant and equipment36.7

Right-of-use assets1.7

Goodwill/Intangible assets44.1

Inventories0.9

Deferred tax assets3.5

Assets disposed211.8

Trade payables and contract liabilities77.7

Lease liabilities1.8

Employee benefits provision11.8

Liabilities disposed91.3

Net assets disposed120.5

Gain on disposal before taxB344.4

124 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

F6. Disposal of businesses – continued

Prior year divestments

Disposal of Mining businesses

Open Cut Mining East business

On 11 October 2021, Downer entered into an agreement to sell its Open Cut Mining East business to an Australian subsidiary of

PT Bukit Makmur Mandiri Utama (BUMA), a large Mining services provider in Indonesia, for gross proceeds of $150 million. The

sale included the transfer of assets (including fleet and inventory) and liabilities; and the novation of the existing contracts to

BUMA. Downer received an initial deposit of $16 million at that date. On 17 December 2021, the sale of Open Cut Mining East was

completed and Downer received the remaining purchase price. As at 30 June 2022, net proceeds (after transaction costs) of

$131.0 million had been received with a $64.7 million pre-tax loss on disposal recognised.

Otraco business

On 26 April 2021, an agreement was reached for the sale of Mining’s tyre management business (Otraco) to Bridgestone

Corporation (Bridgestone). Otraco was disclosed as a disposal group held for sale in the Group’s 2021 Annual Report.

On 1 December 2021, the sale of Otraco was completed and Downer received net proceeds (after transaction costs) of $75.1 million

and recorded a net pre-tax gain on disposal of $47.4 million.

The below table summarises the impact of divestments during the 2022 financial year:

2022

$’mNote

Mining

Divestments

Proceeds on disposal (net of transaction costs)221.8

Less cash disposed(15.7)

Proceeds net of disposal costs

(i)

206.1

Proceeds on disposal (net of transaction costs)221.8

Cash and cash equivalents15.7

Trade receivables and contract assets40.4

Property, plant and equipment

(ii)

174.1

Right-of-use assets

(iii)

41.7

Intangible assets

(iv)

0.5

Inventories40.3

Current tax assets1.7

Deferred tax assets9.2

Prepayments and other assets0.7

Assets disposed324.3

Trade payables and contract liabilities5.9

Lease liabilities

(v)

43.2

Employee benefits provision38.5

Other provisions0.2

Liabilities disposed87. 8

Net assets disposed236.5

Add non-controlling interest disposed4.6

Less FCTR held on businesses disposed7. 2

(Loss) on disposal before taxB3(17. 3)

(i) A further $39.3 million proceeds in relation to Open Cut Mining West and Blasting businesses disposed during FY21 have been received during the year.

Total divestment proceeds received as at 30 June 2022 amounts to $245.4 million.

(ii) A further $9.4 million of Otraco assets classified as Assets Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Annual Report 2021.

(iii) A further $2.2 million of Otraco assets classified as Assets Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Annual Report 2021.

(iv) $0.5 million of Otraco intangible assets classified as Assets Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Annual Report 2021.

(v) A further $2.4 million of Otraco lease liabilities classified as Liabilities Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Annual Report 2021.

125
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

F7. Disposal group held for sale

Transport Projects

On 20 June 2023, Downer announced it had completed the sale of its Australian Transport Projects business to DT Infrastructure

Pty Ltd, a Gamuda Berhad group company (Gamuda). There remains a number of contracts with customer consents outstanding

at the date of completion, some of which remain outstanding as at the date of this report. These contracts will remain with Downer

until the consents are received.

Asset and Development Services

Downer has entered into an agreement to sell the remaining part of its Australian Mechanical and Electrical Commercial Projects

business (‘Asset & Development Services’) to existing managers of the business. The transaction is expected to be completed

in FY24.

The assets and liabilities of the contracts to be divested have been reclassified as current assets and liabilities held for sale at

30 June 2023.

At 30 June 2023, the disposal groups were stated at the lower of its carrying amount and fair value less costs of disposal, and

consisted of the following assets and liabilities:

2023

$’mNote

Transport

Projects

Asset and

Development

ServicesTo t a l

Trade receivables and contract assets42.8 41.2 84.0

Inventories– 0.2 0.2

Current tax assets– 2.0 2.0

Prepayments and other assets0.7 0.5 1.2

Property, plant and equipmentC5– 0.4 0.4

Right-of-use assetsC60.6 2.0 2.6

Deferred tax assetsB 5 (b)– 1.8 1.8

Assets held for sale44.1 48.1 92.2

Trade payables and contract liabilities54.8 42.7 97.5

Lease liabilities0.6 2.5 3.1

Current tax liabilities– 0.2 0.2

Employee benefits provision3.0 8.4 11.4

Other provisionsC80.5 1.2 1.7

Deferred tax liabilitiesB 5 (b)(1.0)– (1.0)

Liabilities held for sale57.9 55.0 112.9

Recognition and measurement

Disposal groups are recognised when a sale is considered highly probable. The assets and liabilities of these disposal groups

are disclosed separately on the basis that their value is expected to be realised through a sale event rather than continued use.

Disposal group assets are presented at the lower of their carrying value or the value expected to be realised through the sale.

Any impairment to the carrying value of the assets is recognised through the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other

Comprehensive Income.

The Assets held for sale do not include any recognition of divestment and exit costs.

126 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

G

Other

This section provides details on other required disclosures relating to the Group to comply with the accounting standards

and other pronouncements including the Group’s capital and financial risk management disclosure. This disclosure provides

information around the Group’s risk management policies and how Downer uses derivatives to hedge the underlying exposure

to changes in interest rates and to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

G1. New accounting standards

G2. Capital and financial risk management

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

G1. New accounting standards

(a) New and amended accounting standards adopted by

the Group

During the year, the Group has applied a number of new

and revised accounting standards issued by the Australian

Accounting Standards Board (AASB) that are mandatorily

effective for an accounting period that begins on or after 1 July

2022, as follows:

§AASB 2020-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Annual Improvements 2018-2020 and

Other Amendments, including:

–Amendments to AASB 137 – Onerous Contracts – Cost of

Fulfilling a Contract.

–Amendments to AASB 116 – Property, Plant and

Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use.

–Reference to the Conceptual Framework (Amendments

to AASB 3).

Based on AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and

Contingent Assets, the full cost approach was utilised

and hence there was no impact on measurement of

onerous contracts.

None of the above new and amended accounting standards

have had a significant impact on the Group’s consolidated

financial statements.

(b) New accounting standards and interpretations

not yet adopted

The following standards, amendments to standards and

interpretations are relevant to current operations. They are

available for early adoption but have not been applied by the

Group in this Financial Report.

§AASB 2020-1 and 2020-6 Classification of liabilities as

current or non-current.

§AASB 2021-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Disclosure of Accounting Policies and Definition

of Accounting Estimates.

§AASB 2021-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities

arising from a Single Transaction.

§AASB 17 Insurance Contracts.

§AASB 2020-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Insurance Contracts.

§AASB 2022-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Initial Application of AASB 17 and

AASB 9 Comparative Information.

§AASB 2022-5 Amendments to AASB 16 Leases –

Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback.

§AASB 2014-10 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Sale or Contribution of Assets between an

Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture.

§A ASB 202 2-7 Editorial Corrections to Australian

Accounting Standards and Repeal of Superseded and

Redundant Standards.

§AASB 2022-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Non-current Liabilities with Covenants.

§AASB 2023-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Supplier Finance Arrangements.

§AASB 2023-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – International Tax Reform – Pillar Two

Model Rules.

AASB 17 Insurance Contracts (AASB 17) will be first applicable

to the Group for the financial year commencing 1 July 2023

and must be applied retrospectively. Insurance contracts

are defined as contracts ‘under which one party (the issuer)

accepts significant insurance risk from another party (the

policyholder) by agreeing to compensate the policyholder if a

specified uncertain future event (the insured event) adversely

affects the policyholder’. AASB 17 establishes the principles for

the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of

insurance contracts.

Management is in the process of determining the impact and no

material items have been identified to date.

127
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

G2. Capital and financial risk management

(a) Capital risk management

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity.

The Group may vary its capital structure by adjusting the

amount of dividends, returning capital to shareholders, issuing

new shares or increasing or reducing debt.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to

safeguard its ability to operate as a going concern so that it

can meet all its financial obligations when they fall due, provide

adequate returns to shareholders, maintain an appropriate

capital structure to optimise its cost of capital and maintain

an investment grade credit rating to ensure ongoing access

to funding.

A buy-back of Downer’s shares was announced to the market

on 27 April 2021 and the buy-back commenced on 8 June

2021. As of 30 June 2023, the buy-back has ended and a total

of 32,217,939 shares were purchased for total consideration of

$185.0 million, funded by the Group’s cash reserves.

(b) Financial risk management objectives

The Group’s Treasury function manages the funding, liquidity

and financial risks of the Group that are managed under a Board

approved Treasury Policy. These risks include foreign exchange,

interest rate, commodity and financial counterparty credit risk.

The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial

instruments to manage its exposures including:

(i) Forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exchange

rate risk arising from cross-border trade flows, foreign

income and debt service obligations

(ii) Cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the interest

rate and currency risk associated with foreign currency

denominated borrowings

(iii) Interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk

(iv) Commodity forward contracts to manage commodity price

movements in contracts.

The Group does not enter into or trade derivative financial

instruments for speculative purposes.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount

reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position,

when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised

amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or

realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. No

material amounts with a right to offset were identified in the

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(c) Foreign currency risk management

The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in

foreign currencies. As a result, exposures to exchange rate

fluctuations arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within

approved policy parameters, utilising forward foreign exchange

contracts and cross-currency swaps.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s unhedged foreign

currency denominated financial assets and financial liabilities at

the reporting date are as follows:

Financial assets

(i)

Financial liabilities

(i)

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

US Dollar (USD)2.3 1.3 0.2 –

Euro (EUR)0.5 0.6 0.1 2.3

(i) The above table shows foreign currency financial assets and liabilities in

Australian dollar equivalent.

128 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

Foreign currency forward contracts

The following table summarises, by currency pairs, the Australian dollar value (unless otherwise stated) of forward exchange

contracts outstanding as at the reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average

exchange rateForeign currencyContract valueFair value

2023 2022

2023

FC’m

2022

FC’m

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Buy USD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.6807 0.7217 3.1 7. 2 4.6 10.0 0.1 0.5

3 to 6 months0.7287 0.7305 2.1 9.6 2.9 13.1 0.3 0.8

Later than 6 months0.6929 0.7387 3.9 7. 5 5.6 10.1 0.2 0.7

9.1 24.3 13.1 33.2 0.6 2.0

Sell USD / Buy AUD

Less than 3 months0.6768 0.7194 0.9 3.5 1.3 4.9 – (0. 2)

3 to 6 months0.6888 0.7431 8.2 12.4 11.8 16.7 (0.4)(1.2)

Later than 6 months0.6514 0.7225 7.6 8.8 11.6 12.2 0.3 (0.5)

16.7 24.7 24.7 33.8 (0.1)(1.9)

Buy EUR / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.6328 0.6530 0.8 3.8 1.3 5.9 0.1 (0. 2)

3 to 6 months0.6198 0.6304 0.5 1.0 0.9 1.6 – (0.1)

Later than 6 months0.6201 0.6260 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 – –

1.9 5.6 3.2 8.7 0.1 (0.3)

Buy JPY / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months85.32 86.14 435.1 584.6 5.1 6.8 (0.6)(0.6)

3 to 6 months87.65 89.82 164.6 75.6 1.9 0.8 (0.1)–

Later than 6 months84.48 82.77 560.9 342.4 6.6 4.1 (0.4)(0.4)

1,160.6 1,002.6 13.6 11.7 (1.1)(1.0)

Sell JPY / Buy AUD

Less than 3 months90.50 87. 97 25.0 515.9 0.3 5.9 – 0.4

3 to 6 months80.88 – 70.2 – 0.9 – 0.1 –

Later than 6 months87. 83 80.02 21.4 51.3 0.2 0.6 – 0.1

116.6 567. 2 1.4 6.5 0.1 0.5

Buy NZD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months1.0854 1.0992 40.0 45.0 36.9 40.9 (0.1)(0.3)

Sell NZD / Buy AUD

Less than 3 months1.0895 – 20.0 – 18.4 – – –

Buy GBP / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months– 0.5669 – 0.4 – 0.6 – –

Later than 6 months– 0.5291 – 0.7 – 1.3 – (0.1)

– 1.1 – 1.9 – (0.1)

To t a l(0.5)(1.1)

129
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

Under cross-currency interest rate swaps, the Group is committed to exchange certain foreign currency loan principal and interest

amounts at agreed future dates at fixed foreign exchange and interest rates. Such contracts enable the Group to eliminate the risk

of adverse movements in foreign exchange and interest rates related to foreign currency denominated borrowings.

The following table details the Australian dollar equivalent of cross-currency interest rate swaps outstanding as at the

reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average

AUD equivalent

interest rate

(including

credit margin)

Weighted average

exchange rateContract valueFair value

2023

%

2022

%

2023


2022 2023

$’m

2022

$’m

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Buy USD / Sell AUD

1 to 5 years5.9 5.9 0.7739 0.7739 129.2 129.2 17. 3 14.7

Buy JPY / Sell AUD

5 years or more5.2 5.2 83.12 83.12 120.3 120.3 (9.9)( 7. 8)

The above cross-currency interest rate swaps are designated as effective cash flow hedges.

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

The Group is mainly exposed to the movement in United States dollar (USD), New Zealand dollar (NZD) and Japanese Yen (JPY)

arising from cross-border trade and intercompany flows.

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to movements in the Australian dollar against relevant foreign currencies. The

percentages disclosed below represent the Group’s assessment of the possible changes in spot foreign exchange rates (i.e.

forward exchange points and discount factors have been kept constant). The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign

currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a given percentage change in foreign

exchange rates.

A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease in

profit and equity.

Profit/(loss)

(i)

Equity

(ii)

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

USD impact

- 15% rate change0.4 0.2 (1.9)(0. 2)

+ 15% rate change(0.3) (0.1)1.4 0.2

NZD impact

- 15% rate change– – 6.5 7. 2

+ 15% rate change– – (4.8)(5.3)

JPY impact

- 15% rate change–– 1.91.2

+ 15% rate change– – (1.4)(0.9)

(i) This is mainly as a result of the changes in the value of unhedged foreign currency denominated financial asset and liabilities.

(ii) This is as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

130 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(d) Interest rate risk management

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as entities borrow funds at floating interest rates. Management of this risk is governed by

a Board approved Treasury Policy and is managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings

and hedging is undertaken utilising cross-currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swap contracts and the issue of long-term

fixed rate debt securities.

The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the table below:

Weighted average AUD

equivalent interest rate

(including credit margin)Liability/(asset)

2023

%

2022

%

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

Floating interest rates – income and cash flow exposure

Bank loans5.3 1.8 587.0 7.0

Cash and cash equivalents2.3 0.3 (889.1)(738.5)

Total cash flow exposure (302.1)(731.5)

Fixed interest rates – fair value exposure

Bank loans

(i)

5.0 2.0 221.8 568.0

USD private placement notes

(i)

5.9 5.9 133.5 130.5

AUD private placement notes5.8 5.8 30.0 30.0

Medium term notes

(i)

3.6 3.6 620.5 622.9

Total fair value exposure 1,005.8 1,351.4

(i) The marked to market values of the interest rate and cross-currency swaps have been included in the debt amounts.

All interest rates in the above table reflect rates in the currency of the relevant loan other than USD private placement notes and

JPY medium term notes, where the AUD rates under the relevant cross-currency swaps are used.

The table above relates to amounts that are drawn. The Group has a number of undrawn facilities, which if utilised would be on a

floating rate basis.

The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Under

these contracts, the Group commits to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on

notional principal amounts. The principal and interest amounts on USD private placement notes and JPY medium term notes have

been fully hedged against the Australian dollar through cross-currency interest rate swaps. The fair values of interest rate swaps are

based on market values of equivalent instruments at the reporting date.

The following table details the interest rate swap contracts and related notional principal amounts as at the reporting date:

Outstanding floating to

fixed swap contracts

Weighted average

interest rateNotional principal amountFair value

2023

%

2022

%

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

2023

$’m

2022

$’m

AUD interest rate swaps

Less than 1 year3.3 0.7 225.0 575.0 3.2 5.4

1 to 2 years– 3.3 – 225.0 – 1.5

225.0 800.0 3.2 6.9

131
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity analysis has been determined based on the

exposure to interest rates at the reporting date and assuming

that the rate change occurs at the beginning of the financial

year and is then held constant throughout the reporting period.

Sensitivities have been based on a movement in interest rates

of 100 basis points across the yield curve of the relevant

currencies. The selected basis point increase or decrease

represents the Group’s assessment of the possible change

in interest rates based on the current observable market

environment for variable rate instruments, cross-currency

interest rate swaps and interest rate swaps. An increase or

decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points on the unhedged

position (mostly cash and cash equivalents) will increase or

decrease interest expense by $3.0 million (2022: $7.3 million)

respectively for the next 12 months.

For hedged positions designated as cash flow hedges,

an increase and decrease in interest rates of 100 basis

points will generate an increase and decrease in equity

of $1.4 million (2022: $5.8 million) and $1.2 million (2022:

$5.6 million) respectively.

(e) Credit risk management

Credit risk refers to the risk that a financial counterparty will

default on its contractual obligations in respect of a financial

instrument, resulting in a potential loss to the Group.

Trade receivables and contract assets arise from a large

number of customers, spread across diverse industries and

geographical areas. A credit risk assessment is performed at

the onset of material contracts to assess the financial condition

of the counterparty and reviewed annually to take account

of any changes in the risk profile of the counterparty. Where

possible, a bank guarantee or performance bond, or parent

guarantee from a creditworthy counterparty, is sought to secure

a counterparty’s contractual payment obligations. Refer to Note

C2 for details on credit risk arising from trade receivables and

contract assets.

Financial counterparty credit limits and the related credit

acceptability of financial counterparties are set by a Board

approved Treasury Policy that is subject to annual review to

ensure it remains relevant to the external environment and

reflects the Group’s risk appetite at all times. The Treasury

Policy sets clear parameters for determining acceptable

financial counterparties and limits the exposure the Group

may have at any one time to any financial counterparties to

mitigate financial loss due to a default by a counterparty. No

material exposure is considered to exist by virtue of the non-

performance of any financial counterparty.

Credit risk on derivative financial instruments and cash

balances held with financial counterparties is managed by

Group Treasury with transactions only made with approved

counterparties that have a minimum investment grade rating

from Standard & Poor’s of A- (or equivalent from Moody’s or

Fitch rating agencies). In limited circumstances, surplus cash

may be held in foreign jurisdictions with financial counterparties

that do not meet the minimum rating threshold where there is

no other alternative.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial

statements, net of any allowances for losses, represents the

Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk.

(f) Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its

financial obligations as and when they fall due. The Group’s

liquidity risk is managed under a Board approved Treasury

Policy that sets clear parameters governing the Group’s

continued access to liquidity.

The Group manages liquidity risk by ensuring a minimum level

of liquidity is available to meet the Group’s financial obligations

in the form of available liquid cash balances and access to

committed undrawn debt facilities and other forms of capital,

monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the

maturity profile of financial assets and liabilities.

The Group seeks to mitigate its exposure to liquidity risk by

ensuring that debt facilities are provided by strong investment

grade rated financial counterparties and by the early refinancing

of debt facilities to ensure continued access to capital over the

medium term.

As at 30 June 2023, the Group has no debt facilities maturing

within the 12 months to 30 June 2024. The maturity profile

and quantum of the Group’s debt facilities will continue to be

monitored and refinanced in advance subject to credit market

conditions and the support of its financial counterparties.

Included in Note E2 is a summary of committed undrawn bank

loan facilities.

132 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

Liquidity risk tables

The following tables detail the contractual maturity of the Group’s financial liabilities. The tables are based on the undiscounted

cash flows of financial liabilities and include both interest and principal cash flows.

2023

$’m

Less than

1 year

1 to 2

years

2 to 3

years

3 to 4

years

4 to 5

years

More than

5 years

Bank loans

(i)

45.7 403.9 162.2 18.0 307. 4 –

USD notes6.9 6.9 154.3 – – –

AUD notes1.7 1.7 30.9 – – –

Medium term notes19.7 19.7 519.7 1.2 1.2 110.0

Total borrowings including interest74.0 432.2 867.1 19.2 308.6 110.0

Cross-currency interest rate swaps5.8 5.8 (16.2)5.1 5.1 41.5

Interest rate swaps(2.5)(0.9)– – – –

Foreign currency forward contracts4.8 0.2 – – – –

Total derivative instruments

(ii)

8.1 5.1 (16.2)5.1 5.1 41.5

Trade payables and accruals1,749.0 – – – – –

Lease liabilities156.7 115.0 86.1 63.0 45.2 156.4

Total financial liabilities1 ,987. 8 552.3 937.0 87. 3 358.9 307.9

2022

$’m

Less than

1 year

1 to 2

years

2 to 3

years

3 to 4

years

4 to 5

years

More than

5 years

Bank loans

(i)

13.8 112.1 190.6 7. 2 7. 8 302.4

USD notes6.6 6.6 6.6 148.5 – –

AUD notes1.7 1.7 1.7 30.9 – –

Medium term notes19.7 19.7 19.7 519.7 1.2 113.5

Total borrowings including interest41. 8 140.1 218.6 706.3 9.0 415 . 9

Cross-currency interest rate swaps6.0 6.0 6.1 (10.5)5.1 44.2

Interest rate swaps(5 .4)(1.5)(0.4)– – –

Foreign currency forward contracts1.8 0.1 (0.1)– – –

Total derivative instruments

(ii)

2.4 4.6 5.6 (10.5)5.1 44.2

Trade payables and accruals1,734.1 – – – – –

Lease liabilities148.2 111.8 80.4 64.1 48.9 169.5

Total financial liabilities1,926.5 256.5 304.6 759.9 63.0 629.6

(i) $812 million (2022: $582 million) of the bank loan liabilities relate to loan principal obligations with the balance relating to interest obligations for the current drawn

profile. These interest obligations are set by reference to the relevant quarterly or monthly floating interest rate at the reporting date. Note that the principal and

interest obligation are subject to change based on the actual drawn profile and changes in market interest rate.

(ii) Includes assets and liabilities. The derivative instruments are subject to change as interest rates and exchange rates change.

Recognition and measurement

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are

subsequently re-measured at their fair value at each reporting date. Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value of

derivatives, except those that qualify as effective hedges, are immediately recognised in profit or loss. These are presented as

current assets or liabilities to the extent they are expected to settle within 12 months after the end of the reporting period. There

were no fair value hedges in the year ended 30 June 2023.

133
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Hedge accounting

AASB 9 aligns the accounting for hedging instruments closely with the Group’s risk management objectives and strategy and

applies a more qualitative and forward-looking approach to assessing hedge effectiveness. The Group has elected to adopt the

general hedge accounting model in AASB 9. AASB 9 includes requirements on rebalancing hedge relationships and prohibiting

voluntary discontinuation of hedge accounting.

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are used to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset, liability or firm commitment.

For fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or

liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are immediately recorded in profit or loss. Hedge accounting is discontinued when

the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedges are used to hedge risks associated with contracted and highly probable forecast transactions. For cash flow

hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is deferred in equity and the gain or loss relating to the

ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Amounts deferred in equity are transferred to profit or loss in the same period the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss. When

the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the gains and losses previously

deferred in equity are transferred to form part of the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset or liability.

If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised

immediately in profit or loss. If the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge

accounting, any gain or loss deferred in equity remains in equity until the forecast transaction occurs.

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

2023

$’m

Financial assetsFinancial liabilities

Current Non-current Current Non-current

At amortised cost

(i)

:

Current

Other financial assets3.4 14.4 – –

Advances to/from joint ventures and associates4.2 – 3.6 –

Deferred consideration– – 1.3 –

7.6 14.4 4.9 –

At fair value:

Level 2

Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge0.8 0.5 1.5 0.3

Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge2.3 18.6 4.9 5.4

Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) financial instrument– – 3.7 –

3.1 19.1 10.1 5.7

Level 3

Unquoted equity investments – Fair value through OCI– 18.0 – –

– 18.0 – –

To t a l10.7 51.5 15.0 5.7

(i) Due to the short-term nature of the other current receivables, their carrying amount is considered to be the same as their fair value. For the majority of the non-current

receivables, the fair values are also not significantly different from their carrying amounts.

134 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities – continued

2022

$’m

Financial assetsFinancial liabilities

Current Non-current Current Non-current

At amortised cost

(i)

:

Current

Other financial assets15.7 5.6 – –

Advances to/from joint ventures and associates0.3 – 3.6 –

Deferred consideration4.5 – 0.2 1.3

20.5 5.6 3.8 1.3

At fair value:

Level 2

Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge2.2 0.4 3.6 0.3

Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge5.5 17.0 5.3 3.4

Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) financial instrument– – 13.7 –

7.7 17.4 22.6 3.7

Level 3

Unquoted equity investments – Fair value through OCI– 9.7 – –

– 9.7 – –

To t a l28.2 32.7 26.4 5.0

(i) Due to the short-term nature of the other current receivables, their carrying amount is considered to be the same as their fair value. For the majority of the non-current

receivables, the fair values are also not significantly different from their carrying amounts.

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets

The fair value of Level 3 investments has increased by $8.3 million from prior year due to the $6.0 million investment in Evolution

Rail (HCMT project), $2.1 million investment in a virtual reality technology company and $0.2 million investment revaluation.

Recognition and measurement

Fair value measurement

When a derivative is designated as the cash flow hedging instrument, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the

derivative is recognised in Other comprehensive income and accumulated in the hedging reserve. Any ineffective portion of

changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Valuation of financial instruments

For financial instruments measured and carried at fair value, the Group uses the following to categorise the methods used:

§Level 1: fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

§Level 2: fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or

liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices)

§Level 3: fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

During the year there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value hierarchies.

The following table shows the valuation technique used in measuring Level 2 and 3 fair values, as well as significant unobservable

inputs used:

Ty p eValuation techniqueSignificant unobservable input

Cross-currency and

interest rate swaps

Calculated using the present value of the

estimated future cash flows based on

observable yield curves.

Not applicable.

Foreign currency

forward contracts

Calculated using forward exchange rates

prevailing at the balance sheet date.

Not applicable.

Unquoted

equity investments

Calculated based on the Group’s interest in

the net assets of the unquoted entities.

Assumptions are made with regard to future expected

revenues and discount rates. Changing the inputs to the

valuations to reasonably possible alternative assumptions

would not significantly change the amounts recognised in

profit or loss, total assets or total liabilities, or total equity.

135
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Directors’ Declaration

for the year ended 30 June 2023

In the opinion of the Directors of Downer EDI Limited:

(a) The financial statements and notes set out on pages 71 to 134 are in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001

(Cth), including:

(i) Complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting

requirements; and

(ii) The financial statements and notes thereto give a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the

Company and the consolidated entity;

(b) There are reasonable grounds to believe that Downer EDI Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due

and payable;

(c) The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); and

(d) The attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as noted in Note A to the

financial statements.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to Section 295(5) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors


M J Menhinnitt P J Tompkins

Chairman Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Sydney, 10 August 2023

136 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Overview

Downer’s corporate governance framework provides the

platform from which:

§The Board is accountable to shareholders for the operations,

performance and growth of the Company

§Downer management is accountable to the Board

§The risks to Downer’s business are identified and managed

§Downer effectively communicates with its shareholders and

the investment community.

Downer continues to enhance its policies and processes to

promote leading corporate governance practices.

The Board endorses the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s

Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations

(ASX Principles).

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for

management and oversight

The Downer Board Charter sets out the functions and

responsibilities of the Board and is available on the Downer

website at www.downergroup.com.

The Board Charter states that the role of the Board is to provide

strategic guidance and to effectively oversee management of

the Company. Among other things, the Board is responsible for:

§Overseeing the Company, including its control and

accountability systems

§Appointing and removing the Group CEO and

senior executives

§Monitoring performance of the Group CEO and

senior executives

§Reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk

management and internal control, codes of conduct and

legal compliance.

Before appointing a Director or senior executive, the Board

undertakes appropriate checks.

The Board provides shareholders with all material information

which is relevant to the decision to elect or re-elect a Director.

Directors receive formal letters of engagement setting out the

key terms, conditions and expectations of their engagement.

The Board Charter also describes the functions delegated to

management, led by the Group CEO.

The primary goal set for management by the Board is to focus

on enhancing shareholder value, which includes responsibility

for Downer’s economic, environmental and social performance.

The Group CEO is responsible for the day-to-day management

of Downer and his authority is delegated and authorised by

the Board.

Downer has written employment agreements with each of

its senior executives and the performance of those senior

executives is regularly reviewed against appropriate measures,

including performance targets linked to the business plan and

overall corporate objectives. In 2023, Downer’s senior executives

participated in periodic performance evaluations where they

received feedback on progress against these targets.

The Company Secretary is responsible for supporting the

effectiveness of the Board and is directly accountable to the

Board, through the Chairman, on all matters to do with the

proper functioning of the Board.

Details of Downer’s Directors and the Executive

Leadership Team are available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

Inclusion and Belonging at Downer

Downer is committed to ensuring that it has a diverse and

inclusive workforce, which fulfils the expectations of its

employees, customers and shareholders while building a

sustainable future for its business. This is formalised through

the Downer Inclusion and Belonging (I&B) Policy which outlines

the Company’s commitment to developing a diverse and

inclusive workforce.

The I&B Policy is available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

ASX diversity recommendations – diversity statement

This diversity statement outlines Downer’s performance

throughout 2023 with respect to its broader diversity program,

but with a particular focus on gender, and specifically includes:

§Details of Downer’s key gender representation metrics

§An overview of the gender diversity initiatives undertaken by

Downer throughout 2023

§An outline of Downer’s measurable gender diversity

objectives for 2023.

Gender representation metrics

As at 30 June 2023, Downer’s female gender representation

metrics were as follows:

Board50%

Senior Executive

1

20.2%

Management

2

18.3%

Workforce30%

1. For present purposes, ‘Senior Executive’ refers to CEO, KMP and Other

Executives/General Managers as defined in the Workplace Gender Equality

Agency Reference Guide to the workplace profile and reporting questionnaire

(WGEA Reference Guide).

2. For present purposes, ‘Management’ refers to CEO, KMP, Other Executives/

General Managers, Senior Managers and Other Managers as defined in the

WGEA Reference Guide.

Corporate Governance

for the year ended 30 June 2023

137
Directors’ ReportAuditor’s ReportsFinancial StatementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementsCorporate GovernanceInvestor Information

Looking back: 2023 measurable objectives

Focus AreaObjectiveTargetsInitiativesFY23 Outcomes

Aboriginal,

Torres Strait

Islander and

Māori Peoples

Educate and embed

best practice cultural

heritage monitoring

within large scale

on-country project

deliveries. Support

engagement and

partnership with Iwi,

Local Traditional

Owner groups and

Registered Native

Title bodies.

Focus on talent and

sourcing pipelines,

Employee Value

Proposition, retention

and engagement.

3% Aboriginal

and Torres Strait

Islander employees.

§Develop and deliver a series of

information sessions, awareness

packs and other resources to the

business about Aboriginal, Torres

Strait Islander and Māori history

and cultures, such as Cultural

Learning Bites.

§Delivered Inclusion and Belonging

monthly reports, lunch ’n’ learn online

sessions and resource packs about

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

culture and days of significance,

including NAIDOC Week and National

Reconciliation Week.

§Develop and endorse inclusive

‘optional’ mentoring programs for

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

employees, to ensure supported

ongoing ‘Cultural Safety’ in their roles.

§Work has commenced on how to

leverage the Graduate Mentoring

Support Program with tailored

components to support Indigenous

employees. This will form part of

the overarching Downer Indigenous

Employment Program (DIEP) to be

launched in FY24.

§Develop internal Indigenous

pre-employment and internship

programs in Australia, through the

consultation, education, engagement

and collaboration with Business Units

across Downer.

§The Walu pilot program outcomes

have been reviewed as a pre-

employment framework to partner

with external Indigenous employment

agencies. Building on the pilot

program, a holistic approach will be

captured as part of DIEP.

§Identify and implement pipeline

activities for potential candidates

from Aboriginal, Torres Strait

Islander and Māori heritage. Develop

innovative programs and approaches

to reach a wider range of recruitment

platforms and diverse communities.

§Re-signed partnership agreements

with NRL Cowboys House and Stars

Foundation, organisations that help

support young Indigenous people. An

Indigenous Careers recruitment video

is under development to increase

our reach in promoting Downer as a

culturally safe place for young people

to start their career journey.

§Develop a strategic and inclusive

Diversity Attraction, Employment,

Engagement and Retention Plan.

§A plan has been developed with

the focus being on DIEP. This will

encompass pre-employment, talent

acquisition, upskilling, mentoring

and career development to ensure

onboarding and retention outcomes

as a sustainable Group-wide approach.

§Continue to deliver Downer’s Māori

Leadership Development program,

Te Ara Whanake.

§Te Ara Whanake continues to be a

flagship program with 46 participants

completing in FY23. An alumni event

for 148 graduates was hosted by the

NZ Executive.

§Continue to deliver the Te Ara

Maramatanga program to Non-Māori

leaders which gives them a deeper

understanding of Māori history,

culture and tikanga.

§Te Ara Maramatanga was delivered to

another 17 participants in FY23.

§Create and maintain identified

positions for Aboriginal and Torres

Strait Islander people.

§Positions are identified in projects

and contracts that can be specifically

filled by Aboriginal and Torres Strait

Islander people.

138 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance

Focus AreaObjectiveTargetsInitiativesFY23 Outcomes

Gender

Diversity

To improve

opportunities for

women to reach their

potential through

an inclusive work

environment while

positioning Downer

Group as a preferred

employer for women.

§40% women in

the workforce

by 2023;

§25% women in

management

positions by

2023;

§25% women

in executive

positions by

2023; and

§30% women

Directors on

the Board.

§Analyse the WGEA reporting data

and use the learnings as key inputs to

develop ongoing strategy, programs

and initiatives.

§WGEA data was shared with the

P&C community for use within the

I&B Committees.

§Develop a strategic and inclusive

Diversity Attraction, Employment,

Engagement and Retention Plan.

§I&B Committees each hold their

own plans which are shared through

representation on the COP. Initiatives

include Wahine Kotahitanga in

NZ, to provide young females with

development, support and a voice.

§Through the Women on Track (WoT)

paid traineeship program we have

trainees undertaking Certificate II

training. With 10 women having

completed the program, it will now

be extended across Rail.

§We are an endorsed WORK180

employer which allows us to promote

Downer as a preferred employer

for women.

§Conduct self-assessment against

criteria and standards outlined in

the Workplace Equality and Respect

Standards and Gender Equality

Act 2020 (Vic), reporting on areas

for improvement.

§Not yet completed.

§Continue to deliver THRIVE, our

women’s personal and professional

growth program; and New Zealand’s

Women In Leadership Downer

Program (WILD).

§THRIVE is a 12-month program based

around five blocks of learning and

collaboration. The second cohort

of 117 participants have graduated

this year. The third cohort of 130

participants commenced in March.

Cultural and

Linguistic

Diversity

To improve

opportunities for

employees from

different cultural and

linguistic backgrounds.

Increase employees

who identify to be

from cultural and

linguistically diverse

backgrounds.

§Develop a strategic and inclusive

Diversity Attraction, Employment,

Engagement and Retention Plan.

§Pacific Peoples was identified as a

target group and a pre-employment

program developed and delivered in

partnership with the NZ Ministry of

Pacific Peoples.

§Develop and deliver information

sessions, awareness packs and other

resources to the business in relation

to the awareness and understanding

of different cultures and languages.

§Delivered Inclusion and Belonging

monthly reports, lunch ’n’ learn

online sessions and resource packs

about Harmony Week, Māori cultural

awareness and multiculturalism.

§Identify new partnerships and

opportunities for sourcing and

recruiting employees from under-

represented cultural groups.

§We continue to engage with

CareerSeekers to support the

recruitment of interns from migrant

and refugee backgrounds. One

CareerSeeker has interned with

Downer Utilities in FY23 so far.

§The GROW program at Bendigo

Health focused on recruiting

and training people from diverse

backgrounds and has provided

employment opportunities for over

70 new employees since its inception.

Looking back: 2023 measurable objectives

139
Corporate Governance

Focus AreaObjectiveTargetsInitiativesFY23 Outcomes

Generational

Diversity

To establish Downer

Group as a sought-

after employer for all

age groups and as

an organisation that

builds a talent pipeline

of thought leaders

and continues to value

experience.

Increase the

number of graduate

and apprentice

employees

year-on-year.

§Develop a strategic and inclusive

Diversity Attraction, Employment,

Engagement and Retention Plan.

§Continue to build a talent pipeline by

investing in entry-level programs that

align to our generational diversity

focus and priority areas, including:

–Downer Graduate

Development Program

–Cadetships and further

undergraduate programs

–Apprenticeships and traineeships

(mature-age opportunities,

recognition of prior learning for

experienced workers without

formal qualifications)

–Internships

–CSO pre-employment

programs (NZ).

§Apprentices and Trainees number

420 in AU and 403 in NZ. There are

two apprenticeship intakes per year.

§Career Pathways for main trades

now available on L&D Hub to

show the progression pathway to

apprenticeship and beyond.

§Graduate program participants

number 29 (AU) and 24 (NZ).

§Cadetship programs continue,

including focus on mature applicants

looking to retrain.

§Continuing partnerships with

preferred Universities to bolster

talent pipeline, including selected

sponsorship of diverse student groups

(female, rainbow and Indigenous).

§Collaborated with New Zealand

graduates to trial Trans-Tasman

Design Thinking Challenge.

LGBTIQA+Create a welcoming

and safe environment

for all employees who

identify as lesbian, gay,

bisexual, transgender,

intersex, queer, asexual

and other diverse

genders, sexes and

sexualities.

Increase

confidence

of employees

to identify as

LGBTIQA+.

§Develop and deliver information

sessions, awareness packs and other

resources to the business in relation

to LGBTQIA+ communities.

§Delivered Inclusion and Belonging

monthly reports containing

information about LGBTQIA+

significant days, including Wear

it Purple Day. Rainbow Training

provided, especially focusing on

P&C and Recruitment.

§Volunteering opportunity for Downer

colleagues to support Beyond Blue

at the 2023 Sydney Gay and Lesbian

Mardi Gras.

§Identify new partnerships and

opportunities for sourcing and

recruiting employees from the

LGBTQIA+ community.

§NZ retained Rainbow Tick

accreditation, enhancing employee

brand with community.

§StandOut Rainbow community group

supported including first community

conference held.

Disability and

Neurodiversity

Providing a safe and

inclusive workplace

that enables people of

all abilities to realise

their full potential

and make valued

contributions.

Increase

confidence of

employees to

identify employees

with a disability.

§Identify new partnerships and

opportunities for sourcing and

recruiting employees with a disability.

§Autism recruitment pilot within

a specific Business Unit. Identify

target roles and seek a recruitment

exemption from the Anti-

Discrimination Board (Australia).

§Develop and deliver information

sessions, awareness packs and other

resources to the business in relation

to disability workplace accessibility

and inclusion.

§Initial scoping undertaken, and two

potential work areas identified for

further investigation including BSC

(AU) and WMC (NZ).

§Work continuing with BSC to evaluate

opportunity and to identify partner to

support initiative.


§Delivered Inclusion and Belonging

monthly newsletters containing

information about Disability and

Neurodiversity. Learning session

delivered about Deaf awareness

and the Deaf community as well

as utilisation of sign language for

NZ values.

140 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance

Focus AreaObjectiveTargetsInitiatives

Aboriginal,

Torres Strait

Islander and

Māori Peoples

Develop and lead an

Employment Program

for Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander

people at Downer.

Partner with

Indigenous businesses

to build relationships,

promote Best Practice

procurement and

increase supplier

diversity.

§3% Aboriginal

and Torres

Strait Islander

employees.

§Develop an internal overarching approach to achieve employment target. This

will encompass processes and resources for talent acquisition, onboarding,

career development, mentoring and retention – delivered through the Downer

Indigenous Employment Program (DIEP).

§Develop and deliver a series of information sessions, awareness packs and other

resources to the business about Aboriginal, Torres Strait Islander and Māori

history and cultures, such as Cultural Learning Bites.

§Establish and maintain mutually beneficial relationships with Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander stakeholders and organisations. Promote and share

outcomes and achievements with the business.

§Develop an Indigenous Business Inclusion Strategy to increase spend and build

meaningful relationships enabling greater Supplier Diversity.

§Continue to deliver Downer’s Māori Leadership Development program,

Te Ara Whanake.

§Continue to deliver the Te Ara Maramatanga program to Non-Māori leaders

which gives them a deeper understanding of Māori history, culture and Tikanga.

Provide this opportunity to Australian-based leaders as well.

§Deliver Indigenous Cultural Awareness training for all NZ-based CEO-2 in

Trans-Tasman business.

Streamline data

collection and

reporting and

communication of ISG

Strategy, outcomes

and metrics internally

and externally.

Gender

Diversity

To improve

opportunities for

women to reach their

potential through

an inclusive work

environment while

positioning Downer

Group as a preferred

employer for women.

§40% women in

the workforce

by 2026.

§25% women in

management

positions by

2026; and

§28% women

in executive

positions

by 2026.

§Analyse the WGEA reporting data and provide to each of the I&B Committees

to use the learnings as key inputs to develop ongoing strategy, programs

and initiatives.

§Support the Wahine Kotahitanga female network group and provide opportunity

to share learnings across NZ and AU.

§Continue to deliver THRIVE, our women’s personal and professional growth

program, encompassing NZ participants.

§Establish the THRIVE Alumni framework.

Cultural and

Linguistic,

Disability and

Neurodiversity

Diversity

To improve

opportunities for

employees from

different cultural and

linguistic backgrounds.

§Increase

employees

who identify

to be from

cultural and

linguistically

diverse

backgrounds.

§Rebuild and launch the Inclusion and Belonging SharePoint as a central hub of

resources, particularly to support the broader focus areas of I&B.

§Develop resources for establishment of network/community groups based on

the StandOut model.

§Develop and deliver information sessions, awareness packs and other resources

to the business in relation to the awareness and understanding of different

diverse groups.

§Identify new partnerships and opportunities for sourcing and recruiting

employees from under-represented groups.

Generational

Diversity

To establish Downer

Group as a sought-

after employer for all

age groups and as

an organisation that

builds a talent pipeline

of thought leaders

and continues to value

experience.

§Increase the

number of

graduate and

apprentice

employees’

year-on-year.

§Engage a new sourcing channel to attract youth.

§Develop a flexible working framework that supports retention of employees

approaching retirement age.

§Continue to build a talent pipeline by investing in entry-level programs that align

to our generational diversity focus and priority areas, including:

–Graduate Development Programs

–Cadetships and further undergraduate programs

–Apprenticeships and traineeships (mature-age opportunities, recognition

of prior learning for experienced workers without formal qualifications)

–Internships

–CSO pre-employment programs.

LGBTQIA+Create a welcoming

and safe environment

for all employees who

identify as lesbian, gay,

bisexual, transgender,

intersex, queer, asexual

and other diverse

genders, sexes, and

sexualities.

§Increase

confidence

of employees

to identify

as LGBTQIA+.

§Develop and deliver information sessions, awareness packs and other resources

to the business in relation to LGBTQIA+ communities, leveraging relationship

with the Rainbow Tick.

§Identify new partnerships and opportunities for sourcing and recruiting

employees from the LGBTQIA+ community.

§Leverage the work of the StandOut forum in NZ by providing wider access

to their sharepoint site and initiatives.

Looking ahead: 2024 measurable objectives

141
Corporate Governance

Principle 2: Structure the Board

to be effective and add value

Throughout the 2023 financial year, the Board was comprised

of a majority of independent Directors.

The Board is currently comprised of the Chairman (Mark

Menhinnitt, an independent, Non-executive Director), four

other independent, Non-executive Directors and an Executive

Director (the Group CEO, Peter Tompkins). Details of the

members of the Board, including their skills, experience, status

and their term of office are set out in the Directors’ Report on

pages 8 to 59 and are also available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

The composition of the Board is reviewed and assessed by

the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee to

ensure the Board is of a composition, size and commitment

to effectively discharge its responsibilities and duties.

Directors are required to bring their independent judgement to

bear on all Board decisions. To facilitate this, it is Downer’s policy

to provide Directors with access to independent professional

advice at the Company’s expense in appropriate circumstances.

Downer’s Non-executive Directors recognise the benefit of

conferring regularly without management present, and they

do so at various times throughout the year.

The Board considers that an independent Director is a Non-

executive Director who is not a member of management and

who is free of any business or other relationship that could (or

could reasonably be perceived to) materially interfere with the

independent exercise of their judgement.

The Board regularly assesses the independence of each

Director to ensure that each Director has the capacity to bring

independent judgement to bear on issues before the Board and

to act in the best interests of Downer as a whole.

Downer’s governance framework requires each Director to

promptly disclose actual and possible conflicts of interest, any

interests in contracts, other directorships or offices held, related

party transactions and any dealing in the Company’s securities.

At least one Director must retire from office at each Annual

General Meeting (AGM). No Non-executive Director can

serve more than three years without offering themselves

for re-election.

The Chairman of the Board is an independent, Non-executive

Director and is responsible for the leadership of the Board

and for the efficient organisation and functioning of the Board.

The Chairman is appointed by the Board to ensure that a high

standard of values, governance and constructive interaction

is maintained.

The Chairman facilitates the effective contribution of all

Directors and promotes constructive and respectful relations

between Directors and the Board and management. He also

represents the views of the Board to Downer’s shareholders

and conducts the AGM.

The roles of Chairman and Group CEO are not exercised by

the same person and the division of responsibilities between

the Chairman and the Group CEO have been agreed by the

Board and are set out in the Board Charter and Downer’s

Delegations Policy.

The Board has established a number of committees to

assist the Board to effectively and efficiently execute its

responsibilities. A list of the main Board Committees and

their current membership is set out in the table below.

Board CommitteeChairMembers

Audit and RiskN M HollowsT G Handicott

A M Howse

P L Watson

Zero HarmP L WatsonM J Menhinnitt

P J Tompkins

Nominations and

Corporate Governance

M J MenhinnittT G Handicott

N M Hollows

A M Howse

People and CultureA M HowseT G Handicott

N M Hollows

M J Menhinnitt

DisclosureT G HandicottM J Menhinnitt

P J Tompkins

Tender Risk EvaluationM J MenhinnittN M Hollows

P J Tompkins

P L Watson

The names of members of each committee, the number of

meetings and the attendances by each of the members of the

various committees to which they are appointed is set out in the

Directors’ Report on page 29.

The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee’s primary purpose is

to oversee tenders and contracts that exceed the delegation

of the Group CEO. From 1 July 2023, Downer’s Tender Risk

Evaluation Committee has evolved into a Project Governance

Committee, with expanded responsibilities from approving

tender submissions to a broader project governance remit

where opportunities are considered at defined stage gates

(pursue, prepare, submit tender and execute contract) and

monitoring of project performance. The Committee is chaired

by an independent Director and comprises four members,

including the Group CEO.

During the period, the Board determined it was appropriate

that the Remuneration Committee transform to a broadened

people and culture remit, and accordingly it was renamed as

the ‘People and Culture Committee’.

The Board has established the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee to oversee the practices for selection

and appointment of Directors of the Company.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s

primary purpose is to support and advise the Board on fulfilling

its responsibilities to shareholders by ensuring that the Board

is comprised of individuals who are best able to discharge the

responsibilities of Directors having regard to the law and leading

governance practice.

142 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee has a

charter which sets out its roles and responsibilities, composition,

structure, membership requirements and the procedures for

inviting non-committee members to attend meetings. The

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter

gives the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee

access to internal and external resources, including advice

from external consultants and specialists. The Nominations and

Corporate Governance Committee Charter is available on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, all

members of which are independent Directors, is chaired by an

independent Director and has a minimum of three members.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

§Assessing the skills and competencies required on the Board

§Assessing the extent to which the required skills are

represented on the Board

§Establishing processes for the review of the performance

of individual Directors, Board Committees and the Board as

a whole

§Establishing processes for identifying suitable candidates for

appointment to the Board (including undertaking a formal

due diligence screening process)

§Recommending the engagement of nominated persons

as Directors.

When appointing Directors, the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee aims to ensure that an appropriate

balance of skills, experience, expertise and diversity is

represented on the Board. This may result in a Non-executive

Director with a longer tenure remaining in office to bring that

experience and depth of understanding to matters brought

before the Board.

Given the breadth of Downer’s service offerings across a range

of markets, the Board seeks to ensure that it maintains an

appropriate range of technical skills and executive experience

across engineering, construction and scientific disciplines

as well as services activities and professional services when

considering the appointment of a new Director.

Downer’s Board renewal program is ongoing. The Board has

identified engineering and operational expertise in utilities,

in particular power and water infrastructure, maintenance

and services, experience in senior executive roles, as well as

knowledge and experience of the New Zealand markets, as key

skills required for future.

On 30 June 2023, Downer announced the appointment of

Steven MacDonald as a Director, effective from 1 September

2023. Mr MacDonald is an experienced Non-executive Director

and senior executive with extensive experience in the water and

power sectors delivering engineering maintenance, services

and major infrastructure projects ranging from power plants to

tunnels to freeways and rail, and has worked in both Australia

and New Zealand.

The chart following illustrates the balance achieved with the

current Board composition. The Company recognises the value

of diversity which has been a component of the appointment

process over the past few years.

Professional qualifications

Business, finance and economics

1.02.03.04.0

0.05.0

Technical*

Legal

* Comprises construction, engineering, metallurgy and science.

Industry experience

Professional services*

Transport and infrastructure

Resources and energy

0.01.02.03.04.05.0

* Includes banking, finance and legal.

Te n u r e (ye a r s )

9+

3–6

1.02.00.03.0

6–9

0–3

Gender diversity

MaleFemale

33

143
Corporate Governance

From time to time, Downer engages external specialists to

assist with the selection process as necessary, and the Chairman,

Board and Group CEO meet with candidates as part of the

appointment process.

Nominations for re-election of Directors are reviewed by the

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and

Directors are re-elected in accordance with the Downer

Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules.

As part of its commitment to leading corporate governance

practice, the Board undertakes improvement programs, including

externally facilitated periodic reviews of its performance and that

of its Committees and Directors. The last review was completed

during FY22 and included consideration of the skills and

knowledge of Directors.

The Company has formal induction procedures for both Directors

and senior executives. These induction procedures have been

developed to enable new Directors and senior executives to gain

an understanding of:

§Downer’s financial position, strategies, operations and risk

management policies

§The respective rights, duties and responsibilities and roles

of the Board and senior executives

§Downer’s culture and values.

Directors are given an induction briefing by the Company

Secretary and an induction pack containing information about

Downer and its business, Board and Committee charters and

Downer Group policies. New Directors also meet with key senior

executives to gain an insight into the Company’s business

operations and the Downer Group structure.

Directors are encouraged to continually build on their exposure

to the Company’s business and a formal program of Director

site visits has been in place since 2009. Directors are also

encouraged to attend appropriate training and professional

development courses to update and enhance their skills and

knowledge and the Company Secretary regularly organises

governance and other continuing education sessions for

the Board.

The Board is provided with the information it needs to discharge

its responsibilities effectively. The Directors also have access

to the Company Secretary for all Board and governance-

related issues and the appointment and removal of the

Company Secretary is determined by the Board. The Company

Secretary is accountable to the Board, through the Chair, on all

governance matters.

Principle 3: Instil a culture of acting lawfully,

ethically and responsibly

Downer’s Purpose is to Enable Communities to Thrive.

Its Promise is to work closely with our customers to help them

succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions. Downer’s

Purpose and Promise are founded on the Pillars of Sustainability,

Delivery, Relationships and Thought Leadership and define the

way it manages its business and are the foundations that support

Downer’s culture. An overview of the Purpose, Promise and Pillars

can be found on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

Downer strives to attain the highest standards of behaviour

and business ethics when engaging in corporate activity. The

Downer Standards of Business Conduct sets the ethical tone

and standards of the Company and deals with matters such as:

§Compliance with the letter and the spirit of the law

§Workplace behaviour

§Prohibition against bribery and corruption

§Protection of confidential information

§Engaging with stakeholders

§Workplace safety

§Diversity and inclusiveness

§Sustainability

§Conflicts of interest.

Downer has a formal whistleblower policy and procedures

for reporting and investigating breaches of the Standards of

Business Conduct. This includes the Our Voice service, an

external and independent reporting service which enables

employees to anonymously report potential breaches of the

Standards of Business Conduct, including misconduct or other

unethical behaviour. Reports received through Our Voice are

investigated where appropriate, with the Company Secretary

overseeing the completion of any remedial action. The Board

is informed of material breaches of the Standards of Business

Conduct through reporting of incidents reported under the

whistleblower policy, investigations of allegations of fraud and

breaches of Downer’s Zero Harm Cardinal Rules.

The Standards of Business Conduct applies to all officers

and employees and is available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

Downer endorses leading governance practices and has in

place policies setting out the Company’s approach to various

matters, including:

§Securities trading (stipulating ‘closed periods’ for designated

employees and a formal process which employees must

adhere to when dealing in securities)

§The Company’s disclosure obligations (including

continuous disclosure)

§Communicating with shareholders and the general

investment community

§Privacy.

Downer has an Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy which

expands upon the prohibition against bribery and corruption

currently contained in the Standards of Business Conduct, and

which addresses key issues such as working with government,

political donations, human rights, conducting business

internationally and gifts and benefits. The Board is informed

of material breaches of the Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy.

As Downer has operations in foreign jurisdictions, Downer

employees are confronted by the challenges of doing business

in environments where bribery and corruption are real risks.

However, regardless of the country or culture within which its

people work, Downer is committed to compliance with the law,

as well as maintaining its reputation for ethical practice.

These policies are available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

144 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance

Principle 4: Safeguard the integrity of

corporate reports

The Company has in place a structure of review and

authorisation which independently verifies and safeguards

the integrity of its financial reporting.

An external limited assurance engagement is performed

on selected sustainability information in Downer’s annual

Sustainability Report. Downer also follows a comprehensive

internal verification process to ensure the integrity of the

Sustainability Report and other periodic corporate reports

which are not audited or reviewed by the external auditor,

including the Directors’ Report, Corporate Governance

Statement, and Information for Investors. This process involves

review of reporting by relevant subject matter experts across

the organisation to ensure it is materially accurate, balanced and

provides investors with appropriate information.

The Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board to fulfil its

responsibilities relating to:

§The quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing and

reporting practices of the Company with a particular focus on

the qualitative aspects of financial reporting to shareholders

§The Company’s risk profile and risk policies

§The effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal control

and framework for risk management.

The Audit and Risk Committee is structured so that it:

§Consists of only Non-executive Directors

§Consists of a majority of independent Directors

§Is chaired by an independent Chairman (who is not the

Chairman of the Board)

§Has at least three members.

The Audit and Risk Committee comprises only independent

Directors, includes members who are financially literate and

has at least one member who has relevant qualifications

and experience.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter sets out the Audit

and Risk Committee’s role and responsibilities, composition,

structure and membership requirements and the procedures

for inviting non-committee members to attend meetings.

The Board receives assurances from the Group CEO and the

Group CFO that the declarations provided to it in relation to the

annual and half-year financial statements, in accordance with

sections 295A and 303(4) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth),

are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal

control and that the system is operating effectively in all material

respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

Downer’s external auditor attends the Company’s AGMs and is

available to answer any questions which shareholders may have

about the conduct of the external audit for the relevant financial

year and the preparation and content of the Audit Report.

Information regarding the number of times the Audit and Risk

Committee convened in FY23, together with the individual

attendances of members at the meetings, is set out in the

Directors’ Report on page 29.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter is available on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

Principle 5: Make timely and

balanced disclosure

The Company’s Disclosure Policy sets out processes which

assist the Company to ensure that all investors have equal and

timely access to material information about the Company and

that Company announcements are factual and presented in a

clear and balanced way. It includes that new and substantive

investor or analyst presentations are released on the ASX

Market Announcements Platform ahead of the presentation.

A copy of the Disclosure Policy is available on the Downer

website at www.downergroup.com.

The Disclosure Policy also sets out the procedures for

identifying and disclosing material and market-sensitive

information in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001

(Cth) and the ASX Listing Rules. The Board receives copies of

all material market announcements promptly after they have

been made.

Downer’s Disclosure Committee consists of two independent,

Non-executive Directors (one of which is the Chairman of the

Board) and the Group CEO. The Disclosure Committee oversees

disclosure of information by the Company to the market and the

general investment community.

Principle 6: Respect the rights of

security holders

Downer empowers its shareholders by:

§Communicating effectively, openly and honestly

with shareholders

§Giving shareholders ready access to balanced and

understandable information about the Company and

its governance

§Making it easy for shareholders to participate in

general meetings

§Giving shareholders the option to receive communications

from, and send communications to, the Company and its

security registry electronically.

The Downer Communication Policy sets out the Company’s

approach to communicating with shareholders and is available

on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Company publishes corporate information on its website

(www.downergroup.com), including Annual and Half

Year Reports, ASX announcements, investor updates and

media releases.

Downer encourages shareholder participation at members’

meetings through its use of electronic communication, including

by making notices of meetings available on its website and

audio casting of general meetings and significant Group

presentations. All substantive resolutions at meetings of

shareholders are conducted by poll.

The Directors and key members of management attend the

Company’s AGMs and are available to answer questions.

145
Corporate Governance

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk

To mitigate the risks that arise through its activities, Downer has

various risk management policies and procedures in place that

cover (among other matters) interest rate management, foreign

exchange risk management, credit risk management, tendering

and contracting risk and project management.

Downer has controls at the Board, executive and business unit

levels that are designed to safeguard Downer’s interests and

ensure the integrity of reporting (including accounting, financial

reporting, environmental and workplace health and safety

policies and procedures). These controls are designed to ensure

that Downer complies with legal and regulatory requirements, as

well as community standards.

Downer has a Risk Management Framework in place to enable

business risks to be identified, evaluated and managed.

The Board ratifies Downer’s approach to managing risk and

oversees Downer’s Risk Management Framework, including

the Group risk profile and the effectiveness of the systems

being implemented to manage risk. The last review of the Risk

Management Framework was completed in 2022. The Board

reviews the Group risk profile twice each year and considers

other risk matters, such as business resilience, tender review

processes, risk appetite and specific risk areas, on a regular

basis, as well as regular reports from senior management, the

internal audit team and the external auditor.

Downer’s annual Sustainability Report provides a detailed

overview of Downer’s approach to managing its environmental

and social risks. The Sustainability Report is available on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com/sustainability.

The Company’s internal audit function objectively evaluates and

reports on the existence, design and operating effectiveness of

internal controls. Downer’s internal audit team is independent

of the external auditor and reports to the Audit and

Risk Committee.

Downer’s Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board in

its oversight of Downer’s risk profile and risk policies, the

effectiveness of the systems of internal control and Risk

Management Framework and Downer’s compliance with

applicable legal and regulatory obligations. The Audit and

Risk Committee Charter is available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

Management reports regularly to the Audit and Risk Committee

on the effectiveness of Downer’s management of its material

business risks and on the progress of mitigation treatments.

Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly

The Board has established a People and Culture Committee and

has adopted the People and Culture Committee Charter which

sets out its role and responsibilities, composition, structure and

membership requirements and the procedures for inviting non-

committee members to attend meetings.

The People and Culture Committee is responsible for reviewing

and making recommendations to the Board about:

§People, culture and conduct

§Talent management and succession

§Inclusion and belonging

§Executive remuneration and incentive policies

§The remuneration, recruitment, retention, performance

measurement and termination policies and procedures for

all senior executives reporting directly to the Group CEO

§Executive and equity-based incentive plans

§Superannuation arrangements and retirement payments.

Remuneration of the Group CEO, Executive Directors and

Non-executive Directors forms part of the responsibilities of

the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.

Downer’s remuneration policy is designed to motivate senior

executives to pursue the long-term growth and success of

the Company and prescribes a relationship between the

performance and remuneration of senior executives.

The People and Culture Committee is structured so that it:

§Consists of a majority of independent Directors

§Is chaired by an independent Director

§Has at least three members.

The Executive Director is not a member of the People and

Culture Committee.

The maximum aggregate fee approved by shareholders that can

be paid to Non-executive Directors is $2.4 million per annum.

This cap was approved by shareholders on 3 November 2022.

Further details about remuneration paid to Non-executive

Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report at page 31.

Retirement benefits are not paid to Non-executive Directors.

Non-executive Directors do not participate in any equity

incentive schemes.

The remuneration structure for Executive Directors and senior

executives is designed to achieve a balance between fixed and

variable remuneration taking into account the performance of

the individual and the performance of the Company. Executive

Directors receive payment of equity-based remuneration as

short-term and long-term incentives.

Executive Directors and senior executives are prohibited from

entering into transactions in associated products which limit

the economic risk of participating in unvested entitlements

under any of the Company’s equity-based remuneration

schemes, as set out in the Securities Trading Policy. A copy of

the Securities Trading Policy is available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

Further details about the remuneration of Executive Directors

and senior executives are set out in the Remuneration Report

at page 31 and details of Downer shares beneficially owned by

Directors are provided in the Directors’ Report at page 11.

146 Annual Report 2023 | Downer EDI Limited
Information for Investors

for the year ended 30 June 2023

Downer shareholders

Downer had 25,012 ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2023, of

which 23,297 shareholders had a registered address in Australia.

The largest shareholder, HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia)

Limited, held 31.30% of the 671,573,679 fully paid ordinary shares

issued at that date.

Securities exchange listing

Downer is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX)

under the ‘Downer EDI’ market call code 3965, with ASX code

DOW, and is a foreign exempt issuer on the New Zealand

Exchange with the ticker code DOW NZ.

Company information

The Company’s website www.downergroup.com offers

comprehensive information about Downer and its services.

The site also contains news releases and announcements to

the ASX and NZX, financial presentations, Annual Reports,

Half Year Reports and Company newsletters. Downer printed

communications for shareholders include the Annual Report

which is available on request.

Dividends

Dividends are determined by the Board having regard to a range

of circumstances within the business operations of Downer

including operating profit and capital requirements. The level of

franking on dividends is dependent on the level of taxes paid to

the Australian Taxation Office by Downer and its incorporated

joint ventures.

Dividends are paid in Australian dollars, other than for

shareholders with a registered address in New Zealand, who

receive dividends in New Zealand dollars unless an election

is made to receive payment in Australian dollars by providing

Australian bank account details.

International shareholders can use Computershare’s Global

Payments System to receive dividend payments in the currency

of their choice at a nominal cost to the shareholder.

Dividend reinvestment plan

Downer’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is a mechanism

to allow shareholders to increase their shareholding in the

Company without the usual costs associated with share

acquisitions, such as brokerage. Details of the DRP are available

from the Company’s website or t

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.

Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time

Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.